Extracted text (via pymupdf)
585767 characters
2021
DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS MANUAL
Adopted by City Council:
December 1, 2020
Draft
NEW IN THE 2021 EDITION
The City of El Mirage Community Development and Public Works Departments collaborated to review and provide
comments/updates on the 2019 version of the Design & Development Standards Manual (DDSM) in an attempt to
provide more consistent and comprehensive guidelines for its citizens as well as designers and contractors working
within the City. The revisions made in this Manual are summarized below. Minor revisions such as spelling,
formatting, etc. are not included in the summary.
Revised Standards (these sections have been highlighted in the Manual)
Chapter 1(B-2)(G)(7)
Chapter 1(B-2)(I)(11)
Chapter 1(I-2)(D)
Chapter 1(J-12)
Chapter 1(J-20)(B)
Chapter 1(L-1)(D)(4g)
Chapter 3-1(C)(4) & (8)
Chapter 3-4(C)(2c), (4e) & (5)
Chapter 3-4(I)(3a) & (6)
Chapter 3-5(A)(1)
Chapter 4-2(A)(2) & (3e)
Chapter 5-2(D)(7)
Chapter 5-2(F)(8)(b)
Chapter 5-2(G)(3b)
Chapter 5-2(H)(3)
Chapter 5-2(J)(3) & (4)
Chapter 5-3(F)(1)(b)
Chapter 6-2(C)(8)
Chapter 6-2(H)(1c) & (1d)
Chapter 6-2(I)(1a)
Chapter 6-3(B)(2)
Chapter 7-3(3t)
Chapter 7-4
Chapter 8(6)
Revised Details
EM-100
EM-101-1
EM-101-2
EM-101-3
EM-101-4
EM-101-5
EM-101-6
EM-101-7
EM-101-8
EM-101-9
EM-101-10
EM-101-11
EM-101-12
EM-111-1 & 2
EM-114
EM-116
EM-132-1 & 2
EM-133
EM-158
EM-159
EM-161
EM-162-1
EM-259
EM-325
EM-326
EM-345
EM-351
EM-360
EM-361
EM-362
EM-395
EM-402-1 & 2
EM-406
EM-420
EM-440-1 & 2
New Details
EM-116
EM-157
EM-170
EM-171-1 & 2
EM-353
Revised Appendices
SWPPP Guidance Document
Guidance for Design of Striping & Signage Plans
Auxiliary Lane Criteria
Traffic Signal Qualified Product List
New Appendices
At Risk Grading Permit Application
Scheduled Water Shutdown Procedures
Hydrant Meter Application
Water & Wastewater System Design Criteria
Draft
CITY OF EL MIRAGE
DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 .................................................................................................................................... 4
Section A – Introduction, Purpose and Authorization, General Information and Definitions
Section B – Subdivision Design and Submittal Standards for Preliminary and Final Plats
Section C – General Design Principles and Development Standards
Section D – Blank
Section E – Street and Utility Improvement Requirements
Section F – Phasing Plans
Section G – Administrative Changes to a Recorded Plat
Section H – Blank
Section I – Subdivision Design Principles and Standards
Section J – General Improvement Policies
Section K – Improvement Plan Preparation
Section L – Management of Construction in Rights-of-Way
Section M – Insurance Requirements
Section N – Final Letter of Acceptance for Construction Projects
Chapter 2 – Not Used
Chapter 3 – Street Design and Construction ............................................................... …...…. 61
Chapter 4 – Storm Drainage Facilities – Design and Construction ......................................... 88
Chapter 5 – Water Infrastructure Design and Construction ................................................... 117
Chapter 6 – Wastewater Infrastructure Design and Construction .......................................... 132
Chapter 7 – Plan Submittal Requirements ............................................................................. 149
Chapter 8 – Design Standard Acknowledgements ................................................................. 155
APPENDIX
City Notes and Details ........................................................................................................... 156
Approval Block & As-Built Certification
SWPPP Guidance Document
Guidance for Design of Striping & Signage Plans
Auxiliary Lane Criteria
Streetlight Master Plan
Traffic Impact Study Criteria
Traffic Signal Master Plan
Traffic Signal Qualified Products List
Irrigation Standards and Specifications
Material Testing Guidelines
At Risk Grading Permit Application
Scheduled Water Shutdown Procedures
Hydrant Meter Application
Water & Wastewater System Design Criteria
Draft
CHAPTER 1
SECTION A
INTRODUCTION, PURPOSE AND AUTHORIZATION,
GENERAL INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS
A-1
INTRODUCTION
This section of the City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual (DDSM)
provides standards, specifications and guidelines for the design and construction of public and
private infrastructure that complement and support the El Mirage Zoning and Subdivision
Ordinances. The information contained herein is limited to standards, specifications, and
guidelines that complement and support developments within the City. The City issues, adopts,
and utilizes other documents as listed in Section A-2 that pertain to the development process.
These documents must be used in conjunction with this document according to their jurisdiction.
The design concepts and specific technical data outlined in this document are not intended to
supersede sound engineering judgment. All plans and engineering documents shall be prepared
in accordance with this document and will be reviewed accordingly.
This document is not intended to repeal, abrogate, annul, or in any way impair or interfere with
existing provisions of other laws or ordinances. Where these standards impose greater
restrictions than those imposed or required by such existing provisions of law, ordinance,
contract, or deed, the provisions of these standards shall prevail.
A-2
PURPOSE AND AUTHORIZATION
The purpose of this section of the City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual
(DDSM) is to satisfy the requirements of ARS Section 9-463.01, which grants authority to and
directs Arizona municipalities to regulate the subdivision of all lands. This manual is adopted as
an Appendix to the El Mirage City Code and has been carefully crafted to clearly outline
methods, procedures and requirements for the use of property owners, designers and developers
within the City of El Mirage.
The applicant is responsible for obtaining and complying with current applicable policies, codes,
and standards, including but not limited to the following:
1. El Mirage City Code and Ordinances
2. City of El Mirage General Plan
3. City of El Mirage Water and Wastewater Master Plan
4. City of El Mirage Fire Department Emergency Access Standards
5. City of El Mirage Floodplain Management Ordinance
6. Federal, State, and County Regulations, including ADWR, FEMA, ADA, ADOT,
MCDOT, MAG, NPDES, FCDMC, and MCDES
7. ADEQ Bulletins, including but not limited to Bulletins No. 8, 10 and 11
8. International Fire Code (IFC)
4
Draft
All developments shall be designed and constructed according to the standards mentioned above
unless specific variances are approved by the City. Any deviation from the provisions presented in
this document must be approved by the City.
A-3
GENERAL INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS
A. Subdivision Approval Process
The process that the City of El Mirage uses to approve a subdivision is as follows:
1. Pre-application Conference. Prior to the submission of a preliminary plat, the subdivider
shall contact the Planning Director and any other administrative personnel or private
agencies to determine procedures and requirements for filing the sketch plat and
preliminary and final plats. Availability of public water and sewer or requirements when
public systems are not readily available. Zoning requirements on the property.
Requirements of the duly adopted General Plan for major and minor streets, land use,
drainage, schools, parks, and other public open space. The location and extent of any
floodplains.
As a part of this contact, the subdivider may discuss with the Planning Director, his or
her tentative proposals for the development of the property. The subdivider shall submit,
and the Planning Director shall review and comment on, a sketch plat prior to the
preparation of a preliminary plat. The Planning Director shall make the review and make
its comments known to the subdivider within five days from the date of the review. The
sketch plat shall contain or show two-foot contours and shall address the requirements of
division.
The purpose of this pre-application procedure is to determine any problems with the
proposed development before expenses are incurred in the preparation of a preliminary
plat. No official action is required other than to offer appropriate comments on the
proposal and indicating suitability for proceeding through the platting process.
2. Preliminary Plat Application. A Preliminary Plat Application shall to the Planning
Director or designee. The preliminary plat shall consist of a drawing or drawings and
supporting material and information a prescribed by these regulations. The preliminary
plat drawing shall be prepared at a scale of one-inch equals 100 feet or larger for
subdivisions where the majority of the lots are less than five acres in size. The scale may
be reduced to one-inch equals 200 feet for subdivisions in which the minimum lot size is
five acres or more. The face of the drawing shall contain information as stated in Zoning
Code §155.031 (A).
3. Preliminary Plat Approval. The preliminary plat shall be approved by the El Mirage
Planning Commission once the El Mirage Technical Advisory Committee (TAC)
comments and redlines have been satisfied. The preliminary plat shall be effective for
one year from the date of approval. The subdivider may apply in writing for, and the
Planning and Zoning Commission may allow for, up to a six-month extension.
4. Final Plat Application. The applicant/subdivider shall submit a Final Plat Application
together with the requirements in §155.032. Upon submittal of all required supporting
5
Draft
materials, the Planning Director shall review them for completeness to determine
whether a complete final plat submittal has been made and shall refer the material to
appropriate agencies for review and comment. Upon being notified of the comments and
any necessary approvals of reviewing agencies, the Planning Director shall forward the
final plat, comments and approvals of reviewing agencies and pertinent supporting
materials to the Council. Incomplete final plats, or final plats for which necessary
approvals have not been secured, shall not be forwarded to Council for action.
5. Final Plat Approval. Following receipt of the final plat, the recommendation from the
Planning Director and Chairperson of the Planning and Zoning Commission that the
final plat complies with the preliminary plat, and required supporting materials, the City
Council shall either approve the final plat or disapprove the final plat and notify the
subdivider of the conditions to be met to gain approval. If disapproved final plat is
modified and resubmitted to the City Council at a later date for their consideration, the
Council may require the concurrent submittal of an updated ownership and encumbrance
report or title opinion.
6. Plat Recording. The City Clerk shall record the Final Plat after City Council approval
and gathering of signatures. Preliminary Plats and phasing plans are reviewed by the
TAC Committee and approved by the Planning Commission for the City. Final Plats are
approved by the City Council as a consent item on the Council Agenda. The Engineering
Division approves all street designs and engineering drawings associated with right-of-
way and drainage improvements proposed for construction in the subdivision. The
Zoning Administrator reviews, approves and inspects the landscaping in the City’s
ROW and common shared areas.
B. Use of Professional Surveyors and Engineers
Drawings and maps required for the pre-application conference and Preliminary Plat
submittals need not be prepared by registered land surveyor or engineering professionals. A
licensed Land Surveyor registered in the State of Arizona shall prepare the Final Plat Map.
All other drawings, engineering drawings and final maps submitted for Final Plat approval
shall by prepared by a licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of Arizona.
C. Request for Waiver
Technical provisions of this Design & Development Standards Manual may be waived or
modified through a Request for Waiver.
D. Phasing Plans
Preparation of phasing plans shall be required when phasing of lot sales or public
improvements is proposed. The TAC Committee may approve preliminary and final phasing
plans. Phasing plans shall be considered when performance bonds or other final assurances
are accepted for proposed improvements.
6
Draft
E. Certificate of Correction or Change
Administrative changes to a plat may be approved through a Certificate of Correction or
Change. An application for a Certificate of Correction or Change may be considered and
approved by the City Engineer. Changes that can be approved administratively must be
minor and not substantive. Substantive changes shall be approved by re-platting the
subdivision.
F. Definitions
All words in the Design & Development Standards Manual shall be first defined as provided
herein and, if not defined herein, shall be defined as in the El Mirage Zoning Ordinance or
according to the customary dictionary definition. Words used in the present tense include the
future tense; words used in singular include plural, and words used in plural include the
singular; the word “shall” is always mandatory; the word “person” includes a firm,
association, organization, partnership, trust, corporation, company, and/or an individual.
1. Approved Lending Institution. Any person or company currently approved by the
Federal Housing Administration to act as a mortgagee, qualified to transact business
in the State of Arizona and having a business office within the Phoenix metropolitan
area and any other lending institution approved by City of El Mirage.
2. Area of Special Flood Hazard. Land within a flood plain, which is subject to
inundation by the base flood.
3. Base Flood. The flood having a one-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in
any given year i.e., the 100-year flood.
4. Block. A piece or parcel of land or group of lots entirely surrounded by public streets,
cemeteries, streams, railroads, or parks, or combination thereof.
5. Building. Any structure having a roof and used or built for the shelter or enclosure of
persons, animals, chattel or property of any kind, including, but not limited to, tents,
awnings, carports, ramadas, mobile homes or vehicles situated on private property
and used for purposes of a building.
(a) Principal building means a building, or where the context so indicates, a group
of buildings, within which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which
the building is situated.
(b) Accessory building means a subordinate building on the same lot with a
principal building or use, the use of which is customarily accessory and
incidental to the main use of the principal building or use. When attached to
the principal building, such accessory building shall be considered as part of
the principal building for purposes of setback and yard regulations.
6.
Building Setback. The minimum horizontal distance between a lot line and nearest
point of a building, structure or use, as the context indicates, located on a lot.
7
Draft
7.
Building Site. That portion of the lot or parcel upon which a building and
appurtenances are to be placed or are already existing, including adequate areas for
parking, sewage disposal, clearance, proper drainage, the safest and most
convenient means of access and which conform to the requirements of the
provisions in applicable chapters of the El Mirage City Code.
8.
Certificate of Correction or Change. Procedure for amending recorded plats that
are administrative and do not change any real property description.
9.
Certificate of Occupancy Hold. Procedure for using the Certificate of Occupancy of
a building as a guarantee for installation of required off-site construction,
improvements and dedications.
10.
City. City of El Mirage, Arizona, a municipal corporation.
11.
Code. The municipal code and ordinances adopted by the City Council of the City
of El Mirage.
12.
Conservation. Retention or acquisition of land for the purposes of preservation and
public use.
13.
Conservation Easement. A right granted to a governmental body over privately-
owned land, to prohibit development of property, including roads and utilities, and
to use the land for public open space purposes.
14.
Context Plan. The principal document showing the relationship of the project site
to adjacent setting.
15.
Council. The City Council of the City of El Mirage.
16.
Cut. The land surface that is shaped through the removal of soil, rock or other
materials.
17.
Department or Division. An organizational subdivision of the City of El Mirage
directly responsible for review and approval of applications or submittals
associated with this chapter.
18.
Design & Development Standards Manual (DDSM). Policies and procedures
developed by City staff and approved by the City Council, that provide the detail
development standards of the City of El Mirage.
19.
Development. Utilization of land. Development shall include any man-made
changes to improve or alter real estate, including but not limited to establishment of
uses, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, or
excavations.
20.
Easement. A right granted to a governmental body, public, or persons over
privately-owned land for specific uses and purposes as so designated.
8
Draft
21.
Easement, Drainage. An area designated and used for conveyance, retention or
detention of runoff in which nothing can be placed, which will impede, divert or
cause runoff to have an adverse effect on adjoining property.
22.
Easement, Public Utility. An easement for the installation of facilities underground
or overhead, furnished for the use of the public; including electricity, gas,
communication, water, storm drainage, sewage, sidewalks, landscaping, traffic
signals, street lights, flood control, etc. Owned and operated by any person, firm,
corporation, municipal department, board duly authorized by State or municipal
regulations. Utility or utilities as used herein may also refer to such persons, firms,
corporations, departments, or boards.
23.
Easement, Non-Vehicular Access. An easement prohibiting vehicular access from a
street, or between inappropriate uses.
24.
Engineering Division. May also be referred to as the Community Development
Department or any other reference that has been used to represent the Engineering
Division in past, present or future publications.
25.
Engineering Plans. Plans, profiles, cross-sections, and other required details for the
construction of public improvements, prepared by a professional engineering
registered in the State of Arizona in accordance with the approved preliminary plat
and in compliance with standards of design and construction approved by the
Council.
26.
Exception. Any parcel of land which is within or adjacent to the boundaries of the
subdivision, which is not owned by the subdivider and not part of the platted area.
27.
Fill. The deposit of soil, rock or other materials placed by mankind.
28.
Final Approval. Conditional approval of the final plat by the Council as evidenced
by certification on the plat by the City Engineer, Mayor, and City Clerk of the City
of El Mirage, constitutes authorization to record a plat.
29.
Finish Grade. The final grade or elevation of the ground surface after grading is
completed.
30.
First Flush. The City of El Mirage defines first flush as 1” of rainfall.
31.
Floodplain. The 100-year flood base flood elevation established by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) or other City floodplain management
approved area adjoining the channel of a water course, or areas where drainage is
or may be restricted by natural or man-made structures which may have been or
may be covered partially or wholly by floodwater from a base flood. See
Floodplain Management Ordinance Chapter 153, El Mirage City Code.
32.
General Plan. A General Plan or comprehensive plan, or parts thereof, provides
9
Draft
guidance for the future development goals, growth and improvement; it provides
policies statements to achieve those goals of the City of El Mirage. It provides long
range plans for zoning districts and the general location and coordination of streets
and highways, schools and recreation areas, public building sites, specific
neighborhood elements; and other physical development, which shall have been
duly adopted by the City Council pursuant to ARS Section 9-461.
33.
Grading. Any excavating or filling or combination thereof, including (A) the
conditions resulting from any excavation or fill, (B) any alteration of the natural
drainage pattern or (C) the removal or rearrangement of surface soil.
34.
Irrigation Facilities. Includes canals, laterals, ditches, conduits, gates, pumps and
allied equipment necessary for the supply, delivery, and drainage of irrigation
water and the construction, operation, and maintenance of such.
35.
Legal Access. Access provided to real property connecting the property to the
public street system. Access may include a public or private street or access
easement as approved by the City Engineer.
36.
Lot. A piece, tract, or parcel of land separated from other pieces or parcels by
description, as in a subdivision or on a record survey map, or by metes and bounds,
for purposes of sale, lease, or separate use and abutting or having legal access to a
public street.
a. Corner lot. A lot abutting on two or more intersecting streets where the interior
angle of intersection does not exceed one hundred thirty-five degrees. A corner
lot shall be considered to be in that block in which the lot fronts.
b.
Interior lot. A lot having but only one side abutting on a street.
c. Key lot. An interior lot, one side of which abuts the rear lot (line) of a corner
lot, or is separated there from, by an alley.
d. Panhandled Lot. A lot which does not directly abut a public or private street
except through a driveway “handle” that connects the lot and the street.
e. Through Lot (Double Frontage Lot). A lot abutting on two more or less parallel
streets.
37. Lot Width. The distance between side lot lines measured at the minimum front
setback line on a parallel line to the street or street chord for a lot abutting on the
outside of a street curve, or the distance measured between lot lines measured at the
rear of the dwelling for lots abutting the inside of a street curve. Lot width is
measured 30-feet behind the minimum front setback line for lots with no buildings.
38. Map of Dedication. Form of subdivision plat that dedicates right-of-way, and/or
easements and is processed as a minor subdivision.
10
Draft
39. Master Plan. A plan for the development of a larger or complicated land area, the
platting of which is expected in progressive stages, not necessarily by a single owner
or developer. A Master Plan may be designed by the subdivider or by the Planning
Division. It shall be subject to Department approval and may be in the form of a
Specific Area Plan or Planned Community District in accordance with State Law and
City Ordinances.
40. Minor Land Division. The division of one parcel of land, into three or less parcels.
41. Natural Terrain. The existing grade of the land at the time of application submittal
unless the original grade has been altered by other than natural events and
engineering proof of the original grade such as original topographic maps or aerial
photos with topography shown and certified as to date by a recognized competent
official or other evidence of similar validity is submitted.
42. Pedestrian Way. A public walk dedicated entirely through a block from street to
street and/or providing access to a school, park, recreation area, or shopping center.
43. Plat. A map, chart, survey, plan, or replat certified by a licensed, registered land
surveyor containing a description of the subdivided land with ties to permanent
monuments.
a. Preliminary Plat. The preliminary drawing or drawings, described in this
chapter, indicating the proposed manner of layout of the subdivision.
b. Final Plat. The map or plan or a record of a subdivision and any accompanying
material, as described in these regulations.
c. Recorded Plat. A final plat bearing all of the certificates of approval required in
applicable City of El Mirage Codes and Ordinances and duly recorded in the
Maricopa County Recorder's office.
d. Amended Plat. A final plat that changes a portion of a previously recorded plat.
44. Preliminary Plat Approval. Approved by the El Mirage Planning Commission once
the El Mirage Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) comments and redlines have
been satisfied. The preliminary plat shall be effective for one year from the date of
approval. The subdivider may apply in writing for, and the Planning and Zoning
Commission may for cause shown, grant up to a six-month extension.
45. Private Access Way. Any private street or private way of access to one or more lots,
which is owned and maintained by an individual or group of individuals and has been
improved in accordance with City standards for private access ways and plans
approved by the Engineering Division. A private access way is intended to apply
where its use is logically consistent with a desire for neighborhood identification and
control of access, and where special design concepts may be involved, such as within
planned area developments and mobile home developments.
11
Draft
46. Public Improvement Standards. A set of regulations (City of El Mirage Design &
Development Standards Manual) setting forth the details, specifications, and
instructions to be followed in the planning, design and construction of certain public
improvements in the City of El Mirage.
47. Request for Waiver. A request submitted by the subdivider for waiver from specified
development standards.
48. Slope. The vertical rise in feet measured over a horizontal distance of 100-feet,
expressed as a percentage, measured generally at right angles to contour lines but
which shall not extend across significant changes in grade. A portion of the 100-foot
line shall extend across property lines, if necessary, to obtain the 100-foot
measurement at a property line so long as not more than 50-feet shall so extend.
49. Street. Any thoroughfare, avenue, boulevard, road, lane, parkway, place, viaduct,
easement for access, or other way that is an existing state, county, or municipal
roadway; or a street or way shown in a plat heretofore approved pursuant to law or
approved by official action; or a street or way in a plat duly filed and recorded in the
County Recorder's office. A street includes the land between the right-of-way lines
whether improved or unimproved and may comprise pavement, shoulders, curbs,
gutters, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaping, and above and below ground utilities.
a. Arterial Street. A general term including freeways, expressways, and major or
minor arterial streets; and interstate, state, or county highways having regional
continuity.
b. Collector Street. A public thoroughfare that provides for traffic movement within
neighborhoods and between major streets and local streets with direct access to
abutting property.
c. Local Street. A public thoroughfare that provides direct access to residential,
commercial industrial, or other abutting land. It provides for local traffic
movements and connects to collector and/or major streets.
d. Marginal Access Street or Frontage Road. A minor street parallel and adjacent to
an arterial route, which provides access to abutting property and intercepts local
streets and controls, access to an arterial route.
e. Cul-de-sac. A short local street having one end permanently terminated in a
vehicular turnaround.
f. Alley. A public service way used to provide secondary vehicular access to
properties otherwise abutting upon a street.
50. Street Classification System. A part of the El Mirage General Plan that provides a
system for identification of the hierarchy of major streets and highways, including the
location and alignment of existing and proposed thoroughfares. The system is the
City’s guide for right-of-way and dedication requirements for individual streets.
12
Draft
51. Structure. That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or
any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.
52. Subdivider. Subdivider. Any person who:
(a) Having an interest in land, causes it, directly or indirectly, to be divided into a
subdivision; or
(b) Directly or indirectly, sells, leases, or develops, or offers to sell, lease, or
develop, or advertises for sale, lease or development, any interest, lot, parcel,
site, unit, or plat in a subdivision; or
(c) Engaging directly or through an agent in the business of selling, leasing,
developing, or offering for sale, lease, or development a subdivision or any
interest, lot, parcel site, or plat in a subdivision; and
(d) Is directly or indirectly controlled by, or under direct, or indirect common
control with any of the foregoing.
Subdivision. Any land, vacant or improved, which is divided or proposed to be
divided into four or more lots, parcels, sites, units, plots, or interests or, if a new
street is involved, any such property which is divided into two or more lots, tracts, or
parcels of land or any such property, the boundaries of which have been fixed by a
recorded plat, which is divided into two or more parts, for the purpose of offer, sale,
lease, or development, either on the installment plan or upon any and all other plans,
terms, and conditions, (including resubdivisions). Subdivision includes the division
or development of residential and nonresidential zoned land, whether by deed, metes
and bounds description, devise, intestacy, lease, map, plat, or other recorded
instrument. Subdivision also includes and condominium, cooperative, community
apartment, townhouse or similar project containing four or more parcels, in which an
undivided interest in the land is coupled with the right of exclusive occupancy of any
unit located thereon, but plats of the projects need not show the buildings or manner
in which the buildings or airspace above the property shown on the plat are to be
divided.
53. Technical Advisory Committee (TAC). A committee of City professional staff persons
appointed from several departments to review and recommend zoning development,
subdivision plats, site plans, conditional use permits and other developments
applications for approval.
54. Supplemental Standard Details. The City of El Mirage Supplement to MAG Uniform
Standard Details have been prepared and adopted by City of El Mirage, as a
supplement to the latest adopted Edition of the Uniform Standard Details for Public
Works Construction (MAG Standards) as sponsored and distributed by the Maricopa
Association of Governments.
55. Tract. (1) A parcel of land or area of land appropriate for subdivision, or (2) a parcel
of land included within a subdivision for a specified purpose other than that proposed
for the lots in the subdivision.
56. Usable Lot Area. That portion of a lot usable for or adaptable to normal uses of
13
Draft
residential property, excluding any areas which may be covered by water, excessively
steep, or included in certain types of easements.
57. Utilities. Underground or overhead facilities used for provision of public electricity,
gas, communications, water, drainage, sewage disposal, or flood control, owned and
operated by any person, firm, corporation, municipal department, or board, duly
authorized by state or municipal regulations. Utility or utilities as used herein may
also refer to such persons, firms, corporations, departments, or boards involved in
supplying these services.
14
Draft
SECTION B
SUBDIVISION DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL STANDARDS
FOR PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PLATS
Section B contains standards for design and submittal of required documents and maps associated with
the Preliminary Plat application and Final Plat application.
B-1
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR PRELIMINARY PLAT SUBMITTAL
Preliminary Plat submittals shall be made to the Planning Division. Preliminary Plats shall be in
conformance with the Chapter 155: Subdivision, §155.031 PRELIMINARY PLAT;
REQUIREMENTS AND REVIEW.
B–2
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR FINAL PLAT SUBMITTAL
A.
Review Submittal Requirements
Final Plat submittals shall be made to the Planning Division. Preliminary Plats shall be in
conformance with the Chapter 155: Subdivision, §155.032 FINAL PLAT; REQUIREMENTS
AND REVIEW.
B. Recording Requirements
The subdivider shall make all required corrections to the Final Plat/Map of Dedication (MOD),
prior to submitting for Council action. The submittal shall include:
1. Submit CD of PDF images of the signed Final Plat.
2. One check payable to the City of El Mirage:
A.
The check will include courier fees and recording fees.
3. All type and signatures must be in black ink. No ball point pens.
4. All stamps/seals must be clearly legible and not smeared. If the stamps/seals are smeared
or illegible, the Final Plat/MOD will be returned to the engineer/developer for correction.
5. Electronic file of the approved version of the Final Plat.
6. The Final Assurance and Agreement to Install for construction of the infrastructure
improvements off-site and on-site, including but not limited to water, sewer, street lights,
grading and drainage, paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drainage features, and signing and
striping, must be posted with the City in accordance with the City of El Mirage
Subdivision Ordinance, prior to recordation of the Final Plat.
15
Draft
C. Final Plat Format
1. The recorded plat shall be submitted on CD of PDF images of signed Final Plat.
2. The plat shall be drawn to an accurate scale having not more than 100-feet to an inch.
3. The plat shall be prepared and sealed by a land surveyor registered to practice in the State
of Arizona.
4. All necessary rights-of-way and easements (public water, public sewer etc.) shall be
dedicated on a Final Plat or MOD. Deviations from this policy are required in writing
from the Engineering Division.
D. Identification Data Required
Basic identification data shall be provided regarding the subdivision and land surveyor.
1. The Final Plat shall contain a title block that includes the name and location of the
subdivision and its legal description by number of section, township, range, and county.
2. The title block shall also contain the name, address and registration number of seal of the
registered land surveyor preparing the plat.
3. The plat map shall contain a scale, north arrow, and date of plat preparation.
E. Survey Data Required
Data from a survey of the area to be subdivided shall be required as part of the Final Plat
submittal.
1. Boundaries of the tract to be subdivided shall be fully balanced and closed, showing all
bearings and distances, determined by an accurate survey in the field. All dimensions
shall be expressed in feet and decimals of feet.
2. Any excepted parcels within the plat boundaries shall be located showing all bearings and
distances, determined by an accurate survey in the field. All dimensions shall be
expressed in feet and decimals of feet.
3. Location and description of cardinal points to which all dimensions, angles, bearings, and
similar data on the plat shall be referenced; each of two corners of the subdivision
traverse shall be tied by bearing and distance to two separate section corners or quarter-
section corners.
4. All existing adjacent plats shall be referenced to the location of monument corners.
5. Location of all physical encroachments upon the boundaries of the tract shall be
16
Draft
identified.
6. A sealed copy of a computer printout or all material involved in a hand calculated
boundary traverse survey of the tract shall be included with the plat submittal.
7. A copy of a current title report (dated within 30 days of the submittal).
8. Copy of a current ALTA Survey (within six months).
F. Descriptive Data Required
Data depicting physical attributes and parcel dimensions of land being subdivided shall be
part of the Final Plat submittal.
1. The name, right-of-way lines, courses, length, width of all public streets, alleys,
crosswalks and utility easements radii, points of tangency, and central angles of all
curvilinear streets and alleys, radii of all rounded street line intersections shall be
included on the map.
2. All drainage ways shall be shown on the plat. The right-of-way of all major drainage
ways, flood plains, floodways, probable maximum flood boundaries, etc., as approved by
the City of El Mirage Engineering Division, shall be shown as dedicated.
3. All unobstructed view easements and sight distance triangles shall be shown at all
intersections on all Final Plats.
4. The location and dimensions of all residential lots shall be shown on the map. Proposed
subdivisions for single family dwellings shall provide a table identifying the lot area in
square feet for each lot.
5. All residential lots shall be individually numbered by consecutive numbers throughout
the plat. "Exceptions," "tracts," “common areas,” and "private parks" shall be so
designated, lettered, or named and clearly dimensioned.
6. The location, dimensions, bearings, radii, arcs, and central angles of all sites to be
dedicated to the public shall be shown on the map with the use clearly indicated.
7. The location of all adjoining subdivisions with date, book, and page number of
recordation noted, or if unrecorded, so marked and noted on the map.
8. Any proposed private deed restrictions to be imposed upon the plat or any part or parts
thereof pertaining to the intended use of the land shall be typewritten and attached to the
plat and to each copy submitted.
G. Dedication and Acknowledgment
1. A statement of dedication of all streets, alleys, drainage ways, pedestrian ways, and other
17
Draft
tracts and/or easements for public use by the person holding title of record, by persons
holding title as venders under land contract and by spouses of said parties shall be
required as part of the Final Plat submittal. Mortgaged land to be dedicated shall require
the signature of the mortgagee. Dedication shall include a verbal legal description
including the section, township, and range in which the tract is located.
2. Private streets contained in the plat shall have the right reserved to public utilities to
install and maintain facilities within the street boundaries. Private streets shall be
dedicated as tracts.
A provision shall be included in the Dedications Statement for private streets/access
which reads: “A public utilities easement, public water easement, public sewer easement,
ingress and egress for refuse collection, emergency and service type access are hereby
dedicated over Tract (insert tract letter).”
3. A provision shall be included in the Dedication Statement for private streets/access which
reads: “Tract(s) (insert tract letter(s)) are hereby dedicated to and owned by the
Homeowners Association (HOA) for the purpose of private streets/access. The
homeowners association is responsible for maintenance of the private streets/access.”
4. Landscaped areas within the boundaries of private streets to be maintained by a
Homeowners Association and tracts in common ownership or owned and maintained by a
Homeowners Association shall be contained within an easement.
As such, the dedication statement shall include provisions that read: “The City of El
Mirage is hereby given an easement for maintenance of landscaping, retention and
drainage facilities on Tract(s) (insert tract letters). This easement may be exercised by the
City of El Mirage at such time that the HOA fails to exist and provide the required
maintenance and operation of the landscaping, retention and drainage facilities. As long
as the HOA is in existence, it will be responsible for providing all maintenance of
landscaping, retention and drainage facilities, regardless of the dedication of the
easement.”
5. Temporary easements, landscaped easements and/or utility easements to be abandoned
shall be shown on the plat and labeled “Abandoned.” A roadway right-of-way or
easement may be placed on the plat for abandonment in accordance with state law and
City approval. Verbiage for abandonment shall be included in the dedication statement.
6. A provision shall be included in the dedication statement for dedication of water and
sewer easements which reads, “(Insert name of corporation, partnership or owner),
Grantor, do hereby grant to the City of El Mirage, an Arizona Municipal Corporation, in
Maricopa County, Arizona, its successors, and assigns a permanent and perpetual
easement for the following purposes, namely: The right to enter upon for construction,
maintenance, operation and replacement of a (sewer line/water line) over, under, and
across the easement area designated on the Final Plat. The said easement also includes the
right for the City of El Mirage to cut back and trim such portion of branches and tops of
the trees now growing or that may hereafter grow upon the designated easement area, as
may extend over said easement, so as to prevent the same from interfering with the
efficient maintenance and operation of said (sewer line/water line). The City of El Mirage
18
Draft
shall not be responsible for replacing any landscaping or any improvement placed within
the easement by Grantor or its successors or assigns. The City of El Mirage will make
reasonable efforts to promptly restore asphaltic concrete pavement surfaces.
The Grantor, its successors or assigns at its sole cost, shall be responsible for promptly
replacing any asphalt, landscaping or any improvement placed within the easement by
Grantor or its successors or assigns.
Execution of dedication shall be acknowledged and certified by a notary public.
7. Water, sewer and storm drain within the boundaries of private residential, commercial
and industrial properties are to be maintained by the property owner, management
company or Homeowners Association.
As such, the dedication statement shall include provisions that read: “All water, sanitary
sewer and storm drain within the property are private unless noted otherwise. The
Property Owner (or management company, HOA, etc.) is responsible for the maintenance
of these private utility mains, services and related appurtenances.”
H. Required Certifications
1. The registered land surveyor who prepared the Final Plat map shall provide certification
on the Final Plat map that the plat is correct and accurate, and that the monuments
described in it have been either set or located as described. All maps shall contain the seal
of a registered land surveyor, as per Arizona Revised Statutes (ARS).
2. The subdivider shall certify that rules as may be established by the state department of
transportation relating to provisions for the safety of entrance upon and departure from
abutting state primary highways have been followed as applicable.
3. The subdivider shall certify that rules as may be established by the Flood Control District
of Maricopa County relating to the construction or prevention of construction of streets in
land established as being subject to periodic inundation have been followed as applicable.
4. The subdivider shall certify that rules as may be established by the Maricopa County
Department of Environmental Services relating to the provision of domestic water supply
and sanitary sewer disposal have been followed as applicable.
5. The subdivider shall certify that the requirements of the El Mirage Zoning Ordinance and
the City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual have been addressed and
followed as applicable.
6. A development located within the service area of a private water service provider shall
provide to the City prior to recordation of the Final Plat the following information; a copy
of the 100-year assured water supply certification, certification number and date of
approval.
19
Draft
I.
Required Notes
The following notes, 1 through 5, shall be placed on each Final Plat.
Notes 6 and 7 shall be included on each Final Plat provided the subdivision is located within
the City of El Mirage Water and Sewer Service Area.
Senate Bill 1062 became effective July 13, 1995 and was passed to protect military airports
from encroachment of urban development. Provisions of Senate Bill 1062 require public
disclosure for residential resale, new subdivision and bulk property sales. As such any
subdivision located within the vicinity of a military airport shall include note 8.
Note 9 is required if the subdivision is located in the vicinity of a City of El Mirage
Designated Truck Route. The specific streets designated as a truck route shall be listed. Note
10 is required if the subdivision is located within the vicinity of a rock quarry or a gravel
operation. Note 11 is required if the subdivision is located within the vicinity of a railroad.
Additional site specific notes may be required by the City.
1. No construction of any kind shall be constructed or placed within the utility easements,
except utilities, wood, wire, or removable section type fencing, and/or paving, nor any
planting except grass. It shall be further understood that the City of El Mirage shall not be
required to, replace any obstruction or planting that must be removed during the course of
maintenance, construction or reconstruction.
2. All new and existing utility, electrical facilities less than 69 KVA, cable T.V.,
telecommunications fiber optics, cellular, gas, etc. shall be installed underground as part
of the street improvements.
3. Maintenance of surface and underground drainage facilities within all tracts, easements
and rights-of-way shall be the responsibility of the Homeowners Association.
4. All lot corners shall be monumented with ½” rebar and capped or tagged bearing the
registration number of the surveyor responsible for their placement.
5. Signs, fences, walls, utility boxes, structures, shrubs, hedges or other plants, but
excluding trees over 30-inches in height shall not be permitted within view easements or
the sight distance triangles. No limbs, leaves, needles or other foliage above 30-inches in
height or below 84-inches are permitted.
6. This subdivision is located within the City of El Mirage Water Service Area and has been
designated as having a 100-year assured water supply. In cases of private water
companies, the note shall read: This subdivision is located within the (insert private
company name) Water Service Area and has been designated as having a 100-year
assured water supply. (Insert Certification # and date of approval by Arizona Department
of Water Resources).
7. This subdivision is located within the City of El Mirage Sewer Service Area.
20
Draft
8. This subdivision is located within the vicinity of a military airport.
9.
This subdivision is located in the vicinity of a designated truck route. (Insert the name of
the street(s)) is/are designated as a Truck Route by the City of El Mirage.
10. This subdivision is located in the vicinity of a Rock Quarry (Gravel Operation).
11. This subdivision is located in the vicinity of a railroad.
12. No structure of any kind shall be constructed, or any vegetation be planted, nor be
allowed to grow within the drainage easement or tract, which would impede the flow
of water over, under, or through the easement or tract.
13. An association, including all property owners in the development, will be formed and
have the responsibility for maintaining all common areas to be noted as “Tracts” or
easements (including landscaped areas and drainage facilities) in accordance with the
approved plans.
14. Maximum building envelope on each lot is
.
J. Signature Block
A signature block for the signatures of the City Engineer, Mayor, and Owner shall be
included.
K. Legibility
Any seal, detail, note or other item required for inclusion on the final plat shall be clearly
legible. Failure to provide legible details on a final plat shall be considered an incomplete
submittal.
21
Draft
SECTION C
GENERAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
C-1
CONFORMANCE WITH CITY POLICY
Subdivisions and street and engineering design shall conform to the goals, objectives and
provisions as stated in adopted City policy. City policies are found in the El Mirage General Plan,
the El Mirage Zoning Ordinance, City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual,
and other ordinances and regulations of the City, and to the Arizona Revised Statutes.
Subdivision design is dependent on the character of the subdivision, topography and other
physical and density factors. In general, urban density of three or more lots per gross acre must
have urban street and utility improvements. "Urban improvements" is interpreted to mean paved
streets with curbs and gutters, sidewalks, landscaping, local storm drainage system, underground
utilities, streetlights, public sanitary sewage systems and public water systems.
C-2
SUBDIVISION POLICIES
A. Public Sites
A subdivision containing all or any part of the site of a park, school, flood control facility, or
other public area as identified in the City’s General Plan, shall provide for dedication of such
site(s) to the public or reserved for acquisition by the public for the period of time specified
under state law.
B. Lands Subject to Flooding
Land that is subject to periodic flooding, land that cannot be properly drained or other land
which, in the opinion of the City Engineer is unsuitable for the proposed use shall not be
subdivided. The City Engineer may approve subdivision of such land upon receipt of
evidence from the Maricopa County Flood Control District that the construction of specific
improvements can be expected to render the land suitable. Construction upon such land
thereafter shall be prohibited until the specified improvements have been planned and
construction guaranteed.
C-3
STREET POLICIES
A. Conformance with Street Classification System
Any part of a street alignment or design in a subdivision shall conform to the latest version of the
Street Classification Map.
B. Continuation of Streets
The street layout shall provide for the continuation or discontinuation of streets in furtherance
of City policy with respect to neighborhood traffic circulation design. Street continuation
22
Draft
design is subject to review and approval by the Engineering Division.
C. Conformance with Neighborhood Plans and Specific Plans
The street layout plan for a subdivision shall include the application of circulation elements of
neighborhood plans or specific plans of which the area to be subdivided is a part.
D. Connection with Future Streets
The TAC Committee may designate certain street alignments to be extended to the tract
boundary to provide future connection with adjoining unplatted lands.
E. Through Traffic Mitigation
Public and private local streets shall be designed to encourage local traffic and discourage
through traffic.
F. Frontage Roads
Where a proposed subdivision abuts or contains an existing or proposed arterial route, the
TAC Committee may require frontage roads or reverse frontage with non-access easements
along the arterial route, or such other treatment as may be justified for protection of
residential properties from the nuisance and hazard of high volume traffic, and to preserve the
traffic function of the arterial route.
G. Sound Study Required
A sound study shall be required where a proposed subdivision abuts a parkway, arterial or
abuts and/or contains an existing or proposed truck route. Specifications and scope of the
study shall be prepared in accordance with Arizona Department of Transportation, Noise
Abatement Policy. The study shall analyze 2040 noise levels along the adjacent roadways.
Any subsequent sound wall recommendations shall be designed and included on the
engineering drawings and installed. The minimum standard height shall be 8-feet; however,
the actual height shall be determined by the results of the sound study. The measurement of
the wall height shall be from the top of curb of the parkway or arterial.
H. Traffic Study Required
A traffic study shall be required where a proposed subdivision abuts an existing or proposed
arterial street, for any proposed development that is anticipated to generate 100 or more trips
per day or as the City deems necessary. The traffic study shall be prepared in accordance with
the latest version of the City of El Mirage Traffic Impact Analysis (TIA) Criteria.
23
Draft
I.
Street Design for Subdivisions Located Adjacent to Impediments
Where a subdivision abuts or contains the right-of-way of a railroad, a limited access
highway, an irrigation canal or other physical impediment, or abuts a commercial or
industrial land use, the TAC Committee may recommend location of a street approximately
parallel to and on each side of such right-of-way at a distance suitable for appropriate use of
the intervening land. Such distance shall be determined with due regard for approach grades,
drainage, bridges, or future grade separations.
J. Street Design in Relation to Topography
Streets shall be so arranged in relation to existing topography as to produce desirable lots of
maximum utility, streets of reasonable gradient and facilitation of efficient drainage patterns.
K. Alleys
Alleys may be included but shall not be required in residential, commercial, or industrial
subdivisions, except that alleys shall be required in all subdivisions where:
1. The subdivision abuts an existing, partially dedicated alley(s).
2. Extension of an alley(s) from an adjoining subdivision is required to complete the
established circulation pattern.
L. Streets Connecting Adjoining Neighborhoods
Local streets shall be extended to provide access between adjoining neighborhoods at
appropriate intervals. Half streets at subdivision boundaries shall be discouraged except
where necessary for continuation of existing patterns. Platted half-streets abutting the tract to
be subdivided and furnishing the sole access to residential lots shall be platted within the
tract.
C-4
LOT PLANNING AND DESIGN
A. Lot and Block Dimensions
1. Lot width, depth, area, and building setbacks shall comply with the minimum
requirements of the El Mirage Zoning Ordinance and shall be appropriate for the location
and character of the proposed development, and for the type and extent of street and
utility improvements being installed.
2. Maximum length of blocks, measured along the centerline of the street, and between
intersecting street centerlines shall be 1,000-feet or 15 times the minimum lot width
required in the Zoning District. Cul-de-sacs shall not exceed 600-feet in length.
24
Draft
B. Relationship of Lots to Streets
1. Side lot lines shall be substantially at right angles or radial to street lines.
2. Every lot shall abut upon a public street or private street or access way designed and
appropriate for providing vehicular access.
3. Lot lines for private streets constructed to less than City street standards shall be extended
to the center of the street. Net lot area, for conformance with the minimum required lot
area for the zoning district, shall not include the street easement or tract area.
4. Single-family residential lots extending through the block and having frontage on two
parallel streets shall not be permitted except where the second street is designated as a
collector or arterial street. The rear lot line of through lots shall be buffered as required in
the El Mirage City Code.
C. Utility Easement Planning
1. Where alleys are provided, four-foot aerial overhead easements on each side of alley shall
be provided by dedication.
2. Guy and anchor easements shall be one-foot wide on each side of a lot line and
approximately 35-feet in length measured from the rear lot line.
3. An eight-foot Public Utility Easement (PUE) shall be dedicated along both sides of all
streets, including arterial streets, adjacent to the right-of-way or private street/access way.
4. For lots facing on curvilinear streets, utility easements may consist of a series of straight
lines with points of deflection not less than 120-feet apart. Points of deflection should
always occur at the junction of side and rear lot lines on the side of the exterior angle.
Curvilinear designs for easements and alleys may be provided and shall be designed with
a minimum radius for the easement or alley of not less than 800-feet.
5. A public drainage easement shall be required for streams, basins, lakes, golf courses,
significant surface drainage courses or other watercourses that abut or cross the tract and
accept drainage from public areas. Dedication of an easement with sufficient width to
permit widening, deepening, relocating, or protecting the watercourse shall be required.
The minimum dimension of the width of a public drainage easement is 50-feet.
6. Land within a public street or drainage easement or land within a utility easement for
major power transmission lines or pipelines shall not be considered a part of the
minimum required lot area. This shall not be construed as applicable to land involved in
utility easements for distribution or service purposes.
7. Lots arranged with the rear property line adjacent to major streets, railroads, canals, or
non-residential districts shall have, the rear one foot of which shall be recorded as a
vehicular non-access easement.
25
Draft
8. Tracts with park or open space use designations shall contain a one-foot Vehicular Non
Access Easement (VNAE) along the borders of the tract. The VNAE shall be written so
as to allow access only to maintenance vehicles.
9. Trees shall not be located within utility easements.
26
Draft
SECTION D
This section has been left intentionally blank.
27
Draft
SECTION E
STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS
It is the purpose of this section to establish in outline the minimum acceptable standards for improvement
of public streets and utilities; to define the responsibility of the subdivider in the planning, construction,
and financing of public improvements; and to establish procedures for review and approval of
engineering plans.
E-1
ENGINEERED PLANS
The subdivider shall prepare a complete set of engineering drawings for construction of streets,
public water and sanitary sewer facilities, drainage, and for construction of all other required
improvements.
A. Engineering Plan Preparation
1. Preliminary plans shall be prepared in conjunction with the Preliminary Plat submittal
and final draft plans submitted with the Final Plat submittal.
2. The plans shall be prepared by a civil engineer registered in the state of Arizona and
reviewed for approval by the City Engineer.
3. All engineering plans shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to approval of the
Final Plat by the City Council. A certification approving engineering plans signed by the
City Engineer shall be filed with the City Clerk.
B. National Flood Insurance Program
Engineering plans for drainage facilities in areas of special flood hazard, or which alter areas
of special flood hazard shall be approved by the City Engineer for general conformance to the
National Flood Insurance Program and related regulations.
E-2
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
A. Subdivider’s Responsibility of the Required Improvements
1. All improvements required in streets, alleys, or easements that are required as a condition
to plat approval shall be the responsibility of the subdivider; provided, however, that he
may be allowed to meet the requirement by participation in an improvement district
approved by the City Engineer.
2. The subdivider shall repair damages to any existing improvements adjacent to the
proposed development caused by the project.
3. The subdivision shall have as its primary access, a paved public road between its
boundary and an existing, public, paved road that has been constructed to City standards.
28
Draft
SECTION F
PHASING PLANS
A subdivision that will be constructed in phases shall have an approved phasing plan.
F-1
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR PHASING PLAN SUBMITTAL
A. Phasing Map
A map of the entire proposed subdivision shall be submitted containing all information
included on the preliminary plat map.
B. Phasing Description
A narrative shall be submitted with the phasing plan application describing each phase with
specific identification of the following.
1. All lots, tracts, easements, common areas and other land within each phase.
2. All streets, private streets, alleys and other rights-of-way within each phase, and
3. All utilities, including water, sewer and drainage within each phase.
4. A description of schedule and sequencing of the proposed phases and how significant
delays in completion of the subdivision and its public improvements will be mitigated.
C. Abandonment Contingency Plan
The phasing plan submittal shall contain narrative describing plans for completing critical
improvements should there be a termination of subdivision work or improvements for a
period of six months.
F-2
PHASING PLAN APPROVAL
A. Preliminary Approval
The TAC Committee shall consider the preliminary phasing plan as part of the review and
consideration of the preliminary plat.
B. Final Approval
1. The final phasing plan shall be submitted in substantially the same form as the form
receiving preliminary approval.
29
Draft
2. The final phasing plan shall be approved by the TAC Committee prior to submittal of the
Final Plat to the City Council.
F-3
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FINAL PHASING PLAN
A. Installation of Improvements
All improvements shall be installed in accordance with the time and sequencing schedule
included in the phasing plan for each phase of the subdivision.
B. Phasing Plan Modifications
Major modifications to the Final Phasing Plan shall be proposed as a Request for Waiver.
C. Installation of Ultimate Street Improvements upon Abandonment
Termination of lot development or public improvements for a period of six months shall be
considered abandonment of the project. The owner or developer shall be required to install
the improvements identified in the abandonment contingency plan. The City may complete
the required improvements if the owner or developer is unable.
D. TAC Committee Approval for Re-starting a Subdivision Abandoned for Six Months
The owner or developer of a subdivision abandoned for a period of six months shall receive
approval of a Request for Waiver approving modifications to the Final Phasing Plan schedule
and sequencing prior to re-starting the project.
30
Draft
SECTION G
ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES TO A RECORDED PLAT
Minor changes may be accomplished without re-recording the subdivision plat through the Certificate of
Correction administrative process. Allowable changes under this process are engineering errors and name
changes, typographical errors, misspellings, etc. Administration changes to the recorded plat must be
reviewed by the Planning Director, prior to recording.
A. Engineering Error Classification
1. If, after the approval and recording of a final plat, errors are found in the language or
numbers on the recorded plat, the subdivider shall file a properly signed, corrected, or
revised original Mylar with the Planning Director. The plat shall be noted “Corrected
Plat” under the name of the subdivision. Notations shall be made on the face of the
plat listing all corrections made and the book and page numbers where the original
plat was recorded. The director shall review the plat for corrections, secure the
signatures of the proper public officials on the corrected plat and present the plat to the
City Council for the reaffirmation of their approval and the County Clerk for
recording. The recoding of the corrected plat shall void the incorrect original plat, and
the County Clerk shall note “Void” across the face of the incorrect plat.
B. Procedure
1. If, after the approval and recording of the final plat, a subdivider wishes to modify the
location of lot lines on part or all of the recorded plat, and if there is no change in the
location or size of dedicated streets or other dedicated public land, the subdivider shall
submit a new final plat drawing with the lotting arrangement revised. The Planning
Director shall determine which of the required supporting materials shall be
resubmitted with the revised final plat. The plat shall be marked the “Resubdivision
of ” under the name of the subdivision and shall be processed
as a final plat.
2. If, after the approval and recording of a final plat, a subdivider wishes to change the
street or public land location, size, or arrangement of a part or all of the platted area,
the resulting subdivision shall be treated as a new submittal with both a preliminary
plat and a final plat required. Based on the currency of the information submitted with
the original plat and the magnitude of the change(s), the procedure described in
division (D) may be applied. The subdivision shall be identified as the “Resubdivision
of ”. Any action of the City Council approving the resubdivision
shall contain clear reference to the vacation of public lands as appropriate.
3. The Planning Director shall review and approve the application as appropriate. The
subdivider shall have the Certificate recorded in the Office of the Maricopa County
Recorder with copies of the recorded Certificate forwarded to the Office of the City
Clerk and the City Engineer.
31
Draft
SECTION H
This section has been left intentionally blank.
32
Draft
SECTION I
SUBDIVISION DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS
I-1
PURPOSE
The purpose of the sections of this chapter and the following chapters of the City of El Mirage
Design & Development Standards Manual is to aid owners and developers and their designers,
engineers, consultants, and contractors in the planning and design of public and private
infrastructure. Design concepts and specific technical data are outlined, however, are not intended
to supersede sound engineering and professional judgment. All plans are to be prepared with
these concepts in mind and will be reviewed accordingly.
The City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual is intended to be used in
conjunction with and is subordinate to the provisions and specifications of the Zoning,
Subdivision, Floodplain Management, Building Regulations, Streets and Sidewalk, Traffic, Street
Light, Water and Sewage Disposal, Landscape Requirements and Ordinances, and other
appropriate ordinances of the City of El Mirage, and the laws and regulations of such other
agencies as may have jurisdiction. Where the DDSM conflicts with these references, the
references shall prevail.
Where this City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual fails to address an item
or issues encountered during the pursuit of the design of improvements and construction of the
development, the Applicant shall provide written request, addressed to the appropriate
Department of the City for consideration, review, comment, and the City shall acknowledge by
written approval, before proceeding.
I-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Codes and Standards
All development within the City of El Mirage shall comply with all requirements of the El
Mirage City Code and Ordinances. Copies of these documents, with revisions, are on file in
the Office of the Clerk at the City of El Mirage. Preliminary and final design plans shall be
prepared in accordance with these guidelines unless specific variances have been approved by
the City.
All construction shall be in accordance with the City of El Mirage Details, Uniform Standard
Specifications and Details for Public Works Construction sponsored and published by the
Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) as may be amended by the City herein.
Private on-site water and sewer lines shall be constructed in accordance with the Uniform
Plumbing Code as adopted by the City, and these provisions.
Private Water Company improvements located within City right-of-way will be inspected by
the City in relation to the following items; pipe bedding, trench backfill and results of
pressure testing.
33
Draft
B. Plan Review
Once the plans and necessary reports for a development have been prepared, they shall be
submitted to the City of El Mirage Engineering Division. The Engineering Division will
distribute the plans to the appropriate City departments for review and comment. These
comments will be compiled, consolidated, and returned to the applicant. All such comments
shall be incorporated into the plans and reports by the applicant prior to resubmittal.
C. Right-of-Way/Easements
When required, the acquisition and dedication of new rights-of-way and/or easements shall be
coordinated with the Engineering Division. Deeds and other necessary documents for the
dedications of rights-of-way, easements and/or parcels shall be prepared by the developer and
submitted to the Engineering Division.
The property owner is responsible for the dedication of adjacent full streets of rights-of-way
and shall provide the adjacent full street improvements including, but not limited to: paving,
curb,
gutter,
sidewalk,
landscaping,
irrigation,
street
lighting,
signage,
signal
installation/relocation, drainage infrastructure, and pavement striping. Half street dedication
and improvements will be allowed on a case by case basis.
D. Street Lights
Streetlights are required on all streets within or adjacent to any proposed development. Street
light layout plans for these facilities must be included in the overall submittal, in accordance
with the City Code Sections 154.107(A) and 155.052(A)(8), the IES RP8 model, the Arizona
Public Service Company (APS) Standards and Approved Manufacturers for Street Lights. All
streetlights must be installed by APS. The developer is required to hire a professional
electrical engineer to prepare the street light layout plans. Photometrics must be included with
the plans for any proposed lighting along a public street or whenever adjacent to a residential
use. The plans will be reviewed by the City and once approved; the applicant shall forward
copies to APS. APS owns and maintains all street lights within the City.
E. Striping and Signage
Each developer is required to install striping and signage on all streets. Striping and signage
plans must be included in the overall submittal package.
F. Construction
Construction/Improvement Permits are required for all improvements in accordance with City
of El Mirage ordinances whether or not they are referenced or stated in this manual. Any
contractor found working on a project without an official set of approved plans or a valid
permit will be required to discontinue work on El Mirage rights-of-way and public utility
easements, including development of private property. It is the responsibility of the permit
applicant to obtain and fulfill any and all other requirements.
34
Draft
Prior to the issuance of a permit the developer shall provide an acceptable assurance or other
guarantee for the off-site improvements as required by the City Code.
All construction shall be in accordance with the approved plans, City of El Mirage Details,
the Uniform Standard Details and Specifications for Public Works Construction, published by
the Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) and this Infrastructure Development
Guide, as amended herein by the City.
G. Plan Review & Permit Fees
All plan review and permit fees must be paid at the time when the permit is picked up. Please
consult the latest Fee Schedule available on the City’s website.
35
Draft
SECTION J
GENERAL IMPROVEMENT POLICIES
The following sections outline the City's policies related to various improvements associated with the
development process. They are by nature general in scope. Reference should be made to the appropriate
Chapters within the balance of these guidelines for specific details.
J-1
PLAN SUBMITTAL
A complete set of civil engineering construction plans (water, sewer, storm drain, grading and
drainage, paving, etc.) for each development (residential, commercial, and industrial) must be
submitted to the Engineering Division for review and approval. Improvement plans shall comply
with the requirements of Section K. Deficiencies will be noted and the submittal will be returned
to the applicant. Incomplete submittals will not be accepted.
The first submittal shall include the following:
•
One copy of the site plan approved by the Planning Commission and any P & Z
stipulations.
•
Four (4) copies of the Final Plat for distribution to City departments. The Final Plat
shall match the approved Preliminary Plat. If any changes have been made, the
changes shall be noted on a memorandum attached to each copy of the Final Plat.
•
Four (4) sets of on-site and off-site Civil Improvement plans (24” x 36”) including
Grading & Drainage, Water, Sewer, Striping & Signage, etc.
•
Two (2) copies of the Drainage Report.
•
Two (2) copies of the Water Analysis Report.
•
Two (2) copies of the Sewer Analysis Report,
•
Two (2) copies of the Traffic Impact Analysis (if not previously approved).
•
Two (2) copies of the Soils Report.
•
Two (2) copies of any other report required by the project.
•
Email a copy of the full submittal to Engineering@elmirageaz.gov
Second and subsequent submittals shall include:
•
Email a copy of the full submittal to the assigned City plan reviewer
NOTE: If the time elapsed between submittals exceeds nine months, a re-review of the plans
may be necessary. The Engineering Division will determine if the plan review status
provided during the previous review will be void and if additional Engineering
review fees will be assessed.
36
Draft
J-2
STREET IMPROVEMENT POLICY
All developments within the City shall provide an interior street system adequate to ensure that
all parcels and/or facilities within the development shall have access to the public street system.
Further, they shall provide access into the development for public service and/or emergency
operations. Such facilities, whether public or private streets, shall be of such width and structural
strength as to provide safe and unrestricted access. Street Improvements include and are defined
as per Chapter 3.
In single-family developments it is the intent of the City of El Mirage that the street system be
designed in conformance with the classifications outlined in Chapter 3. There shall be minimal
direct access to the collectors, and extremely limited access to arterial streets.
When the development occurs adjacent to a street, it is the City's policy that it shall be the
responsibility of the developer to install improvements along the development's frontage to the
ultimate grade and alignment for the street. This may include removal and replacement of the
existing street surface and/or striping to the centerline if that structure is inadequate to meet the
current design standards.
J-3
UNPAVED STREETS
When unpaved streets are encountered to provide access to and/or adjacent to any development,
provisions for paving or dust control shall apply. Maricopa County has been designated by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as being a Non-Attainment Area for Air Quality. All
streets and driveways shall meet fire access and turnaround requirements.
J-4
PRIVATE STREET POLICY
Private streets shall not be permitted unless specifically approved by the City Council.
Where private streets are approved, statements shall be contained on the plat and in both the deed
restrictions and the HOA by-laws that those streets are declared private subject to an easement
authorizing use by emergency and public service vehicles and remain the permanent
responsibility of the HOA. In addition, the developer will be responsible for providing signage
stating that the streets are privately maintained and shall provide guard, gates, or other means of
denying access to the general public. Private streets shall not be maintained by City forces.
Private streets shall conform to City standards and shall include an easement for utility and public
safety access at least equal to the City standard right-of-way for local, residential streets. All
streets and driveways shall meet fire access and turnaround requirements. Where site conditions
necessitate unique design solutions or the developer requests such unique design solutions,
modifications may be approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
J-5
STORM DRAINAGE POLICY (See Chapter 4)
It is the City's policy that all developments shall provide sufficient retention so as to minimize the
adverse impact of that development on its downstream neighbors. To that end, all development
shall provide sufficient on-site retention to contain, at the least, the runoff generated by 100-year,
one-hour storm (2.4 inches) falling on that property. Such retention facilities shall be separate and
distinct parcels within the development and shall be planned for accordingly.
Further, it is the City's policy that all developments shall provide adequate drainage facilities so
as to convey runoff generated both on and off the project, around or through the project in such a
manner as to ensure that the structures will be free from flooding and that there is reasonable
37
Draft
access for emergency and public service vehicles. The developer shall install storm drains,
channels and/or other physical improvements necessary to achieve this result.
AZPDES permit – The contractor shall comply with the Arizona Pollution Discharge Elimination
System (AZPDES) Stormwater Requirements for construction sites under Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality (ADEQ).
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) – The design engineer will be required to
prepare a SWPPP with each construction project using the City’s SWPPP Guidance Document.
The SWPPP and Guidance Document shall be submitted with the civil drawings. The contractor
will be required to comply with the SWPPP during construction. The contractor will also be
required to update and revise the SWPPP as necessary throughout the construction of the project
to assure compliance with ADEQ requirements.
J-6
WATER EXTENSION POLICY (See Chapter 5)
It is the City's policy that all development within the City shall have an adequate and secure
source of potable water. Therefore, unless specifically excepted, all developments within the City
shall be serviced by the City's potable water system or private Water Company system. Further,
the developer shall extend said system to and through the development as necessary to ensure
adequate supply to the development. The developer shall extend the water distribution system to
the extremities of the project so as to ensure that more distant potential users shall have
reasonable access to the City's water system.
Water to meet fire flow needs, shall be provided to all developments per the Fire Department
requirements. This provision shall apply to all development within the City regardless of the
water purveyor, and location within the City.
J-7
SEWER LINE EXTENSION POLICY (See Chapter 6)
It is the City's policy that, unless specifically excepted, all development shall provide for the
discharge of domestic and other approved liquid waste into the municipal sewerage system. All
developers shall be required to extend to and through their project a sewage collection system of a
size sufficient to dispose of these wastes to the public system. The developer shall extend the
main trunk and/or collector lines to the upstream extremities of the project so as to provide
reasonable access for potential upstream users to the City system.
J-8
SITE DEVELOPMENT POLICY
It is the City's policy that all development within the City shall be designed and constructed in
such a manner as to provide a safe and pleasant environment for the citizens of El Mirage. To that
end, the appropriate standards have been established for site development to include: public
and/or private access for general and special uses, public and private water and sewage systems,
on-site and off-site drainage, undergrounding of utilities, sanitation, landscaping, stormwater
retention/detention, safety, convenience, lighting and public utilities as may be required. The
structures themselves are to be constructed in accordance with the Zoning, Subdivision,
Floodplain Management, Building Regulations, Streets and Sidewalk, Traffic, Streetlight, Water
and Sewage Disposal, Landscape Codes and Ordinances, and these guidelines, as appropriate.
J-9
REFUSE AND RECYCLE ENCLOSURE POLICY
It is the City’s policy that all development within the City shall be designed and constructed to
accommodate safe and sanitary refuse and recycle collection that compliments the site aesthetics.
To accomplish this all developments shall be in compliance with City Detail EM-113.
38
Draft
J-10
UNDERGROUNDING OF OVERHEAD UTILITIES
It is the City’s policy that all development with the City shall underground overhead facilities
with a rating of less than 13 kV. This includes electrical, alarm, and communication facilities.
This may require the undergrounding beyond the site boundary to the next convenient power pole
or junction element.
J-11 WATER RAMP POLICY
When the water supply source for the construction project is located on the opposite side of the
street, the City does not allow the placement of the supply hose and ramp across arterial or
collector streets.
The contractor/developer may submit an application to the City Engineer or their designee for
permission to place the hose and ramp across any local street. The application shall include the
manufacturer’s specifications, materials used, and dimensions of the ramp, proposed location of
the ramp and proposed barricading and signage.
J-12 INSPECTION POLICY
All above ground and underground facilities and equipment placed on private property, in the
public rights-of-way and all construction work done in the rights-of-way shall be subject to
periodic and final inspection by the City of El Mirage for compliance with all permit
requirements, as well as applicable City, state and federal laws. Permittee must notify the City
Engineering Inspector at (623) 876-2975 at least 48-hours prior to beginning permitted
construction work in the right-of-way. Requests for City inspections must be made 24-hours in
advance of required inspections.
J-13
PAVEMENT CUT POLICY
As outlined in Section 151.009 of the El Mirage City Code, permission to excavate in new streets
shall not be granted for two years after completion of street construction, reconstruction, or
renovation (major rehabilitation) with few exceptions. Utilities shall determine alternate methods
of making necessary repairs to avoid excavating in new streets.
Whenever any encroachment permit is required to cut into, open, bore, attach to, or make any
break or disturbance to the street pavement of any arterial or collector street within the city that is
two years old or older, the permittee shall, in addition to the repairs required, pay to the City the
pavement restoration fee established by Council resolution in the City Fee Schedule.
J-14
STREET BORING POLICY
The City developed this Policy for street utility crossings using boring methods. This Policy
provides a reliable procedure to conduct the street crossing, minimize the likelihood of
inadvertent damage to existing facilities within the street, minimizes the disruptions to the
motoring public and reduces the future maintenance required on the street by eliminating the
pavement cut (open trench).
Whenever possible, utility companies must install their facilities within the public right-of-way or
easements and outside of existing pavement surfaces. The City understands that, at some time, the
utility must cross a street to provide service on the opposite side. Crossing the existing street must
be bored or punched unless permission is given to open cut has been given in writing by the City
Engineer or their designee on a case by case basis. The burden of proof will lie with the permittee
39
Draft
to show that boring is not a feasible requirement.
PERMIT REQUIREMENTS:
The following information must be included on the plans:
a. Utility owner and contractor name.
b. Site layout plan, project schedule and company experience record.
c. Location of entry and exit points, access pit locations, and equipment and pipe layout
areas.
d. Proposed drill path alignment (both horizontal and vertical) to include the lowest point of
the roadway cross-section.
e. The location and clearances for all existing utility crossings, structures, etc. must be
located vertically and horizontally.
f.
Designs with pavement boring shall include a boring profile to ensure proper separation
is maintained from City of El Mirage Utilities and other existing utilities. Profiles of
existing City of El Mirage facilities and other utilities that cannot be verified by as-built
records shall be potholed.
g. The City recognizes that supplying this information too far in advance may not be
accurate when the contractor begins the drilling operation. Therefore, this information
can be submitted to the City’s Inspector no later than 48 hours before the contractor
begins the drilling operation.
STREET BORE REQUIREMENTS:
a. Utility companies shall comply with ARS 40-360.22(d) when locating underground
facilities prior to construction.
b. Potholes in residential streets may be temporarily repaired (compacted soil and cold patch
asphalt) when the bore will commence within 30 days of the pothole excavation. Should
the temporary repair fail, the permittee shall make pavement restoration within 24-hours
of notification from, and at the direction of the City Inspector. Potholes in arterial streets
must be permanently repaired immediately following pothole excavation.
c. The contractor shall prepare an emergency response plan in the event of a utility strike.
The plan shall be submitted and on file with the City of El Mirage prior to the issuance of
any permits by the City.
d. The contract shall restore all landscape materials and irrigation systems damaged during
the project.
Backfill and pavement restoration must meet the following requirements:
a. Backfilling of the bore pits and trenches shall be ½ sack ABC slurry.
b. Pavement replacement as specified by pavement design engineer construction
documents, 4-inches, or existing asphalt concrete thickness; whichever is greater.
c. The patch shall be permanently placed per MAG specification and City standards.
The City of El Mirage Engineering Inspector shall approve the asphalt mix design.
J-15
POTHOLING (VACUUM EXCAVATION) POLICY
The City of El Mirage does not consider potholing to be an option. Rather, it is viewed as an
essential phase of underground construction for all types of excavation. This practice describes
potholing activities that will occur immediately preceding or in conjunction with construction
activities. Potholing can also be utilized during the planning and design phases of the project.
a. A permit is required for all utility location work within the City right-of-way.
40
Draft
b. The potholing method must be specified on the permit application.
c. A Traffic Control Plan (TCP) shall be submitted to the Engineering Division and
approved for each pothole location.
d. The permit and the TCP must be approved and permitted before any work can begin.
e. The contractor is responsible to obtain a hydrant meter and backflow preventer
before using water from a City fire hydrant.
f.
As with all excavations, call for utility locates through the Arizona Bluestake is
required.
g. The City requires the contractor to comply with the requirements for coring, vacuum
excavation, backfilling and reinstatement of asphalt core into asphalt pavement as
specified in Section 355, Utility Potholes-Keyhole Method, of the MAG
Specifications.
h. Excavation requires coring a circular hole through asphalt pavement using
drilling/coring equipment and removal of the intact asphalt pavement core. The
vertical alignment of the coring operation shall be perpendicular to the horizon and
cutting shall be extended the full depth of the existing pavement section.
i.
Pavement cores shall not be greater than 24 inches in diameter, shall not be spaced
closer than 3 feet between cores (edge to edge), shall not contain a joint or any
pavement cracks greater than 1/8-inch wide, and shall only be obtained from
pavements where the asphalt concrete section is at least 4 inches thick.
j.
Contractor shall place a temporary mark (paint or chalk) on the pavement core and
adjacent pavement prior to cutting to ensure that the pavement core when replaced
will have the same orientation as found in the original pavement.
k. Pavement cores shall be either removed from the work site or stored in a safe and
secure on-site location. The cores shall be made readily available for reinstatement
into the pavement.
l.
Soil shall be removed by air/vacuum extraction methods to expose utilities. The zone
of soil removal shall remain essentially within a vertical plane extending below the
edges of the core hole.
m. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess materials.
n. Utilities exposed by potholing must be protected throughout the project duration; as
necessary, place temporary support or shoring to support so that exposed utilities do
not shift or sag when the soil that was supporting and protecting them is removed;
and/or place a barrier that protects exposed utilities from heavy and sharp items that
could fall into the excavation.
o. Once the utility is exposed, record the horizontal and vertical position and the depth
below surface. These dimensions must be included in the as-built drawing package
for the area being excavated. Methods include tying the measure to a survey
benchmark or permanent above-grade feature using GPS, using potholing traditional
survey coordinates, or measuring the distance to permanent landmarks.
41
Draft
p. Once the underground utility is located, the pothole should be managed in the same
manner as any other open excavation: place barricades, traffic plates, or other
measures until backfill and restoration is carried out.
q. Backfilling shall be ½ sack ABC slurry.
r.
The contractor shall reinstate the pavement core within 24 hours of cutting the
pavement. Holes left open longer than 24 hours after cutting shall be covered with an
approved steel road plate.
s. The pavement surface shall be restored to its original condition by setting the
reinstated pavement core flush with and in its original orientation.
t.
Bonding agent shall be used for pavement core reinstatement. Excess bonding
material shall be removed from the restored pavement surface. A "patched"
appearance shall be avoided in surface restoration wherever possible.
J-16 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN POLICY
The purpose of the TCP is to proactively plan for, coordinate, and minimize the impacts of
encroachment and construction in the right-of-way to the traveling public. A TCP shall be submitted
by the permittee prior to (with permittee plans) or submitted with the permit application for all
proposed work in or on arterial or collector streets.
The TCP will be reviewed and approved by the Engineering Division prior to commencement of
construction. The plan shall indicate the construction duration and schedule and the hours of
operation for the project. The plan shall show the proposed work location area in detail and
describe the traffic routing, traffic control devices, signage and construction traffic routing
proposed. Additional information and stipulations may be required by the City of El Mirage
Engineering Division on a case by case basis. This requirement is in addition to the submission of
a TCP prior to the start of construction.
a. A TCP along with the City’s Traffic Control Plan Submittal Form shall be submitted to the
City of El Mirage Engineering Division a minimum of 48- hours (two working days) prior to
any proposed partial or complete street or alley closure. TCP submittal forms and traffic
control plans shall be submitted via email at Engineering@elmirageaz.gov. The Engineering
Division will review all TCP’s prior to TCP approval and commencement of work by the
permittee. Work shall not commence on the portion of the project requiring street barricading
until approval has been obtained in writing from the Engineering Division.
b. All signs, barricades and other necessary traffic control devices shall be placed in accordance
with the latest versions of the City of Phoenix Traffic Barricade Manual and Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
c. Design and implementation of the TCP shall be performed by a well-trained and
knowledgeable individual assigned the responsibility for traffic control devices at work sites.
This individual must be ATSSA (American Traffic Safety Services Association) certified.
d. The TCP shall include the identification and location of all barricades and signs, the hours of
operation for the project, the construction duration and schedule, location of Variable
Message Signs or arrow boards, bus stop signs, advisory signs for relocation of bus stops,
detour plans, relocated traffic control signs and the project identification signs. Construction
project signage shall be posted by the permittee.
42
Draft
e. A copy of the approved TCP shall be available at the job site at all times for the duration of
the project.
It is unlawful for any person or entity to install on any street or sidewalk on any City street a traffic
control device, barricade or any other item interfering with the movement of vehicular or pedestrian
traffic without first having obtained an individual permit or approved construction plans and approved
TCP issued by the City Engineer or their designee.
The City Engineer or their designee may remove summarily without notice from any street or
sidewalk any traffic control device, barricade or other item interfering with the movement of
vehicular or pedestrian traffic that has been placed in such a location without an individual permit or
approved construction plans.
a. Any item summarily removed may be removed and notice provided to the owner by first
class mail or telephone.
b. Traffic lanes shall normally be 12-feet in width and have safe operating speed of 25-miles per
hour. When traffic control plans call for an asphalt or oil paved detour, the contractor shall
provide and maintain it in a safe drivable condition. When traffic is diverted from the
pavement, the contractor shall provide a suitable graded surface with proper dust control.
c. Except under emergency conditions, streets shall not be closed for construction activity
unless prior approval is obtained from the City Engineer or their designee.
d. A lane closure will require the submittal of a Traffic Control Plan 48 hours prior to
implementation. A full street closure will require 10 business days’ notice for the City of El
Mirage and Variable Message Signs will have to be in place 6 business days before the road
is closed, warning traffic of the closure. The contractor will also be required to coordinate
traffic control with any adjacent agencies that may be affected by the construction.
J-17
WORK HOURS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF WAY POLICY
No interference with traffic flow on arterial streets shall be permitted during the hours of 6:00
a.m. to 8:30 a.m. or from 4:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m., unless prior authorization is obtained in writing
by the City of El Mirage Traffic Engineer or their designee. Specific work hours may be
stipulated by the City on the project’s barricade plan.
During off peak traffic hours, the minimum number of lanes shall be two lanes (one in each
direction) on streets with four lanes or less and four lanes on streets with five or more lanes.
Night and weekend work must have prior authorization from the City. In addition, certain areas of
the City may have seasonal or special event restrictions for construction work as designated by
the City on a case by case basis.
J-18 CONSTRUCTION HOURS POLICY
The construction work hours are as follows:
Construction Type
May 1 – September 30
October 1 – April 30
All Construction Work – Monday
through Saturday
6:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
All Construction Work - Sundays
8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
43
Draft
J-19
USE OF OFF-DUTY OFFICER POLICY
The permittee shall provide a uniformed off-duty officer to assist with traffic control when the
construction zone extends within 300’ of a signalized intersection or whenever traffic in any one
direction is restricted. An off-duty officer may be required at other times if construction
conditions dictate or by direction of the City Engineer or their designee.
J-20 CONSTRUCTION SIGN POLICY
The permittee shall post information signs on construction vehicles and at the work site
identifying the name of the utility authorizing the work. The purpose of the sign is to identify the
permittee authorizing the work and the contractor performing the work. The sign information
shall include a phone number where a person can call and receive information about the job and
leave a message. The permittee must respond to all phone messages within 24-hours. In addition,
all permittees must return regular traffic control signs back to their original place and replace any
signs damaged during construction. General signage requirements are listed below. Specific
project signs may be required on a case by case basis.
A. Arterial Streets
1. Projects on arterial streets, as identified by the City of El Mirage Street Classification
Map, that are either; a) greater than one mile in length or b) have a construction
timeframe of 30 calendar days or longer, must utilize the following signage:
a. Variable Message Board (VMB) or Portable Arrow Panel type signs at each end of
the project that indicate the following:
(1) Location of construction, including cross street names.
(2) Direction of travel restricted.
(3) Dates and duration of construction.
(4) Alternate route suggested.
b. Stationary Signs at end of the project that indicate the following:
(1) Names of authorizing company and permittee.
(2) Phone number for job information and to leave a message.
(3) Estimated start and completion dates for the project.
(4) Project description.
c. Variable Message Board (VMB) signs shall be placed 5 working days before
commencement of construction or as otherwise directed by the City.
B. All Other Streets
All projects on streets not classified as arterial streets must post the following information:
1. Names of authorizing company and permittee.
2. Phone number for job information and to leave a message.
3. Estimated start and completion dates for project.
4. Project description.
44
Draft
J-21
STRIPING AND MARKING FACILITY POLICY
All striping and markings removed during construction by the permittee shall be replaced by the
permittee. The City shall approval all obliteration, layout of markings to be replaced and type of
material used to replace the striping and marking.
J-22
ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
It is not intended by these guidelines to repeal, abrogate, annul, or in any way impair or interfere
with existing provisions of other laws or ordinances except those specifically repealed with
private agreement, restrictive covenants running with the land to which the City is a party. Where
these guidelines impose a greater restriction on land, buildings, or structures than is imposed or
required by such existing provision law, contract, ordinance, or deed, the provisions of these
guidelines shall prevail.
J-23
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
The words, abbreviations, or phrases used in these guidelines may be found in the Uniform
Standard Specifications and Details for Public Works Construction Manual as published by
MAG. All other words or phrases shall be according to the generally accepted meaning in the
English language.
J-24 UTILITY CONFLICT REVIEW POLICY
The developer or a designated representative of the design team is required to contact the Blue
Stake Center, other jurisdictions, and any City and non-City utilities or service providers within
the project limits to determine the locations of their facilities within the areas affected by the
project. Information about the Arizona Blue Stake one call locating identification center can be
found at http://www.azbluestake.com/.
45
Draft
SECTION K
IMPROVEMENT PLAN PREPARATION
A. General Intent
This section describes the City’s requirements pertaining to the preparation of improvement
plans, which are to be submitted to the City for approval. These requirements apply to plans
prepared for the following purposes:
•
Street Construction (Public or Private)
•
Grading of Land (Public or Private)
•
Storm Drain System
•
Drainage Management Facility Construction (AZPDES Requirements)
•
Water System Construction
•
Wastewater System Construction
•
Street Lighting
•
Striping and Signage
•
Traffic Signals
•
Site development other than building plans (i.e., driveways, deceleration lanes, etc.)
•
Landscaping and/or Irrigation System Installation
•
Any construction in Public Rights-of-way and Easements not listed above
B. Plan Size, Scale, Materials and Information
1. Plan Quality. Plans shall be of a quality to allow for electronic capture.
2. Master Utility Plan. A master utility plan at 1” = 100 ft. shall be submitted with the final
construction plans for each individual development project.
3. Plan Size. All improvement plans submitted to the City for approval must be on 24” x
36” sheets.
4. Drawing Scale. The scale chosen for drawings on plans submitted to the City must be
such that existing features, proposed construction, and any other information to be
provided will be depicted in a clear, uncluttered, understandable manner. Water system,
wastewater system and street paving improvements shall be drawn at a horizontal scale of
1 in = 20 ft. and a vertical scale of 1 in = 2 ft., unless the City Engineer approves the use
of another set of scales for a particular project. Plans for other purposes (grading,
landscaping, land surveys, streetlights, etc.) may require the use of larger or smaller
scales.
5. Materials. Improvement plans submitted to the City for review shall be bond copies, but
all improvements plans submitted for receipt of City signatures shall be copies of the
approved drawings.
6. Boundary Lines. All property, right-of-way and easement lines are to be shown on the
drawings and the ownership of the property is to be indicted.
7. Monument lines and Monuments. Township and range lines, section lines, and mid-
sections lines must be clearly identified. If a roadway centerline does not coincide with,
for example, a section line, each line must be shown. Where necessary, paving plans must
indicate the need to set, replace or adjust monuments at street intersections, points
46
Draft
of curvature and points of tangency. It should be noted that a registered land surveyor
must set, replace or adjust the monuments. All documentation related to the setting,
replacement or adjusting of the monuments must be submitted to the City.
8. Legends. Every set of plans shall have a legend, which describes each symbol used on the
drawing.
9. North Arrows and Scales. Each plan sheet shall have a north arrow and a bar scale
indicating the scale(s) to which the proposed improvements have been drawn. The
drawing shall be oriented such that the North arrow points to the top or the right side of
the sheet, unless required by another plan standard (e.g. stationing for sanitary and storm
sewers).
10. Elevations and Benchmarks. Benchmark identification, location and elevation shall be
shown so that construction can be tied into the benchmark on which plans are based.
11. Depicting Elevations. When contour lines are needed, they should be used to depict both
existing and proposed conditions. High and low points should be identified with spot
elevations. The contour interval chosen for particular plan should be small enough to
ensure that pre- and post- construction ground slopes and configurations are clearly
shown.
12. Dimensions. Dimensions must be provided to show the size and location of the facilities
to be constructed and of the existing features, which will affect the construction or will be
affected by it.
13. Clarity. Plans must be prepared so there is clear differentiation between new and existing
facilities.
C. Plan Cover Sheet
The description of the requirements for a particular improvement can be so simple that only
one sheet is required, or the scope of work may be so large or complex that many sheets are
required. When several sheets are required to describe the scope of work, a cover sheet is
needed for the plan set. The following subparagraphs describe the requirements of a cover
sheet. A single sheet plan shall have the same kind of information as that described in the
following subparagraphs, but the replacement of the information on the sheet may differ from
that required for a cover sheet. The project review staff will be flexible regarding the need for
and the preparation of a cover sheet as long as the improvements to be provided are presented
in a clear, uncluttered, understandable manner, along with the information described below.
1. Title. Provide a title, which describes the content of the plan set and the name of the
development. The title shall be printed in large letters and placed in the upper middle of
the sheet. Orient the sheet so that the 36-inch edges are along the top and bottom of the
sheet.
2. City Name. Immediately below the Title, the words “El Mirage, Arizona” shall be printed
in letters somewhat smaller than those used for the title.
3. Vicinity Map. Provide a small vicinity map showing the location of the improvements
with respect to the nearest arterial and major collector streets. This map does not need to
be drawn to a particular scale, but it shall be oriented so that north is at the top of the map.
47
Draft
4. Key Map. A key map showing the project’s location within a section and a graphic sheet
index.
5. Names and Addresses. Place the names, addresses and telephone numbers of both the
owners of the development and the engineering, architectural, or survey firm, which
prepared the improvements plans.
6. Approval Blocks. The block for the City approval signatures shall be placed on the lower
right side of the sheet. Since re-approvals of the plans may be needed, space shall be
provided adjacent to the approval signature block for a re-approval signature block. The
re-approval block shall not be placed on the sheet until a re- approval is needed.
7. The Professional’s Seal. The Civil Engineer’s, Landscape Architect’s or Land Surveyor’s
seal shall be stamped in the lower right portion of the sheet. Plans for improvements to
water and wastewater systems and for paving and grading and drainage shall have a
registered civil engineer’s seal; plans for landscaping in the public right-of-way shall
have a landscape architect’s seal; and plans depicting land measurements, identifying
boundaries, etc., shall have a land surveyor’s seal. The engineer, architect or surveyor
shall place his/her signature on the stamped seal.
8. As-Built Drawings of Completed Work in the Right-of-Way. As-built drawings indicating
any changes to the approved plans of the constructed or revised facilities permitted in the
right-of-way or on-site shall be provided to the City of El Mirage Engineering Division
within 30 days of completion of the project and shall be maintained by the permittee in
accordance with State Statutes. The preferred format for the as-builts is digital format in
both PDF and AutoCAD formats.
9. “As-Built” Drawing Certification. When the construction of improvements that will
become the City’s property has been completed, the City requires the developer to
provide a set of drawings that accurately reflect the nature, locations and dimensions of
those improvements. The civil engineer who makes the measurements to verify or correct
the information shown on the plans must provide an “as-built” drawing certification
statement on the plans. The certification statement (unsigned) shall be placed on the
cover sheet prior to the time the plans are submitted for approval. The certification
statement shall be placed on the lower half of the cover sheet near the approval block.
This certification is located in the Appendix of this Manual.
10. Information on the Right Edge of the Sheet. Along the right edge of the cover sheet,
provide the following information:
•
The title of the plan
•
The engineer’s, architect’s, or surveyor’s name, fax and telephone number for
contact by the City staff
This information along the right edge of the cover sheet will expedite handling by the City
staff since plans won’t have to be unrolled to find this information.
11. Other Information on the Cover Sheet. Some information, in addition to that described
above, such as the names of the utility system owners, plan sheet index, or Maricopa
County Environmental Services Department approvals may also be placed on the cover
sheet. However, the construction notes (or general notes) and construction detail
48
Draft
drawings shall be placed on a second or third sheet rather than attempting to include all of
this information on the cover sheet.
12. “Blue Stake” Note. Provide the note: “Call the Blue Stake Center ((602) 263-1100) 48-
hours before you dig for location of all utilities.”
13. Estimate of Quantities. A thorough and completely itemized quantity list is required
which includes the following:
•
Cut and fill
•
S.Y. of paving
•
L.F. of curb and gutter
•
S.F. sidewalk
•
L.F. waterline, number of hydrants and valves
•
Number of hydrant markers
•
Number of services
•
L.F. wastewater line, number of manholes, number of services
D. Detail Sheet
A separate detail sheet shall be provided at the discretion of the consultant or when required
by the City.
1. Following information is required:
(a) A typical cross section shall be shown for each street included on the street
construction plans. The information required on a typical section is:
•
Dimensions and slopes
•
Street center line, right-of-way, and public utility easement
•
City of El Mirage Details
•
Pavement structural design per MAG Standard Details and Specifications
•
Trim and match to existing street
•
Existing and proposed utilities
•
Landscape areas, wall locations
(b) Special construction details as required shall be provided. Typically included are:
•
Modification or relocation detail for existing irrigation facilities
•
Special construction where utility conflicts exist
•
Other determined by the consultant or the City
E. Plan View Sheets
Plan view sheets are allowed only for the following:
1. Grading and drainage plans.
2. On-site Commercial water and sewer plans.
3. Street light layout plans
F. Plan/Profile Sheets
Plan and profile sheets are required for each of the following plans:
49
Draft
1. All parkway, arterial, collector and residential streets
2. Water line plans for construction within the right-of-way
3. All sewer line plans
4. All storm drain plans for main lines and connector pipes
G. Presentation of Design Information
A separate plan set shall be prepared for each type of improvement, or a plan set may be
prepared combining improvements (such as water and sewer). Off-site Improvements shall be
submitted under separate cover, unless approved in writing by the City Engineer or their
designee.
1. Water and Wastewater Plans. There are certain requirements in addition to those listed in
this chapter, which apply to the preparation of water and wastewater plans. The additional
requirements are listed in Chapters 5 and 6 of this booklet.
2. Striping and Signage and Traffic Signal Plans. There are certain requirements in addition
to those listed in this chapter, which apply to the preparation of striping and signage and
traffic signal plans.
3. Paving Improvements. There are certain requirements in addition to those listed in this
chapter, which apply to the preparation of paving improvement plans. The additional
requirements are listed in Chapter 3.
4. Grading and Drainage Improvements. There are certain requirements in addition to those
listed in this chapter, which apply to the preparation of the Grading and Drainage plans
and Drainage Report. The additional requirements are listed in Chapter 4.
5. Relocation of Facilities. If a plan calls for the relocation of a structure or facility in order
to allow for construction of the desired improvements, the location to which the structure
or facility is to be moved shall be shown on the plan. If a structure or facility is to be
removed or taken away from the job site, a note shall state this clearly. The agency
responsible for a relocation shall be indicated by a note.
6. Plan and Profile Views for Street Improvements. Street improvements shall be shown in
both plan and profile views. The plans must show sufficient information to clearly
indicate the scope of work. In cases involving significant amounts of grading, contour
lines will be required on the plan views.
7. Portrayal of Features in Project Area. Existing features and conditions surrounding the
area where construction and/or grading is proposed shall be shown on the plans with
sufficient detail and data to ensure drainage problems, or any other problem, will not be
created by the construction work or will not exist when the work is completed. Normally,
this requirement can be met by showing the features and conditions within 200 feet of the
proposed work, but it is the engineer’s responsibility to provide sufficient information to
show that problems will not be created, regardless of how far from the edge of the
proposed construction or grading features and conditions must be shown to achieve this
goal.
8. Landscaping in Drainage Ways. Any landscaping proposed for a channel or for a
drainage management facility shall be shown on the grading and drainage plans where
the designs for the drainage facilities are shown. The engineer’s analysis of the capacity
and capability of the drainage facilities must take the proposed landscaping into
consideration.
50
Draft
9. Retention of Trees. Any requirement for the retention of trees or other plant material in a
drainage way must be shown on the grading and drainage plans where the designs for the
drainage facilities are shown. The type and diameter of each tree must be indicated.
10. Landscape and Irrigation Plans. The following requirements apply to plans for the
installation of plants, landscaping materials and irrigation systems.
Plant Material List
•
Key symbols for plants
•
Botanical and common plant means
•
Quantities of each plant type
•
Plant sizes
•
Planting details and instructions
All landscape and irrigation plans shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator for review,
approval, permitting, inspection and final acceptance.
11. Notes Concerning Existing Plants. Notes are required which describe the size and type of
existing plants and which indicate whether the plants are to remain, to be removed, or to
be transplanted.
12. Maintenance Responsibility. Notes must be provided on the final plat, landscape and
grading and drainage plans which indicate who will be responsible for the maintenance
of the landscaped areas.
13. Sprinkler Systems. All plants shall be watered by automatic sprinkler systems. Detailed
plans of the systems must be provided. Drip systems may be used.
14. Sight-Distance Requirements. The following requirement identified on City of El Mirage
Details EM-158 and EM-159, which pertain to sight distance requirements that must be
observed in the preparation of plans for the construction of any structure, wall or fence
and for the installation of trees, shrubs, and materials that could block a driver’s vision of
hazards.
15. Areas Adjacent to Curved Streets. Do not propose any structures, walls, fences, signs,
berms, etc. or any landscaping or planting in the area between the curb on the inside of a
street curve and the line of sight which will be higher than 18-inches above the adjacent
curb. This restriction applies regardless of whether the land within the area is public
right-of-way or private property.
H. General Notes
Certain City notes are required with each set of improvement plans while others are required
depending upon the kind of improvements depicted on the plans. The required notes are
briefly described in the following subparagraphs and all of the notes are presented in the
Appendix.
1. General Information and General Notes. These two set of notes shall be placed on every
set of plans, which involves construction of any kind.
2. Grading and Drainage Notes. This set of notes applies to all grading work.
51
Draft
3. Landscape and Irrigation Notes. This set of notes applies to all landscaping and
irrigation work in the rights-of-way.
4. Paving Notes. This set of notes applies to paving work in the rights-of-way.
5. Sewer Notes. This set of notes applies to all work on the City’s wastewater system.
6. Water Notes. This set of notes applies to all work on the City’s water system.
7. Signing and Striping Notes. This set of notes applies to striping and signage work in the
public street.
8. SWPPP Notes. This set of notes shall be used on all SWPPP Plans.
9. Traffic Signal Notes. This set of notes applies to all work on the City’s traffic signal
system.
10. Dry Utility Notes. This set of notes applies to dry utility work in the rights-of-way.
I.
Plan Revisions
If an approved set of plans must be revised, the following items must be provided:
•
Cover letter addressing the revised items and reasons for revisions.
•
Re-approval signature line added to the original cover sheet.
•
Engineer’s seal for the revisions added to the original cover sheet.
•
All changes on the plan set must have clouds and deltas to indicate revisions.
After the revised plan set has been approved, and re-signed by the City Engineer or their
designee, a new permit must be pulled for the revised plans, and additional permit sets
must be provided to the Engineering Division.
J. Approved Plans
Approved plans shall be used as the permit set. Any changes to the plans that occur after the
signed plans shall be submitted for review and approval prior to permitting.
52
Draft
SECTION L
MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION IN RIGHTS-OF-WAY
This section outlines the requirements for securing an Engineering Construction Permit for encroaching
into the City of El Mirage’s public rights-of-way and public easements. It is the responsibility of the
permit applicant to obtain and fulfill any and all other requirements found in the City of El Mirage
Ordinances and City Code whether or not they are referenced or stated in this manual.
L-1
GENERAL INFORMATION AND OVERVIEW OF PROCESS
A. Permit Requirement
The City of El Mirage requires an Engineering Construction Permit to encroach within the
City of El Mirage public rights-of-way and easements. The City of El Mirage administers the
plan review, permitting and construction processes in accordance with the following
documents:
1. City of El Mirage Standard Details.
2. Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) Uniform Specifications.
3. City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual (DDSM).
4. City of Phoenix Barricade Manual and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
B. Purpose of a Permit
Permits are necessary to assure that all work in the right-of-way is completed in the proper
location with adequate spacing; built with acceptable materials and in accordance with
current specifications; installed in a safe and expeditious manner; that final completion is
assured and acceptable; that all infrastructure is protected; that unnecessary traffic delays or
congestion to the traveling public is limited; that all landscaping is restored; and that liability
issues are properly addressed.
Engineered construction drawings (plans) must be submitted for review. The objective is to
make optimal utilization of the space available in the public rights-of-way and public utility
easements; to assure compliance with all City of El Mirage ordinances, policies and
standards; to assure coordination with other right-of-way users, agencies, and City of El
Mirage project activities; and to reduce risk and/or inconvenience to the traveling public.
Permits are reviewed in scope by the City of El Mirage Engineering Division and these
permits do not relieve a permittee from any of the stated standards in the Permit Requirement
section above, and/or any federal, state, City or industry accepted practice. It is the
permittee’s responsibility to ensure compliance with all of the above stated requirements.
Permittee plans that have been reviewed by the City do not relieve a permittee of this
requirement unless the deviation from these standards is clearly specified on the plans and
permit, and the permittee has received an additional approval granted in writing by the City
of El Mirage, in addition to the standard City permit approval. This additional approval does
not waive any other stated requirements on the plans or stipulations to the plans.
C. Development Permit Process
The appropriate Engineering Construction Permit for development related construction shall
53
Draft
be obtained from the City website at http://www.elmirageaz.gov/1161/Development-
Standards. Permits for off-site construction are issued following plan approval by the
Engineering Division.
A Grading at Owner’s Risk Permit may be issued following at least one plan review provided
plans are in general compliance with the City’s codes and standards. Such a permit requires a
set of redlined grading and drainage plans and a disclaimer attached to the permit to be signed
by a principal of the firm requesting the permit.
Prior to obtaining an Engineering Construction Permit for any development project the
owner/developer shall provide the following information:
1. Proof of a recorded Final Plat or approved Site Plan.
2. Developer responsible to pay all fees.
3. Two 24x36 sets of all construction plans and reports and a PDF of the full submittal
package.
4. Copy of the County Dust Control Permit
5. Copy of the ADEQ Notice of Intent (NOI), if applicable
6. Copy of the MCESD Approval to Construct (ATC), if applicable
7. All contractors must provide a Certificate of Insurance naming the City of El Mirage as
“Additionally Insured”, per Section 151.008 of the City Code.
8. A copy of the signed construction contract showing quantities. The permit fee for water,
sewer, trenching, conduit, gas or other pipelines, drywells, curb, gutter, sidewalks,
driveways, flood irrigation, landscape, landscape irrigation, well abandonment and utility
lines, is 3.5% of the contract price for each permit.
9. All contractors, subcontractors, and developers must obtain a business license to operate
in the City of El Mirage. Business License can be obtained from the City’s website at
http://www.bizconnectpro.com/elmirage.html
Although all appropriate Engineering Construction Permits may be issued simultaneously
subject to the provisions listed above, the City of El Mirage will not allow construction of
above ground street improvements (curb, gutter, sidewalk, paving, etc.) until the water
and sewer lines, trench bedding and backfill have been installed, tested, videoed,
inspected and accepted by the City of El Mirage and the Substantial Letter of Completion
has been issued. Upon the issuance of the Substantial Letter of Completion the City will
allow the construction of the curb, gutter, sidewalk and paving construction to commence.
D. Permit Types
1. General Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit. A permit is required for any encroachment
in, on above, over, under, or through the City’s public rights-of-way or public easements.
2. Emergency Encroachment Permit. For emergency repairs involving loss of service, the
permittee shall call the Engineering Inspector at (623) 876-2975 to state the type of
emergency, the location, the number of lanes closed, a contact name, estimated time to
complete repairs, and a cell phone number. A TCP shall be emailed to
54
Draft
Engineering@elmirageaz.gov within 24-hours. Note: the installation of new service is not
an emergency. The appropriate construction signage shall be posted by the permittee.
3. Annual Maintenance Encroachment Permit (Blanket Permit). A permittee who owns an
improvement in the City’s public rights-of-way may apply for an annual maintenance
encroachment permit (Blanket Permit). The annual encroachment permit must be
renewed every year. Permitted activities include entering manholes, cabinets, or other
above/below ground improvements but do not include any pavement cutting.
Permit fees and other construction costs are collected upon issuance of each individual
permit in accordance with the El Mirage City Code except as superseded by a franchise
or license agreement. On joint trench projects, the surcharge fee will be apportioned to
the participating agencies.
4. Grading At Owner’s Risk Permit. The Engineering Division will issue a “Grading at
Owner’s Risk” permit which is effective for 60 calendar days provided that the
developer/owner/contractor agree to complete the items listed below. No other permits
such a water, sewer, concrete, dry utilities or paving will be issued until such time as all
civil construction drawings are approved by the Engineering Division, the Grading and
Drainage Permit is obtained, all fees identified by the plan approval letter have been paid
to the City, all documents have been executed by the developer and accepted by the City,
the City of El Mirage Sales Tax license is obtained and proof of insurance is submitted to
the City.
If the above items are not completed within 60 calendar days, the “Grading at Owner’s
Risk” permit will be withdrawn and the contractor will be required to return the property
to its original condition.
ITEMS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN A “GRADING AT OWNER’S RISK” PERMIT
(a) Application shall be completed by the applicant. The application shall contain the
following information:
(1) Identify and describe work to be covered by the permit.
(2) Indicate intended use for which the site is being prepared.
(3) Permit application is to be signed by the authorizing agent.
(b) City must complete first review of Grading and Drainage plans for the proposed
development and find that the plans are substantially acceptable.
(c) City must approve the SWPPP for the proposed development.
(d) Developer must provide to the Engineering Division two copies of the red lined
Grading and Drainage Plans and approved SWPPP. The red lined plans will alert the
Engineering Inspector that the project has not been approved, but has been reviewed
at least one time and also make them aware of the possible changes.
(e) Contractor shall provide to the Engineering Division a copy of the Dust Control
Permit per Maricopa County Rule 310.
(f) Developer/Engineer/Contractor must provide to the Engineering Division copies of
the cut/fill quantities.
55
Draft
(g) Contractor shall obtain a “Grading at Owner’s Risk” permit at a cost of 150% of the
actual grading and drainage permit cost up front, which has a one time “life” of 60
calendar days. The 150% fee will not be applied to towards the actual grading and
drainage permit.
(h) A haul route permit must be obtained if 500-cubic yards of material or more will be
brought onto or exported from the site.
(i) Contractor shall provide to the Engineering Division a list of 24-hour emergency
telephone numbers.
(j) The Contractor must provide the necessary Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control
devices including Off-duty Police Officers in accordance with City of El Mirage,
MUTCD and Phoenix Barricade Manual standards.
5. Haul Route Permit. A haul route permit is required for each site in order to move 500-
cubic yards, or more of material off-site or bring material on site. To obtain a haul route
permit, an applicant shall submit an application, a diagram showing the specified route
and provide insurance certificates per Section 151.008 of the City Code from the
company performing the hauling.
E. Permit Fees
Engineering Construction Permits – Inspection and testing fees: Fees are payable at the time
permits
are
issued
and
are
based
upon
construction
quantities.
The
Engineer/Contractor/Developer is responsible to provide quantities through the submittal of a
copy of the construction contract or a certified engineer’s estimate. Water, sewer, paving,
concrete and dry utility permits are based on 3.5% of the contract amount or certified
engineer’s estimate.
The sequence of permits and construction is at the discretion of the developer with the
following exceptions:
1. The storm drain system must be installed and accepted by the City prior to
commencement of the concrete and paving phase.
2. The water system must be pressure tested and pass the bac-t test prior to commencement
of the concrete and paving phase.
3. The sewer system must be pressure tested, lamped, mandreled and videoed prior to
commencement of the concrete and paving phase.
4. The dry utilities must be installed prior to commencement of the concrete and paving
phase.
5. Bedding and backfill compaction test results must be submitted, review and accepted by
the City prior to commencement of the concrete and paving phase.
In addition, all fees identified on the plan approval letter must be paid in full prior to the
issuance of any Engineering Construction Permit. The developer is responsible to contact all
other City Departments to obtain a listing of any applicable fees.
56
Draft
F. Permit Duration
The Engineering Construction Permit for any development project will be valid from the date
of issuance for an approved timeframe of nine months.
57
Draft
SECTION M
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Contractors and developers must provide a Certificate of Insurance naming the City of
El Mirage as an additional insured per City Code Section 151.008.
A. Permittee Liability
The permittee shall be responsible for all liability imposed by law for damages arising out of
or related to work performed, or failed to be performed, by the permittee, permittee’s agents,
contractors and all tiers of subcontractors under the permit. If any claim of such liability is
made against the City, its officers or employees, permittee shall defend, indemnify and hold
the City harmless from any such claim.
B. Insurance Limits
No applicant shall be entitled to an Engineering Construction Permit unless they have filed
and maintain on file with the City a current Certificate of Insurance certifying that the
permittee carries public liability and property damage insurance issued by an insurance
carrier authorized to do business in the State of Arizona, insuring the applicant and the City
and its agents, against loss by reason of injuries, to, or death of persons, or damages to
property arising out of or related to work performed by the applicant, its agents or employees
while performing work under the permit. Such insurance shall be primary and provide
coverage for liability assumed by the applicant under this agreement, and shall be provided
by the permittee in the amounts established by the City.
C. Effective Timeframe of Insurance
Failure of the applicant to provide the City with such a certificate, and a failure by the City to
demand the filing by permittee of such a certificate before such a permit is issued shall not be
deemed to waive the permittee’s obligation to provide the insurance. Such insurance
certificate shall remain in effect and be kept on file with the City until all work being
performed by the permittee has been completed. Where an encroachment involves a
permanent obstruction, such insurance certificate requirements shall remain in effect until
such construction is removed. The insurance certificate shall provide that coverage cannot be
canceled or expire without providing ten days written notice of such action to the City.
D. Insurance of Permittee's Agents, Contractors, and Subcontractors
Prior to permit issuance, permittee must identify and list all agents, contractors and all tiers of
subcontractors who will perform work for permittee under subject permit. All such agents,
contractors and subcontractors must comply with all of the above provisions, including but
not limited to, providing a Certificate of Insurance to the City of El Mirage containing all of
the insurance requirements set forth in this section. If permittee engages any other agents,
contractors or any tier of subcontractor not initially scheduled, prior to work commencing,
permittee must notify the City of El Mirage of such agent, contractor or subcontractor and
such agent, contractor and subcontractor shall submit the appropriate Certificate of Insurance
in compliance with this section.
58
Draft
SECTION N
FINAL LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
The Final Letter of Acceptance (FLOA) will be granted when the entire project is completed. To obtain the
FLOA, the following items must be approved:
1. All work shown on the approved plans completed and installed.
2. AC or Concrete Mix design approval.
3. Compaction reports approved.
4. All concrete work (sidewalk, curb, gutter, apron, or valley gutter) is accepted, or if cracked,
replaced if it is a hazard (tripping, etc.) shall be replaced. All existing perimeter/adjacent
concrete damaged during construction shall also be replaced.
5. Brass Caps for Horizontal Control and Bench Marks for Vertical Control (new and
existing) installed and survey roles establishing the x, y, and z data approved. All new or
re-set monumentation that is not associated with a plat or MOD that has an RLS
responsible for checking the brass caps accuracy in relation to two separate section,
quarter section, or other acceptable cadastral ties must be checked for accuracy by an
RLS, submitted to the City for review then upon City acceptance the RLS shall record
said replacement or set.
6. All materials testing results, Bac-T test results for waterlines, and video tapes for sewer
lines. Additional test results, certifications, registrations and reports as required in the
Chapter 7-3 of the DDSM.
7. “As-built” drawings, certified by a registered land surveyor or professional civil engineer
registered in the State of Arizona for:
(a) Grading and Drainage including certificates of pad elevations or finished floor
elevations, drywell rim elevations, retention/detention basin elevations and volume(s)
and flood zone determinations.
(b) Sanitary sewer system, including dimension between manholes, actual location of
services and length of services installed, rim and flowline elevations and type of pipe,
etc. Must have AOC in hand prior to acceptance.
(c) Water system, including valve locations, depth of water line, type of pipe, actual
location of services, actual location of vertical alignment(s), dimension to hydrant
locations, dimensions to tees and crosses. Must have AOC in hand prior to
acceptance.
(d) Paving, curb, gutter and sidewalk, including locations and widths of driveways,
elevations, streetlight locations. Tops of curbs are to have a stamped S at sewer tap
59
Draft
crossings per MAG Standard Detail 440-4.
(e) Storm Drain, including type of pipe, dimension of pipe to monument line, location of
catch basins, inlets and NPDES markers, manhole rim and flowline elevations,
dimensions to vertical or horizontal realignments.
(f) Bank stabilization, if any included in as-builts.
(g) Traffic signal/striping and signage.
(h) Flood irrigation (public and private).
(i) Copies of drywell drilling logs and ADEQ certification/registration.
(j) Copies of drywell percolation tests.
(k) Provide CAD drawings, compatible with City software of the water, sewer, storm
drain system base maps with as-built locations of the mains.
8.
All fees must be paid.
The FLOA will constitute the beginning of the one-year warranty.
60
Draft
CHAPTER 3
STREET DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
3-1 GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Street Definition and Purpose
A Street is defined as a dedicated public way primarily used to provide access, pedestrian,
vehicular or otherwise, to all legitimate divisions of abutting property. Streets are intended to
accommodate varying needs which are consistent with the use, maintenance, operation,
construction, repair of such street and ancillary permitted facilities such as utilities, street
lighting, landscaping, irrigation, signing, striping, traffic control, drainage and parking
improvements. Street improvements include, but are not limited to pavement, shoulders, curb,
gutter, sidewalk, parking space, street lighting, fire hydrants, landscaping, irrigation, signing,
striping, traffic control, bikeways, safety facilities, utilities and appurtenances. Streets include
bridges, culverts, slopes and embankments.
B. Street Basis and Types
The City street system has two bases. The primary basis is a grid layout intending to provide
public access to all legitimate land parcels. The second, less predominant basis, is the
conformance to topographic features and constraints in concert with land division boundaries
intending to provide public access to legitimate land parcels, which are typically larger. Access
within the larger parcels may be provided via private access with specific written request
submitted to the City Engineer and written acknowledgment of approval by the City.
1. Rural Street Type. Rural streets are public streets intended to encourage and preserve the
rural nature of the area. Certain improvements such as sidewalk, profile curb, gutter and
provision of parking are optional. Street lighting and landscape standards and/or
requirements may be modified with specific written request submitted to the City
Engineer and written acknowledgment of approval by the City. Parkway and arterial
streets are not considered rural.
2. Urban Street Type. Urban streets are intended to accommodate all aspects of public street
purposes defined herein. Classification, standards, and required improvements shall be per
the DDSM.
3. Private Street Type. Private streets are intended to encourage and preserve development of
neighborhoods. The City does not own and is not responsible to maintain private streets.
Public access is discouraged by controlling through traffic, traffic volume and speed.
Street maintenance, street lighting, landscape standards, pavement section and design,
street width, pedestrian access and/or other requirements may be modified with specific
written request submitted to the City Engineer and written acknowledgment of approval
by the City.
61
Draft
C. Street Classifications
The following classifications are based on street development policies and are determined by
location, intended use and/or other factors. See the El Mirage Street Classification Map and
Section 3-1 of these guidelines for additional information.
1. Parkway. The Parkway is required to move large traffic volumes with limited access points.
The Parkway would be designated as a limited access road with major intersection locations at
the mile points, potential half-mile signalized intersections, if sufficient cross street demand
exists. As many as three right-in/right-out access points per mile per direction can be
accommodated.
2. Major Arterial. Major arterials move large volumes of moderate speed traffic to and from
freeways and serve some metropolitan-wide trips. They connect areas that are major
accesses for commercial uses along major arterials, and residential areas are served from
side streets.
3. Minor Arterial. Minor arterial streets move large volumes of traffic from one part of El
Mirage to another. Spacing of arterials is a function of land use density, not distance.
Direct property access is a secondary concern to the movement of through traffic. Minor
arterials are used to primarily connect neighborhoods to local commercial uses.
4. Collector.
a. Generally, a Collector Street allows neighborhood traffic to travel from local to
arterial streets. Direct property access is a secondary concern to the movement of
neighborhood traffic. Collectors serve internal neighborhood traffic movements, but
not as connections for non-neighborhood through traffic movement.
b. Major Collector Streets provide two lanes of travel in both directions restrict street
side parking and provide a center left turn lane.
c. Minor Collector Streets provide one lane of travel in each direction and provide a center
left turn lane.
d. Widening of a collector street, right-of-way and pavement section, at the intersection
with the parkway, arterial or another collector street may be necessary, based on
provisions in Section 3-1.
e. Bicycle lanes are typically located on collector streets and may require additional right-
of-way and street width.
5. Local. Local streets provide direct property access. They bring local neighborhood traffic
to collectors which then feed into arterials. Local streets are designed to preserve privacy
and encourage livable residential neighborhoods.
6. Private Streets. Private streets shall be designed and constructed in accordance with City
of El Mirage standards. All new curb shall be imprinted with the words “PRIVATE
STREET-NO CITY MAINTENANCE”: in 2” high letters at every curb return and at every
entrance into a new private property subdivision.
62
Draft
7. Alleys. The creation of new alleys is not permitted unless otherwise authorized by the
City Engineer. The design of parcels in areas with existing alleys shall provide for
continuation of the alley to a street or to an intersecting alley providing at least two access
points to streets. All alleys must be improved to City standards by the developer.
8. Bikeways. Bikeways include bike lanes, bike routes and shared streets (sharrows). Bike
lanes are typically found along collector and arterial roadways.
D. Unpaved Streets Policy
When unpaved streets are encountered which may provide access to and/or are adjacent to any
development, provisions for paving or dust control shall apply. Maricopa County has been
designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as being a Non- Attainment Area
for Air Quality. The City will not permit any new unpaved streets within the City, whether
public or private.
E. “Half-Street” Minimum Requirements
In cases where no adjacent street improvements exist, a developer is, at a minimum, responsible
for installing half of the full street improvements. The minimum paving width for residential
"half streets" shall be 25-feet, to permit two-way traffic. The width of the street shall be in
accordance with the standard cross-section of the specific street. Minimum pavement widths for
other types of streets shall be established on a case-by-case basis. In most cases, the developer
shall be required to install all required improvements of the half street and a thickened edge
on the unfinished side, within the required right-of-way for the half street. If these minimum
improvements will require additional right-of-way, it will be the developer's responsibility to
obtain the required right-of-way. The developer may be responsible to install interconnect
conduit per City Standards adjacent to their site. If the development installs a traffic signal as
part of their project, interconnect communications is required at the new/modified signal. This
will include conduit per City Standards, 144-strand SMFO to the new control cabinet, and
connection to another signal with communications up to ¼ mile. Fiber splicing and a possible
node cabinet will be required. Additionally, the City may require improvements in excess of the
minimum required half-street, if it is deemed necessary to support the proposed development
and surrounding areas.
F. Intersections with Arterial Streets
Interior streets shall not intersect major arterial or minor arterial streets at other than the 1/4- or 1/2-
mile points of an arterial, except with specific written request submitted to the City Engineer
and acknowledgment of approval by the City. Widening of a collector street, right-of-way and
pavement section, at the intersection with the parkway, arterial or another collector street may
be necessary, based on provisions in Section 3-1. Refer to Section 3-4.I for intersection
detailed design criteria.
G. Street and Lot Layout and Easement Planning
Streets, lots, tracts and easements planning and layout shall be in accordance with the
63
Draft
Subdivision Regulations, Zoning Stipulations and Approved Site Plan.
H. Pavement Transitions
When development causes the widening of a portion of the pavement of an existing road,
pavement transitions are required at each end of the widened portion. Design of the various
features of the transition between pavements of different widths should be consistent with the
design standards of the superior facility. The transitions should be made on a tangent section
whenever possible. Locations with horizontal and vertical sight distance restrictions should
be avoided. Whenever feasible, the entire transition should be visible to the driver of a
vehicle approaching the narrower section. Intersections at grade within the transition area
should be avoided. Refer to City Detail 111-1 for transition equations.
3-2
GENERAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION
A. Retaining Walls, and Structural Clearances
1. Retaining Walls
a. Types and Uses. Recommended types of retaining walls include reinforced concrete and
structural masonry. Heavy timber construction is not encouraged, except when
approved by the City Engineer. Retaining walls shall include integral attachments for
handrails and weep holes for drainage, where applicable.
b. Aesthetic Considerations. In general, the materials and design of retaining walls shall
match or blend with the adjacent natural features, landscaping, and/or buildings. The
surface of the retaining wall should have low light reflectance. Suggested surface
treatments include exposed aggregate, stucco or mortar wash, and native stone, or other
surfaces as approved by the Community Development Department.
The height of retaining walls shall not exceed 6-feet except when approved by the City
Engineer. If approved to retain above 6-feet, terracing is encouraged and the length of the
alignment of the retaining walls should be foreshortened by vertical grooves, periodic
offsets, and height changes, or other configurations as approved by the Community
Development Department.
c. Retaining Walls may be constructed per a structural engineered design.
d. Submittal requirements for structural engineered designs are as follows:
•
A separate application and submittal shall be made to the Building Safety
Division.
•
Plans must be signed and sealed by an AZ registered engineer. Plans shall be
submitted with the grading and drainage plans.
•
Provide wall elevations and cross-sections including the structural details, ground
slope, method of drainage, and need for safety railing
•
Specifications for the construction materials and backfill material and
compaction requirements.
•
Two copies of the signed and sealed design calculations. Calculations shall
address the effect of any surcharges on the wall and shall use the minimum
64
Draft
factor of safety of 1.5 for both sliding and overturning.
•
One copy of the Geotechnical Report used for soil pressure or excessive slopes.
2. Safety Railings
Safety railings are required on or adjacent to vertical faces such as retaining walls, culvert
headwalls, bridge wing-walls, etc. where the vertical drop is 30-inches or more. In areas of
pedestrian activity, a safety railing may be required where the vertical drop is 12-inches or
more. The safety railing shall be constructed per MAG Standard Detail 145.Railings that
will be maintained by the City shall be non-galvanized and painted “Black Bean
(SW6006)”.
3. Structural Clearances
a. Horizontal Clearance
(1) A fixed object other than street lights, signal poles and utility poles will not be
allowed within 10-feet of the traveled way unless approved by the City Engineer and
a safety barrier is provided. A lesser clearance may only be allowed when other
controls make the desired clearance unreasonable and appropriate traffic barriers are
installed. In no case shall a fixed object be allowed within 2-feet of a traveled way.
(2) The horizontal clearance to bridge piers, abutments, and retaining walls on all streets
shall not be less than 10-feet from the edge of the traveled way.
b. Vertical Clearance
The minimum vertical clearance shall be 16.5-feet over the entire width of the traveled
way of an arterial street or major collector street. On other streets, the minimum shall be
14.5- feet. Exceptions must be submitted to the City Engineer for review and approval.
B. Side Slopes
1. Side Slope Standards. Side slopes should be designed for functional effectiveness, ease of
maintenance, and pleasing appearance. For areas greater than 10- feet back of curb, slopes of
4:1 or flatter shall be provided. Steeper slopes may be approved in areas more than 30-feet
back of curb when soils are not highly susceptible to erosion, or when a cut is not more than 4-
feet. Consult the AASHTO publication, Roadside Design Guide for further details.
2. Slope Rounding. The top of all cut slopes shall be rounded where the material is other than
solid rock. A layer of earth overlaying a rock cut also shall be rounded. The top and bottoms of
all fill slopes for, or adjacent to a traveled way, sidewalk, or bicycle path shall also be rounded.
65
Draft
C. Driveway Spacing and Location
1. Driveway Spacing. Driveway Spacing and Location shall be in accordance with City Detail
EM-259.
2. Commercial Driveways. For commercial driveways that potentially could be signalized,
the minimum throat length shall be 150 feet. The throat length shall be clear of parking
and intersecting drive aisles. Planned commercial sites that consist of two or more parcels
shall have internal connectivity that is clear of obstacles to minimize the impact to the
adjacent public streets. Exceptions must be submitted to the City Engineer with an
accompanied traffic study for review and approval.
D. Sidewalk and Pedestrian Areas
1. General. Placement of sidewalks and pedestrian ways shall promote and enhance
pedestrian safety and the visual quality of the roadway by creating a boulevard landscaped
area between the street, fence, wall, railing and the detached sidewalk. Sidewalks and
pedestrian ways shall be constructed to a width, line and grade in accordance with ADA
requirements and as approved by the City. Construction shall conform to the MAG Standard
Detail 230.
2. Sidewalks. Sidewalks are required along both sides of the pavement section on all public
streets. Sidewalks shall be a minimum of eight-feet in width and detached from the back of
curb on all arterial streets. Sidewalks shall be six-feet in width and detached on all collector
streets. Sidewalks shall be five-feet in width on all local streets. Sidewalks abutting any
public or private elementary school, high school, or park shall be a minimum of 10-feet in
width.
3. Pedestrian Ways. Pedestrian ways shall be constructed to connect sidewalks with public and
private facilities not located in the public street right-of-way. Public pedestrian ways shall
be within a tract or easement for such purposes. The minimum width shall be 5-feet or a
width consistent with adjacent trails, and may be used for additional purposes as approved by
the City. If additional uses are approved, the minimum required width may be increased
depending specific use.
E. Curb Returns and Ramps
All urban street intersections and designated mid-block crossings shall be constructed with
concrete vertical curb and curb ramps. Directional ramps shall be constructed to accommodate
every marked or unmarked crossing at each intersection including t-intersections. When a new
street segment is constructed intersecting an existing street, all marked or unmarked crossings
shall be accommodated with curb ramps conforming to current ADA standards. One or more
intersection crossings and the associated ramps may be deleted at the discretion of the
Engineering Division.
Ramps shall be constructed using an appropriate detail from the MAG Standard Details or
66
Draft
other details approved by the Engineering Division. Truncated domes are required at all ramps
crossing public or private streets, as well as busy commercial driveways. Truncated domes
shall be specified as StrongGo TekWay domes, terracotta in color, or equal meeting current
ADA standards approved by the Engineering Division.
The radius to face of curb for the return shall be:
Street
Classification
Major
Arterial
Minor
Arterial
Collector
Local
Parkway
35’
35’
35’
N/A
Major Arterial
35'
35'
30'
20'
Minor Arterial
35'
35'
30'
20'
Collector
30'
30'
30'
20'
Local
20'
20'
20'
20'
F. Valley Gutter
Concrete valley gutters per MAG Standard Detail 240, shall be constructed at all intersections
where the drainage pattern requires them. Concrete for valley gutters shall comply with MAG
Standard Specification 725 for Class ‘A’ concrete. Valley gutters are not allowed to cross
major arterial and minor arterial streets. Valley gutters are not allowed where storm drain
facilities are existing. Valley gutters crossing collector or local street intersections with major
arterial or minor arterial streets shall be six-feet wide, minimum. Valley gutters not at
intersections shall be six-feet wide, minimum. Asphalt valley gutters are not allowed on
public streets.
G. Designated Tracts
Vertical curbs shall be constructed along the street frontage of all designated tracts.
H. Street Drainage Facilities
Street drainage facilities shall be in accordance with Section 4-2.
I. Street Lighting
Street Lighting shall be in accordance requirements noted in Chapter 1, Section I-2(D) of this
Manual. If an existing street light is in conflict due to development, it is not allowed to be
relocated. A new LED street light is required per pole and foundation requirements.
J. Fire Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be installed and located in accordance with Chapter 5.
67
Draft
Two-way reflective blue raised pavement markers, ADOT Type BB, for fire hydrants shall be
installed for all new and relocated hydrants in accordance with MAG Detail 122.
K. Irrigation Facilities (Flood Irrigation)
All new developments shall provide for continued and undiminished service of affected
irrigation systems.
Private irrigation facilities shall be Concrete or PVC (minimum SDR 35) irrigation pipe and
shall be located on private property, within a private irrigation easement, and sized to carry at
least the same flow as the existing or replaced facilities, or as may otherwise be directed by the
City. The Engineer shall submit appropriate data to support the design.
Where there is a need for irrigation facilities to cross the public right-of-way, it shall be done
at approximately 90 degrees and must be tiled with Rubber-Gasket Reinforced Concrete Pipe
(RGRCP) Class V (minimum) in accordance with the criteria outlined in ASTM
Specifications Section C 76. Any private irrigation pipe proposed to be constructed in City
right-of-way shall be constructed with RGRCP as above. Work outside of the limits of the
development may be required to affect such irrigation.
It is not intended that the above material requirements be applied to existing tiled irrigation
facilities where minor roadway improvements (as determined by the City Engineer), such as a
driveway, are proposed and investigation by the owner of the irrigation facilities shows the
existing tile to be functionally and structurally adequate.
L. Power, Communication and Gas Utilities
1. All new and existing utility, electrical facilities less than or equal to 12 KVA, cable T.V.,
telecommunications, fiber optics, etc. shall be installed underground as part of the street
improvements. Gas facilities shall be installed underground, except where geological
conditions prohibit such undergrounding and with specific written request submitted to the
City Engineer and acknowledgment of approval by the City. Work outside of the limits of
the development may be required to affect such undergrounding.
If new facilities are proposed in an area that has existing overhead lines, the new facilities
shall be undergrounded along with any existing overhead facilities. There may be an
opportunity to delay installation of facilities underground until such time as the developer may
participate in reinstalling these facilities underground when a joint trench opportunity is
provided. When major upgrades are planned by utilities and telecommunications providers to
their networks, the providers may underground existing facilities that are currently on existing
poles.
2. Installation of new facilities or major enhancements to existing facilities shall be installed
underground unless it can be demonstrated that the public’s general health, safety and welfare
are affected by the underground installation. The fact that an underground installation is more
costly than an overhead installation shall not, in and of itself, constitute a health or safety
issue.
68
Draft
3. All above ground appurtenances that are required to provide services shall be designated and
installed with attention to minimizing the number of appurtenances, joint location,
combined use with existing boxes, and shared facilities where ever possible. All locations
will meet industry standards for sight distance locations, all industry safety requirements
and the aesthetic requirements of the City. A permit shall be issued for the installation or
conversion of any overhead to underground facilities. The issuance of a permit in violation
of any requirements will not void the permitee’s responsibility unless the standard
installation is clearly noticed and approved separately from normal permit requirements.
M. Survey Monuments
All developments shall provide survey monuments at section corners, street centerline
intersections, street centerline alignment changes (P.C.'s, P.T.’s, or P.I. if it is within street
pavement), and subdivision corners.
All section corners, 1/4 corners, and center of section shall be a brass cap in a hand hole per
MAG Standard Detail 120-1-A. All other required survey monuments shall be a brass cap on the
surface per MAG Standard Detail 120-1-B. All existing monumentation shall be preserved
both horizontally and vertically.
Any survey monuments disturbed by construction must be reset and certified at the contractor's
or Developer’s expense. Any disturbed monument shall be reset and a new vertical datum
established and certified. At least two other monuments shall be referenced as a check. The
survey notes showing these reference monuments and the elevation certification will be
required before any project will be accepted as complete.
N. Street Names
Wherever a plan indicates a public or private street, the street name shall be shown. Street
names shall be consistent with the natural alignment and extension of existing streets and the
"MAG Address and Street Assignment Policy". New street names shall not duplicate in whole
or in part, or be confusing with existing street names. The City reserves the right to modify
street names to conform to City standards at the technical review stage. Aisles or drives shall
not be named or numbered. The site shall receive a single address based on the public street on
which it fronts. Lots, homes, units and spaces, within the project will be assigned sub-addresses
by the City staff for mail or delivery, emergency or other service needs.
O. Street Name Signs
Street name signs shall be located at all street intersections. The subdivider/developer shall be
responsible for submitting the necessary plans to the Engineering Division for review and
approval. The contractor shall ensure the landscape area behind the curb/sidewalk is level and
prepared prior to installation of the sign posts. The subdivider/developer shall be responsible for
the fabrication and installation of all signs, in accordance with the City standards.
For public streets, street name signs shall be white on green. All street name signs shall be
69
Draft
retro-reflective. Private street name signs are considered non-standard and shall be
maintained by the Homeowner’s Association. Refer to City Detail EM-131.
P. Mailbox Standards
Mailbox facilities shall be in accordance with the U.S. Postal Service standards and requirements
and as approved by the City. Mailboxes shall not be located within 6-feet of a fire hydrant. A
streetlight shall be located such that the clustered mailbox locations are illuminated in the same
manner as the street.
Q. Traffic Control Devices
Traffic control, sign, barricades and pavement markings shall be in accordance with the Federal
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) as revised. Street and lane closure shall
be in accordance with the Phoenix Traffic Barricade Manual and the MUTCD as revised. When
any existing traffic control signs, barricades, guardrails, traffic signal facilities and equipment is
called to be removed or replaced care shall be taken to salvage such facilities and equipment
and deliver to the City Public Works Office at 10355 N. 121st Avenue.
1. Traffic Signs and Pavement Markings – All new developments and roadway projects shall
provide the required traffic control signs, street name signs, sign posts and pavement
markings on all streets and intersections. The Developer is responsible to furnish and install
the signs, posts and markings. Final Certificate of Completion and Construction bonds
will not be released and streets will not be opened to the public until all signs and markings
have been installed.
2. Signing and Striping Plan – shall be submitted to the Engineering Division and
approved through the plan review process. All new and existing signs shall be shown on the
plans. It is the Design Engineers’ responsibility to design the Signing and Striping Plan to
meet standards as described by the latest adopted version of the MUTCD. The signing and
striping Plan shall include striping with Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) on arterial streets
with no adjacent street lighting and at other locations deemed necessary by the
Engineering Division through engineering judgment.
3. Signs and Sign Posts – shall conform to the latest adopted version of the MUTCD and City
of El Mirage Standards and be installed per city of City Detail EM-132.
4. Striping Installation – shall conform to the latest adopted version of the MUTCD,
MCDOT Pavement Marking Manual and City of El Mirage Standards.
5. Traffic Signals – Signal modifications that are a result of street widening or recommended in
the Traffic Impact Analysis (TIA) related to the development are the responsibility of the
Developer. Signal conduit with pull boxes shall be provided at all major arterial, minor
arterial and collector street intersections. Traffic signal specifications and details shall be
designed in accordance with the Arizona Department of Transportation, Traffic Signals
and Lighting Specification and Standard Drawings.
a. Traffic signal poles and hardware shall conform to the Arizona Department of
Transportation standards and shall be approved through the Electrical Equipment
Submittal Process.
b. Traffic signal cabinets and controller/electronic equipment shall be selected from the
City of El Mirage Qualified Product List. Traffic signal cabinets and
70
Draft
controller/electronic equipment shall be approved through the Electrical
Equipment Submittal process.
c. Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs (IISNS) shall conform to the City of El
Mirage Standards. The design of the IISNS shall be approved through the
Electrical Equipment Submittal process. The installation of the IISNS shall be
coordinated with the Engineering Division
6. Barricades – All new developments shall provide a typical end of road marker at all dead
ends and incomplete streets. The end of road markers shall be nine red reflectors each
with a minimum dimension of three-inches mounted symmetrically on an 18-diamond back
panel. Five or more markers shall be used at the end of the roadway. The minimum height
of the marker shall be four feet. If an existing barricade is removed it shall be salvaged and
delivered by the contractor to the City Public Works Office at 10355 N. 121st Avenue.
Barricades installed by phased construction may be relocated within the same development if
the condition of the barricades is restored. Barricades shall be set one-foot inside the
subdivision being developed. The pavement should stop short of the barricade.
7. Street and Lane Closure – A Traffic Control Plan Submittal Form along with a Traffic
Control Plan shall be submitted to the City at least 48-hours in advance of any lane or street
closure. This submittal must be approved by the City prior to any closure for work to be
undertaken within the street right-of-way. All construction zone signing shall be installed
and maintained per the Phoenix Barricade Manual and the MUTCD at the developer’s
expense. This submittal shall be emailed to the Engineering Inspector at
engineering@elmirageaz.gov.
R. Parking and Access – Parking is prohibited on parkway and arterial streets without approval
from the City Engineer. Where not restricted on collector and local streets parking shall be
parallel to the flow of traffic unless a designated parking area is provided with marked angled
or perpendicular parking stalls. Any parking backing into the main drive aisles of a
commercial development will be prohibited. The minimum throat length of all
accesses/driveways shall be 50-feet. Longer throat lengths may be required based on the
requirements of the TIA. Parking is not allowed in bike lanes.
3-3
TECHNICAL REPORTS
A. General Information
Developers are responsible for submitting a Design Study Report to validate the design shown on
the construction plans. The Design Study Report is a compilation of the following as applicable
to the development. The Design Study Report should not be excessively long or complex.
Rather it is to briefly describe the basis of the design and the assumptions made and explain
"special" solutions to problems encountered as detailed below. All reports must be sealed by an
Arizona registered engineer. The following sections shall be contained in the report:
1. Soils Investigation Report. A "Soils Investigation Report" shall be submitted with new
street construction plans indicating "R" value, sieve analysis, and plasticity index of the sub-
grade.
2. Drainage/Hydrology Report. A "Drainage Report" shall be submitted with new street
construction plans and/or the grading plans. This report shall be prepared per Chapter 4
71
Draft
herein.
3. Pavement Evaluation and Design Report.
A "Pavement Evaluation and Design Report" shall be submitted with new street construction
plans. When the design is proposed to match existing pavement, the report shall evaluate if
the existing pavement condition and structure meet current structural requirements. The
design engineer is responsible to provide the Soils Investigation Report, Traffic Impact Study
and Pavement Core sampling which are required to determine the condition and structure
and for investigating and evaluating the existing pavement structure.
If the existing pavement does not meet the structural requirements, it must be removed and
new pavement constructed to the monument line.
Existing pavement to remain may be matched by trimming a minimum of 2-feet. Exact
point of matching and saw cut shall be determined in the field by the City.
If an existing pavement section is less than five years old, and it can be demonstrated by a
comprehensive pavement analysis that it meets or exceeds the current guidelines for an
appropriate pavement structure, the subdivider/developer may request a waiver from
removing the existing pavement to monument line and new pavement constructed. The
Engineering Division will consider the application, review the pavement analysis and grant
or deny the application.
Such pavement analysis shall include the following at minimum:
• Identify the average thickness of the existing AC.
• Identify the base course thickness, density, gradation, PI
• Identify the density of native subgrade
• Identify the extraction and viscosity of the existing AC
The location and number of test locations required shall be recommended by a geotechnical
engineer, reviewed, and confirmed by the Engineering Division.
The pavement design method shall be approved by the City of El Mirage Engineering
Division. Soils tests required to perform the design are not provided by the City. The
flowing tests are the minimum required for pavement design purposes:
a. Samples shall be taken to a minimum of 18-inches below proposed grade elevation.
Depths up to three-feet on arterial streets may be required in certain instances.
b. One test per 800 lineal feet with at least one test per proposed street. Additional tests
may be required in certain instances.
c. Each sample shall have a sieve analysis per AASHTO T27 with results reported as
percent passing #200 sieve, plus a plasticity index per AASHTO T90.
d. Test results shall be forwarded to the City of El Mirage Engineering Division.
72
Draft
e. Subgrade, Base Course and Surface Course. The report also is intended to provide
the design of the new pavement subgrade, base course and surface course for
compliance with these guidelines. The components shall be in accordance with MAG
Specifications. The design shall recommend the minimum structure composition and
thicknesses.
f. Pavement Mix Design. A pavement mix design for concrete, asphaltic concrete and
admixtures to base and subgrade components of the pavement structure in
accordance with MAG Specification Parts 300 and 700, are required for review and
approval by the City.
4. Supplemental Sketches, Details, Calculations, and Design Rational. Provide any support
sketches, details, calculations and design rational used and pertaining to the design of
required improvements.
5. Traffic Impact Analysis (TIA). A "Traffic Impact Analysis" in accordance with Traffic
Impact Study Criteria shall be submitted with new street improvement plans.
6. Visibility/Sight Line Study. A "Visibility/Sight Line Study" to verify and preserve the
visibility and/or sight line in accordance with AASHTO Guidelines, City Details EM-158
and EM-159 and generally accepted engineering practices, shall be submitted with new
street improvement plans. Sight lines and dimension and shall be provided on the paving
plans. Easements or tracts shall be dedicated on the plat or by separate instrument, to
provide the perpetual sight line clearances.
3-4
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General
Technical design requirements for geometrics, layout and planning for all street classifications are
provided herein. City Detail EM-111 provides specific geometric requirements.
B. Street Layout and Planning
1. Arterial Streets. Arterial streets design requirements shall be as determined by the City or
other responsible agency.
2. Street Classification Map. Whenever the development embraces any part of a street
designed in the adopted Streets Classification Map, such street shall be platted in conformity
therewith.
3. Continuation. Street layouts shall provide for the continuation of existing collector streets
in adjacent areas, and such other streets as the City Engineer may designate.
4. Future Street Extensions. Certain proposed streets, as designated by the City Engineer,
shall be extended to the development boundary to provide future connection with
adjoining unplatted lands. In general, these extensions should not be farther apart than the
maximum permitted length of a block, as specified herein.
73
Draft
5. Local Street Arrangement. Local streets shall be so arranged as to discourage their use by
traffic originating outside the immediate neighborhood. Local streets shall be discontinuous
and generally should be interrupted with jogs and offsets. Four-way intersections of local
streets should be avoided.
6. Marginal Access and Reverse Frontage Streets. Lots intended for single-family residential
use shall not front or have access from arterial streets. When a proposed development
abuts or contains an existing or proposed arterial street, the arrangement of interior streets
and lots shall prohibit marginal access streets and minimize reverse frontage streets, and
shall provide non-access easements along the arterial street, or such other treatment as may
be justified for protection of properties from the nuisance and hazard of high volume
traffic and for preservation of the traffic function of the arterial street.
7. Access Provisions for Development Boundary Constraint. When a residential subdivision
abuts the right-of-way of a railroad or limited access highway or abuts a commercial or
industrial land use, the City Engineer may require location of a street approximately
parallel to such right-of-way or use at a distance suitable for appropriate use of intervening
land, such distance being determined with due regard for approach grades, drainage,
embankments, bridges, and future grade separations.
8. Dead End Streets. Dead End Streets shall be prohibited except in locations approved by the
City Engineer for future street connection to adjacent unplatted lands.
9. Maximum Lengths for Blocks and Cul-de-sacs.
a. Maximum length of blocks, measured along the centerline of the street, and between
intersecting street center lines, shall not exceed 1000-feet or 15 times the minimum lot
width required in the zoning district Blocks shall be as long as reasonably possible
under the circumstances within the above maximums in order to achieve depth and
possible street economy and to reduce the expense and safety hazard arising from
excessive street intersections.
b. The maximum length of cul-de-sac streets shall not exceed 600-feet, measured from the
intersection of right-of-way lines to the extreme depth of the turning circle along the
cul-de-sac street center line, unless specifically approved by the Engineering
Division. An exception may be made where topography constrains the number of
adjacent lots served and shall not be made merely because the tract has restrictive
boundary dimensions. In such cases, provision should be made for extension of the
street pattern to the adjoining unplatted parcel and a temporary turnaround installed,
or to alter the street pattern to eliminate the constraint. Cul-de-sac streets shall
terminate in a circular right-of-way 60-foot in radius with an improved unobstructed
traffic turning circle of at least 50 feet in radius. Refer to City Detail EM-114.
10. Non-Vehicular Access. Access to the parkway, arterial and major collector streets shall be
restricted by use of a one-foot, Non-Vehicular Access Easement (NVAE) at locations other
than street intersections and legitimate driveways.
11. Topography: Streets shall be arranged in relation to topography as to produce desirable lots
74
Draft
of maximum utility and streets of reasonable gradient, safe ingress-egress and to facilitate
adequate surface drainage.
C. Design Standards
City Detail EM-111 lists most of the design standards data necessary for the design of streets
within the City of El Mirage. Subsequent paragraphs herein discuss this data and provide other
standards that could not be included in these details
1. Street Right of Way Requirements. The right-of-way requirements in City Detail EM-111
are based on the space needed for the street when it is constructed to meet ultimate
development requirements. The right of way must also provide space for utilities, cut or
fill slopes, sidewalks, bicycle paths, trails, traffic control devices and information signs,
fire hydrants, landscaping, transit facilities, and other public facilities that must be located
adjacent to street pavements.
Right-of-way widths in excess of the standard widths may be required in special
circumstances such as when:
a. Cut or fill slopes cannot be confined within the standard width
b. Minimum sight distance lines on horizontal curves are not within the standards
c. Minimum sight distances at intersections are not within the standards
d. Auxiliary lanes are to be provided
2. Pavement Cross-Section slopes
a. Typical Street Cross-Sections. Undivided streets should have a normal crown that is a
two-way cross-slope with the cross-section high point on the street centerline. Divided
streets should have cross-slope on each pavement section. The high point of each slope
on each pavement section shall occur on the edge of the pavement nearest to the
median. Unusual conditions may cause cross-slope requirements to vary, but normally the
desirable cross-slope is two percent, with a maximum cross-slope of 3 percent. Any
deviation from the desirable cross-slope is subject to review by the Engineering
Division.
b. Cross-Sections in Street Dip Sections. While dip sections are discouraged, where storm
drainage runoff flows must cross the street, dip sections are needed. The pavement
through the dip section should have a one-way slope (no crown), curbing and medians
must not be raised, and cut-off walls shall be installed in accordance with MAG Standard
Details. Transitions back to normal street cross-slopes will be needed at both ends of the
dip section.
c. Inverted crown cross-sections will not be allowed within any public street.
3. Medians
a. Median Widths. The width of a median is measured from back of median curb to back of
median curb. If a median has no curb, the width is measured between the centers of the
75
Draft
continuous painted median stripes. Median widths are typically determined by the width
of the center lane as dictated by the section detail but should not be constructed with a
width of less four feet, unless approved by the Engineering Division.
b. Paved Medians. A paved median should be constructed of a durable, low maintenance
material, such as Portland cement concrete, concrete pavers, or other materials approved
by the Engineering Division. The surface should be crowned and have the same cross-
slope as the street pavement.
c. Unpaved and Landscaped Medians. These medians are greater than five-feet in width
and are unpaved. Features present in the median, i.e., landscaping, or other types of median
features shall not restrict sight distances per the City Details EM-158 and EM-159.
Mature vegetation size and maintenance should be considered when designing
landscaping in median areas. At no time should landscaping impede on sight distance
triangles.
4. Curbs. All curbs except for mountable curbs shall conform to the appropriate MAG Standard
Detail and MAG Standard Specifications, except that concrete for curbs shall be Class
‘A’ concrete, per MAG Standard Specification 725. For mountable curbs refer to MAG
Standard Detail 220-2, Type E.
a. Vertical Curbs. Vertical curbs are required for all streets. Vertical curbs with gutter are
to be constructed in accordance with MAG Standard Detail 220-1, Type ‘A’. Vertical
curb and gutter shall match the adjacent pavement slope to the gutter cross section
direction. The curb height shown on the Standard Detail is six-inches, but where fire
lane or public maintenance vehicle access to abutting property must be provided over the
curb, use mountable curb, per MAG Standard Detail 220-2, Type E.
b. Roll Curb, Ribbon Curb, Maricopa Edge. Roll curb is not allowed along local residential
streets unless approved by the City Engineer. If allowed, roll curb shall be constructed
in accordance with MAG Standard Detail 220-1, Type ‘C’. Ribbon curb may be used
for rural local roads or low volume industrial roads when approved by the City
Engineer. If allowed, ribbon curb shall be constructed in accordance with MAG
Standard Detail 220-1, Type ‘B’. When ribbon curb is used, drainage runoff from the
road shall not drain with the road but shall be directed to roadside ditches. See Chapter 4
for additional details. For rural local roads, a Type ‘A’ Maricopa Edge per MAG
Standard Detail 201 may be used when approved by the City Engineer. When a
Maricopa edge is used, drainage runoff from the road shall not drain with the road but
shall be directed to roadside ditches.
c. Cut-Off Walls. In locations where dip sections are permitted to allow drainage flows to
cross roadways, cut-off walls conforming to MAG Standard Detail 552 shall be
installed. Cut-off walls shall be at least three-feet deep and have a top that is flush
with the pavement surface. The exposed portion of the cut-off wall shall have the
appearance of ribbon curb, with the same width as the street’s regular curb and gutter.
The cut-off walls shall extend across the flow path in the dip section to protect the
pavement structure during runoff flows from a 100-year storm event. Transitions will
be needed between the regular curbs and the cut-off walls at each end of the dip
76
Draft
section.
d. Curb Returns. Vertical curb shall be used through the curb return from PC to PT
regardless of whether the tangent curb sections are vertical or roll curb. All curb returns
shall be provided with sidewalk from PC to PT of the same width as that provided for
the sidewalk behind the tangent curb sections. If no sidewalk is provided behind the
tangent curb sections, the curb return sidewalk shall be at least five-feet wide.
e. Extruded Curb. Extruded curb is not allowed on any public or private property unless
approved by the Engineering Division. Extruded curb may be allowed if it is installed
as part of a multi-phase project where the curb is considered temporary and will be
removed as part of a future phase.
5. Bike Lanes
a. Bike lanes are required along collector and arterial roadways and shall have a
minimum width of 5.5 feet from edge to edge or edge to face of curb.
b. In areas with on-street parking, bicycle lanes shall always be placed between the
parking lane and the through traffic lane. The Design Engineer shall confirm the need
for buffers with the City prior to design.
c. Pavement surfaces shall be designed free from irregularities and the edges of the
pavement shall be uniform in width.
d. When a new roadway is designed, all drainage grates and utility covers should be kept
out of the bicyclists' expected path.
e. Drainage grates and utility covers shall be adjusted flush with the pavement surface on
all new construction and reconstruction.
f. On new construction where bicyclists will be permitted, curb inlets rather than
drainage grates should be used wherever possible. Bicycle safe drainage grates shall
be used on all roadways.
g. In instances where bicycle lanes cross railroad tracks, it may be necessary to design
and install additional safety measures. The Design Engineer shall confirm the
requirements with the City prior to starting design.
h. Signing of bike lanes and routes shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices.
i. Striping of bike lanes shall adhere to City Detail EM-116.
D. Selection of a Design Speed
The design of geometric features such as horizontal and vertical curves will depend on the
77
Draft
design speed selected for the street. The choice of the design speed is primarily determined
by street classification. The design speed is the maximum speed for the safe operation of a
vehicle that can be maintained over a specific section of a street when conditions are so
favorable that the design features of the street govern. Design speeds for the various
classifications of streets shall be obtained from the City Engineering Division. Posted
speed limit for a street is generally the Design speed less than 10 miles per hour, unless
otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
E. Superelevation in Curves
Superelevation is discouraged on horizontal curves in the urbanized area of the city.
1. 0.02 ft/ft Superelevation. Superelevation of 0.02 ft/ft may be used, with approval of the
City Engineer, when the standard radius cannot be provided due to circumstances beyond
the control of the Design Engineer and the general alignment cannot be changed due to
physical topographical constraints.
2. Superelevation Greater than 0.02 ft/ft. Superelevation greater than 0.02 ft/ft may not be used
except when approved by the City Engineer. In no case shall a superelevation exceed
0.06 ft/ft.
3. Transition for Superelevation
a. The length of superelevation transition shall be based on the superelevation rate and the
width of rotation. The axis of rotation shall generally be about the pavement centerline. The
transition lengths for a superelevation of 0.02 ft/ft are provided in City Detail EM-111-1
for other superelevation rates; refer to the AASHTO publication, A Policy on
Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.
b. With respect to the beginning or ending of a horizontal curve, one-third of the transition
should be on the curve, and two-thirds of the transition should be on the tangent pavement
section.
4. Drainage on Superelevated Curves. Whenever superelevation is allowed on a divided street,
a storm drainage system to collect the runoff along the median curb shall be provided. In no
case shall nuisance water from the higher traveled way be allowed to cross the lower traveled
way.
F. Horizontal Curves
Horizontal alignments should provide for safe and continuous operation of motor vehicles at
a uniform design speed for substantial lengths of street. A horizontal curve is required when
the angle of change in horizontal alignment is equal to or greater than five degrees. The nature of
the surrounding development and topography, and the street classification will establish the
factors that determine the radius of curve.
1. Minimum Radii of Curvature. The minimum radius of curvature will be determined by the
design speed or by the stopping sight distance.
78
Draft
a. Minimum Radii Based on Design Speed. The City Engineering Division will determine
the design speed and the minimum radius of curvature shall be calculated with and
without superelevation of 0.02 ft/ft whenever possible. The radii used in design should
be larger. If stopping sight distance conditions require a larger radius then that larger
radius becomes the minimum radius for the curve.
b. Consideration of Stopping Sight Distance. When wall, buildings, bridge piers, cut
slopes, vegetation, or other obstructions are near the roadway on the inside of a curve,
they can block a driver’s view of the road ahead. If they are too close, the driver will
not have sufficient distance along the curved roadway to stop when a hazardous
condition comes into view. For design, the driver’s eye is 3.5-feet above the center of
the inside lane (the driving lane closest to the inside of the curve) and that the hazardous
condition is an object 0.5 feet high in the center of the inside lane. The clear distance “M”
is measured from the center of the inside lane to the view obstruction.
2. Reduced Design Speed on Curves. The reduction of a street design speed on a curve should
be avoided. However, where physical restrictions prohibit increasing the radius of the curve or
the clear distance, “M”, the design speed for the curved section may be reduced. In such
circumstances, signing in accordance with the MUTCD is required. The difference between
the design speed for the roadway approaching the curve and the design speed for the curve
shall not be greater than 10 miles per hour. The design speed for a curved roadway section
must not be reduced if the reduction would occur at the end of a long tangent or at any
location where high approach speeds may be expected.
3. Compound Curves. Compound curves should be avoided. However, if site conditions make
the use of a compound curve unavoidable, the minimum lengths for tangents between two
curves curving in the same direction are listed in City Detail EM-111-1 The shorter radius
shall be at least two-thirds the length of the long radius when the shorter radius is 1,000 feet or
less. Compound curves are not permitted when design speeds require the shorter radius to
be greater than 1,000 feet.
4. Tangent Sections between Curves in the Same Direction. On two-lane roads, tangent
sections are needed between two curves in the same direction. If the pavement cross-sections
through, the curves do not have superelevation. (The minimum lengths for tangent sections
are listed in City Detail EM-111-1). If superelevation is provided in the curved portions of
the roadway, then the tangent lengths will be determined by the superelevation transition
lengths indicated in City Detail EM-111-1.
5. Tangent Sections between Reverse Curves and Approaching Intersections. A tangent section
must be provided between two curves that curve in opposite direction. A tangent section must
also be provided between an intersection and a curve. Minimum lengths for tangent sections
between reverse curves without superelevation are provided in City Detail EM-111-1. If the
curve radii are at least 50% greater than the radii required by the design speed, the tangent
sections may not be required depending on the grades, topography, and vegetation. If
superelevation is provided for the curves, then the superelevation transition lengths indicated
in City Detail EM-111-1 will determine the minimum length of tangent sections between
reverse curves.
79
Draft
G. Vertical Alignment
A vertical curve is required when grade changes are equal to or greater than 1.5%. All sections
of a street’s vertical alignment must meet passing and stopping sight distance requirements for
the design speed established for the street. For further details, see the AASHTO Publication, A
Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.
1. Longitudinal Street Grades. For parkways, expressways, and arterial streets, the maximum
grade is 6%; for collector and local streets the maximum grade is 9%. The minimum
longitudinal street grade for all streets is 0.4%. Wherever possible, longitudinal street grades
greater than or equal to the minimum grade shall be provided. Where necessary, grades less
than 0.4% may be used with approval by the City Engineer.
2. Vertical Curves. Properly designed vertical curves should provide adequate sight distance,
safety, and effective drainage.
a. Type of Curve. A parabolic vertical curve is to be used. City Detail EM-111-1
provides all necessary mathematical relations for computing a vertical curve, either crests
or sags.
b. Sight Distance Requirements. Sight distance is the continuous length of street ahead
visible to the driver. For vertical alignment design, two sight distances are considered:
passing sight distance and stopping sight distance. Stopping sight distance is the
minimum sight distance to be provided at all points on multi-lane streets and on two-lane
streets when passing sight distance is not economically obtainable. Stopping sight
distance shall also be provided in the vicinity of intersections. City Detail EM-111-1
lists the minimum passing and stopping sight distances for the various street
classifications and design speeds.
(1) Stopping Sight Distance. The minimum stopping sight distance is the distance
required by the driver of a vehicle, traveling at a given speed, to bring the vehicle to a
stop after an object on the road becomes visible. Stopping sight distance is measured
from the driver’s eyes, 3.5-feet above the pavement surface, to an object 2-feet high
on the roadway, or currently accepted AASHTO standards.
(2) Passing Sight Distance. Passing sight distance is the minimum sight distance that
must be available to enable the driver of one vehicle to pass another vehicle safely,
without interfering with the speed of an oncoming vehicle traveling at the design
speed should it come into view after the overtaking maneuver is started. The sight
distance available for passing at any one place is the distance at which a driver whose
eyes are 3.5-feet above the roadway surface can see the top of an object 3.5-feet
high on the road, or currently accepted AASHTO standards.
c. Minimum Vertical Curve Lengths. Minimum vertical curve lengths are determined by
sight distance requirements for a given design speed.
80
Draft
s
s
s
(1) Crest Vertical Curve Lengths. Minimum crest vertical curve lengths are
determined by either the stopping sight distance or the passing sight distance,
whichever provides the greatest curve length.
(a) The minimum crest vertical curve lengths must only meet stopping sight distance
requirements on streets with two or more through travel lanes per direction.
(b) Two-Lane Streets. Passing sight distance requirements should be met on streets
with one through travel lane per direction. When crest curve construction in
accordance with passing sight distance requirements would result in the creation
of drainage problems or excessive cuts or fills, the curve length may be reduced
with the installation of appropriate traffic control measures.
(c) Minimum Crest Vertical Curve Length Determined by Stopping Sight
Distance. The following equations are to be used to determine the minimum
crest vertical curve lengths based upon stopping sight distance requirements:
When Ss < L, L=(AS 2)/2158
When Ss > L, L=(2Ss) – (2158/A)
Where:
Ss = Stopping Sight Distance in feet for a given design speed
L = Length of Curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent
(d) Minimum Crest Vertical Curve Length Determined by Passing Sight Distance
The following equations are to be used to determine the minimum crest vertical
curve lengths based upon passing sight distance requirements:
When Sp < L, L = (ASp2)/2800
When Sp > L, L = (2Sp) – (2800/A)
Where:
Sp = Passing Sight Distance in feet for a given design speed
L = Length of Curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent
(2) Sag Vertical Curve Lengths. Minimum sag vertical curve lengths are determined by
either the stopping sight distance or comfort factors. The longer of the two possible
minimum curve lengths will be used.
(a) Minimum Sag Vertical Curve Length Determined by Stopping Sight
Distance. The following equations are to be used to determine the minimum
sag vertical curve lengths based upon stopping sight distance requirements:
When Ss < L, L=(AS 2)/(400+3.5S )
81
Draft
When Ss > L, L=(2Ss) – ((400+3.5Ss)/A)
Where:
Ss = Stopping Sight Distance in feet for a given design speed
L = Length of Curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent
b. Minimum Sag Vertical Curve Length Determined by Comfort Factors
The following equation is to be used to determine the minimum sag vertical curve
lengths based upon comfort factors:
L = (AV2)/46.5
Where:
L = Length of Curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent
V = Design Speed in Miles per Hour
H. Combined Horizontal and Vertical Curves
When horizontal and vertical curves are combined, the horizontal curve shall lead and follow the
vertical curve. For additional information on this topic, refer to the AASHTO publication, A
Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.
I. Intersections
Although all intersections share certain common elements, they are not subject to generalized
treatment. To minimize conflicts and provide for anticipated traffic movements each
intersection must be evaluated with regard to its individual characteristics and designed based
on the following factors:
• Traffic factors such as capacities, turning movements, vehicle size and operating
characteristics, vehicle speed, pedestrian and bicycle movements, transit operations, and
accident history.
• Physical factors such as topography, existing conditions, channelization requirements, and
available sight distance.
• Human Factors such as driving habits, reaction to surprises, decision and reaction time, and
natural paths of movement.
1. Angle of Intersection. A right-angle intersection provides the shortest crossing distance for
intersecting traffic streams. It also provides the most favorable condition for drivers to
judge the relative position and speed of intersecting vehicles. Where special conditions
exist, intersection angles may diverge from a right-angle by a maximum of 2 degrees (4
82
Draft
degrees with approval of the City Engineer) on parkways, expressways, arterial streets and
major collector streets; and by a maximum of 4 degrees (15 degrees with special approval of
the City Engineer) on minor and local collector streets and local streets.
2. Alignment and Profile. Intersections occurring on horizontal or crest vertical curves are
undesirable. When there is latitude in the selection of intersection locations, vertical or
horizontal curvature should be avoided. A line or grade change is frequently warranted when
major intersections are involved. If a curve is unavoidable, it should be as flat as site
conditions permit. Where the grade of the through roadway is steep, flattening through the
intersection is desirable as a safety measure.
3. Intersection Sight Distance. In order to provide the opportunity for vehicles at an
intersection to safely cross or make left or right turns onto a through street, adequate sight
distance must be provided. Sight lines are to be drawn on roadway and landscaping plans to
represent the areas that must be free of all objects and topography in excess of 30-inch above
the roadway surface. City Detail EM-158 depicts the technique used to determine driver’s
eye locations; a line is then drawn to connect these two points. Continuous unobstructed
line of sight must be provided along this line and throughout the approach to the intersection,
providing an unobstructed sight triangle to the side street driver. Vegetation placed within
the sight triangle shall be of a low variety that remains below 30-inch when mature. Trees
can be considered within the triangle as long as the canopy is above 7-feet and if it is a single
trunk variety.
a. Right Angle Intersection. If the street intersection legs meet at an angle of 88 to 90
degrees, the sight distances shown in City Detail EM-158 are to be used to calculate the
sight triangle. If high volumes of truck traffic are anticipated on other than local
Industrial Street, the procedures in the AASHTO publication, A Policy on Geometric
Design of Highway and Streets should be consulted to determine the necessary sight
distances.
b. Skewed Intersections. For skewed intersections where the intersection angles are less
than 88 degrees, sight distances must be calculated in accordance with the procedures
described in Chapter 9 of the AASHTO publication A Policy on Geometric Design of
Highways and Streets.
c. Intersections within or near a curve. Distances ‘A’ and ‘B’ shown in City Detail EM-158
shall follow the street alignment when the intersection is within or near a horizontal
curve.
d. Traffic Safety Triangles. Traffic Safety Triangles should be used as a means to limit the
height of structures, vegetation, and other improvements on corner properties immediately
adjacent to intersections. Safety triangles are not to be used as a substitute for intersection
sight distance. Safety triangles provide additional visibility around corners for all
intersection approaches and should be applied to the design of perimeter walls and
landscape features. Items within the safety triangle shall be no higher than 30-inch
measured from the roadway surface. City Detail EM-159 depicts the method used to
determine the safety triangle location.
4. Intersections with an unpaved leg. If an intersection has a leg that is unpaved, the paving to
83
Draft
be placed in the intersection shall extend to the end of the normal curb return location on the
unpaved leg at a minimum.
5. Valley Gutters at Street Locations
a. Locations of Valley Gutters. Valley gutters may only be used across minor and local
collector streets, and local residential streets. Exceptions must be approved by the City
Engineer.
b. Valley Gutter Widths. Valley gutters should be constructed in accordance with MAG
Standard Detail 240, except that concrete for valley gutters shall conform to MAG
Standard Specification 725, Type ‘A’ with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3,000 psi.
6. Turning Lanes. A separate turning lane permits separation of conflicting traffic
movements and removes turning vehicles for the intersection area. Right turn lanes shall be
provided on streets classified as Major Arterial or higher, at all street intersections and at
driveways where warranted. For left turn lanes at signalized intersections, dual turn lanes
should be considered when the turn volume exceeds 200 vehicles per hour, the opposing
through volume exceeds 1,000 vehicles per hour, or the delay to left turning vehicles
exceeds 45 seconds. Abrupt reduction of alignment and sight distance standards should be
avoided. The length of these lanes depends on several factors and must be determined via
a Traffic Impact Study. At a minimum, the lanes shall have 160 feet of storage and a 100-
foot taper. See the Auxiliary Lane Criteria in the Appendix for additional information.
7. Median Openings. Raised medians are required on parkways and designated arterial and
collector streets to separate traffic flows, channelize left turns, and reduce conflicts. Median
openings are limited according to the street classification.
a. Spacing of Median openings. If a street has a raised median, it is not possible to provide
an opening in the median for every street intersection or driveway. Full median openings
should not occur at intervals less than ¼-mile on parkways and major arterial streets.
Partial median openings, which allow only left turns off the major street, are acceptable at
1/8-mile spacing. On minor arterials, full access median openings should not occur at
intervals less than 1/8-mile. In some cases where reasonable alternate access is not
available, median openings may be provided at closer intervals with the approval of the
Engineering Division.
b. Cross Slope. The cross-slope in the median opening shall be limited to 0.02 ft/ft. Median
openings shall not be permitted on curves with superelevation exceeding 0.02 ft/ft.
3-5
CONSTRUCTION
A. Standard Details and Specifications
All construction shall conform to the latest City of El Mirage Supplement to MAG Uniform
Standard Details, MAG Uniform Standard Specifications and Details for Public Works
Construction, as revised herein.
84
Draft
1. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Application. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be placed in
lift thicknesses per the following requirements:
Mix Design (City of
Phoenix Approved)
Min. Compacted
Lift Thickness
Max. Compacted
Lift Thickness
Use
D ½
1”
1.5”
Surface or leveling
course (can be used
on all street
classifications
except residential)
C ¾
1.5”
3”
Surface, leveling, or
base course (can be
used on all street
classifications)
*NOTE: An asphalt concrete preservative seal, in accordance with City specifications. This seal shall be
paid for by the developer.
B. Permits
An Engineering Construction Permit is required for any and all work within the public right-of-
way and public easement(s). The consultant, developer, and/or contractor shall obtain any and
all permits required by other agencies or jurisdictions for access and construction of
improvements governed by such agency or jurisdiction.
C. Assurance
Assurance in accordance with the Subdivision Regulations of the City Code is required for all
work within the public right-of-way and public easements.
D. Insurance
All engineers, consultants, developers, contractors and subcontractors working within the public
right-of-way and/or public easements shall provide the City with proof of insurance in a form
and with limits of coverage acceptable to the City. Insurance forms are required to identify the
City of El Mirage as additionally insured.
E. Inspections
All work within the public right-of-way and public easements shall be inspected and approved
by the appropriate City Department, public utility company or franchised utility company.
85
Draft
F. Access During Construction
All newly constructed public ways shall be kept barricaded and access denied to the public until
such public way is accepted by the City and all traffic control devices are installed to the approval
of the City.
G. Pavement Matching
Pavement matching and surfacing replacement shall conform to MAG Standard Specifications,
Section 336. Sidewalk removal may be made either to the nearest joint, score line or five-foot
interval.
All testing required by the City of El Mirage shall be performed under the supervision of a
civil engineer registered in the State of Arizona. All test reports shall be submitted to the City of
El Mirage Engineering Division and are to be sealed by a professional civil engineer. Each
report shall identify the location of the test, type and source of material tested, test designation
being used and the name of the person and company performing the test.
The following are practical guidelines for some required tests. This listing is not all inclusive.
Additional tests may be required, or different procedures called for by the City Engineer or his
designee.
1. Sand Cone Correlations. Sand cone correlations are required wherever a nuclear
compaction testing device is used. These correlations shall be provided for every tenth
compaction test (per nuclear compaction testing device). If possible, that the correlation be
run on the City of El Mirage project being tested at the time of the nuclear density testing.
As an alternative, a documented correlation test will be accepted from another project (test
being in proper documented correlation test will be accepted from another project being in
proper sequence). All correlation test results shall reference the serial number of the
comparative nuclear device and the technician performing the test. Correlation test results
shall be submitted with the related compaction tests.
2. Rock Correction Procedure. A rock correction procedure shall be required unless:
a. Either ASTM D-1557 procedure C or ASTM D-698 procedure C is used.
b. Tests are waived by the Engineering Inspector (in writing). An assumed value of 2.6
shall be used for the bulk specific gravity of rock unless a higher value is determined
by the testing agency.
3. Test Results. Written results (file copy) shall be submitted to the City of El Mirage
Engineering Inspector in a timely manner. Verbal results are unacceptable. All test results
shall be submitted to the Engineering Inspector for his review (prior to commencing the
next phase of construction).
4. Trench Bedding. In addition to normally required density testing, density tests shall be
86
Draft
performed at the bottom of the trench (prior to placement of AB). An additional test may
be required after placement of AB if AB thickness exceeds four-inches or at the discretion of
the Engineering Inspector.
5. Materials Testing Prior to Paving. The following tests shall be performed and the test
results submitted to the Engineering Inspection Supervisor prior to paving:
•
Plasticity Index on AB
•
Gradation on AB
•
All Density on Subgrade
•
AC Mix Design
Unless otherwise specified, the mix design for all asphaltic concrete shall be City of Phoenix
Standard C-3/4 inch mix. Copies of the mix design and product codes are available at the
City of El Mirage Engineering Division.
H. Site Cleanup
Clean up of the construction area must be performed daily utilizing a broom sweeper.
I. Disposal
A location for the disposal of waste materials generated in the pursuit of the work shall be
identified and approved by the owner of the site and the City.
J. Arizona Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (AZPDES)
A NPDES permit is required in accordance with the Federal and State Regulations, including a
Notice of Intent (NOI), Notice of Termination (NOT), and Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWPPP). A copy of the SWPPP and the NOI shall be submitted and reviewed by the
City of El Mirage. Refer to Section 4-5 Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.
87
Draft
CHAPTER 4
STORM DRAINAGE FACILITIES - DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
4-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Intent
The guidelines contained in this section are intended to expand upon and supplement
information contained in legally adopted Chapters of the El Mirage City Code.
B. Requirement for Storm Drainage
All developments within the City shall provide such storm drainage facilities as are necessary
to ensure that all improvements, structures and properties, both within the subject
development and those located upstream and downstream of the development, shall be
protected from the adverse impact of storm water due to the proposed development.
Owners, developers, engineers, and/or contractors are required to prepare a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for developments within the City of El Mirage with a
disturbed area of one acre or greater, or are part of a common plan of development or sale
that will ultimately disturb one or more acres. The City website contains a SWPPP Guidance
Document to aid in the preparation of a SWPPP. Each development shall comply, as a
minimum, with NPDES notification to the EPA and implementation of SWPPP control
measures, as defined and required by the “Best Management Practices” of the Drainage
Design Manual for Maricopa County.
C. System Classification
1. The "Minor System" (10-year) shall consist of those collection and/or storm water storage
facilities necessary to collect, convey, retain and/or detain storm water runoff from the
more frequent rainfalls. The "Minor System" shall be designed to accommodate storms
up to and including a "10-year storm" and shall be used only when specifically approved
by the City Engineer.
2. The "Major System" (100-year storm of duration as defined by the Drainage Design
Manual for Maricopa County) shall consist of those facilities necessary to convey storm
water runoff from storms up to and including a "100-year storm." It consists primarily of
the planning and/or analysis of the overall drainage system to insure: that there is always
positive drainage from all areas, that the "100-year" flows can safely pass through the
project, and that all structures are above the 100-year water elevation in areas where
temporary and/or long duration ponding may occur as well as those areas lying within the
FEMA floodplain.
D. Drainage Facilities Components
1. Collection System. This portion of the system is intended to collect and convey runoff to
storm water storage, trunk line storm drain facilities and/or outfall into natural and man-
made drainage channel facilities.
2. Storm Water Storage Facilities. Storm water storage facilities are defined as any
88
Draft
apparatus, device, manmade construction or method for temporarily storing, suspending
storm water runoff and releases by means of basins, channels, swales, wetlands, ponds,
lakes, vaults, cisterns, or any other means approved by the City Engineer. This portion
of the system is intended to retain, detain, store or suspend sufficient volumes of runoff to
minimize the adverse impact of new developments upon downstream areas. All
developments must provide storm water storage facilities, which consist of one or both of
the following as provided below:
a. "On-Site" facilities, for private property to be maintained by the property owner or
owner’s association are required for any or all of the following types of
developments.
(1) Apartment complexes
(2) Town homes, Condos, Patio Homes and/or locations where a Homeowners
Association will maintain the common area and drainage facilities.
(3) Large lot Single Family parcels, where the lot is at least one-half acre or larger.
(Note: this is an option in lieu of "off-site or public facilities").
(4) Industrial Developments including Subdivisions (Note: this is an option in lieu of
"off-site or public facilities").
(5) Commercial Developments including Commercial Subdivisions.
(6) Any lot being developed, permanently or temporarily, for any purpose, including
materials or commodity storage, parking, open space, structures of any kind or
temporary use consistent with the Zoning Code.
b. "Off-Site" facilities, for projects in a separate tract dedicated, as “Public Drainage
Easements”, to the City and to be maintained by an association of owners, are
required of the following types of development:
(1) Single-Family lots (regardless of acreage) that are part of a subdivision.
(2) Planned Area Developments (PAD) or other large master planned developments.
c. Storm water storage facilities shall be protected from further development by a
recorded drainage easement and must be fully improved with landscaping, irrigation
systems, lighting and such other aesthetic improvements as may be required by the
City. Any basin, which is accepted by the City for maintenance, shall be deemed
public property and shall be dedicated to the City in fee simple title. If the City does
not accept a basin for maintenance, the developer shall be responsible for establishing
some satisfactory means to maintain the area.
3. Open Channels. Channels consist of facilities that collect, store, suspend, convey and
discharge accumulated runoff by means respectively described as follows:
a. Natural Channels: Are described as Rivers, washes, arroyos, lakes, wetlands, or other
naturally occurring watercourse, with the capacity to accept drainage discharges
generated by the development of land. Except as specifically approved by the City
Engineer, it is the City's preference that existing drainage channels be left in an
undisturbed and natural state. When this is the case, a drainage easement or right-of-
89
Draft
way shall be dedicated over, at a minimum, the 100-year floodway zone of the
natural drainage way. Design shall be in accordance with the Drainage Design
Manual for Maricopa County, Arizona Department of Water Resources; Delineation
of Riverine Floodplains and Floodways in Arizona, State Standard Attachment SSA
2-96; the State Standard for Detention/Retention, SSA8- 99; and the Watercourse
Bank Stabilization, SSA 7-98; or the current version of the aforementioned. The
developer is required to coordinate compliance with any requirements of the Army
Corps of Engineers Section 404 Certification. The developer is required to coordinate
all revisions to the FEMA flood insurance rate maps resulting from construction of
bank protection.
b. Man-made Channel: When man-made channels are required, the emphasis will be
placed on a "natural" appearance and on safety. Grass lining will be allowed, with
side slopes 6:1 or flatter, with specific City approval only. Full channel lining will be
considered only on a case by case basis.
(1) Maximum Velocities/Erosion Protection: In general, the maximum velocity shall
not exceed the scouring velocity of the soil (with natural cover). When the scour
velocity is exceeded, additional erosion protection shall be provided.
Bank/channel protection may consist of one or more of the following: Concrete
or gunite lining, reinforced with 4-inch x 4-inch WWF-12GA.
(2) Natural stone grouted riprap 4-inch to 12-inch diameter stones - leave a minimum
1/4 diameter exposed.
(3) Natural Stone loose riprap 4-inch to 12-inch diameter stone.
(4) Gabion Baskets/Gabion Mattresses.
(5) Soil Cement.
(6) Design shall be in accordance with the Drainage Design Manual for Maricopa
County, Arizona Department of Water Resources; Delineation of Riverine
Floodplains and Floodways in Arizona, State Standard Attachment SSA 2-96; the
State Standard for Detention/Retention, SSA8-99; and the Watercourse Bank
Stabilization, SSA 7-98; or the current version of the aforementioned. The
developer is required to coordinate compliance with any requirements of the
Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 Certification. The developer is required to
coordinate all revisions to the FEMA flood insurance rate maps resulting from
construction of bank protection.
4. Conveyance Systems. Conveyance systems are storm drains, channels, washes, rivers and
storm water storage facilities designed to provide regional storm drainage protection in
accordance with approved Master Drainage Studies and Drainage Master Plans.
Conveyance systems shall carry off-site drainage around and/or through the development,
and/or the discharge of on-site storm water generated by the development, in accordance
with the requirements herein. Streets shall not be considered as a facility for conveyance
of off-site flows other than those impacting the development from upstream street rights-
of-way.
5. Direct Discharge. If a development has direct and immediate access to a natural
watercourse or manmade regional drainage facility which can be demonstrated to receive
discharges from the development without adversely affecting other properties nor the
intended parameters of the receiving facility or underlying property’s use or interests
90
Draft
within the watercourse, and the Flood Control District of Maricopa County acknowledges
and approves of such discharge, approvals for direct discharge can be considered with the
following conditions met:
a. The developer will be required to request such intent in writing. The request shall be
for only those areas of the development which cannot meet the storm water storage
requirements of Section 4-1.G.3. The developer will be required to obtain any
approvals necessary from the agency, property owners and tenants having
jurisdiction, ownership or interest over the receiving facilities. The requirements to
provide appropriate sediment control in conformance with the NPDES and the City’s
requirements remain in full force and effect. For remaining areas of the development,
storm water storage requirements shall be in accordance with Section 4-1.G.3. The
developer will be required to coordinate compliance with any requirements of the
Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 Certification, FEMA and the Environmental
Protection Agency; Clean Water Act; 401 Certification. Approvals from the City
Engineer and Chief Engineer of the Maricopa County Flood Control District.
6. Obstructions. Obstructions to drainage are fences, walls, berms, swales, retaining walls,
patios, pools, decks, sheds, pens, corrals, water troughs, canals or any other construction
that alters redirects, impedes or suspends drainage from its natural course. Obstructions
can occur in landscaping which includes mounding, raised beds, edging, furrowing,
gardens, water harvesting, planter boxes, or any other landscape method or construction
that alters, redirects, impedes or suspends drainage from its natural course.
7. Ownership and Maintenance Requirements. As part of the initial layout design, the
designer must consider and accommodate the future need of vehicular access for
maintenance purposes. Preliminary design should minimize long-term maintenance
requirements. It is essential that maintenance be considered during the planning, design
and construction of drainage facilities. Maintenance is provided so that the facility is
maximized. Common maintenance problems associated with drainage facilities includes
growth of undesirable vegetation, debris accumulation, sedimentation, erosion, scour, soil
piping, soil settlement, structural damage and failing to plan for maintenance access.
Culverts are to be designed to avoid impacts to existing sediment transport conditions.
Culverts within the City are generally within the public right-of-way for the road.
Additional easement or right-of-way, beyond the normal street width may be required to
facilitate the construction, operation and/or maintenance of the structure. Design plans for
the structure shall include the proposed easement and/or right-of-way limits. Maintenance
issues and access shall be considered in the structure design, and appropriate measures
should be included to facilitate proper maintenance (i.e. access road if necessary, etc.).
Ramped, vehicular access for maintenance is required at the upstream and downstream
ends of all culverts that are not accessible from the roadway. The maintenance access
route shall be within public right-of-way or a City approved easement.
A city-owned property, right-of-way, or privately-owned drainage tract or easement shall
be provided for the area inundated by backwater from the culverts for the peak 100-year
event. The 100-year floodplain limits shall be delineated and shown on the subdivision
Final Plat or Map of Dedication.
E. Reports
1. Preliminary Drainage Report. A preliminary drainage report must be submitted at the
91
Draft
time of the preliminary plat review, use application or site plan application. The
preliminary plat review will not be scheduled without this report. The preliminary
drainage report shall delineate the 100-year floodplain and floodway limits for drainage
ways that serve areas of more than 1/4 square miles or which generate an estimated flow
rate of more than 500 CFS for the 100-year event, per State Standard Attachment SSA 2-
96. The preliminary drainage report shall also delineate the FEMA Regulatory
Floodplain, Special Flood Hazard Areas. A preliminary report may be used to present
drainage values, impacting or generated by the subject property, to allow a determination
by the City Engineer, for reducing the report requirement to that of “Hydrology Report”
(see Section 4-5 of this chapter).
2. Final Drainage Report. A final drainage report must be submitted as part of the Civil
Plan submittal. Civil Plans review will not be accepted without the report. The final
approval of the Civil Improvement Plans will not be considered complete without
approval of this report. Approval of the Grading Plan providing drainage facilities does
not constitute approval of the Report.
F. Hydrology
1. Study Requirements. A hydrology study shall be performed for each development within
the City. The study shall define the overall and sub-drainage areas. The basic study
format for urban areas lying within areas of “gradual slope” shall also determine
appropriate hydrologic data for the following:
a. Off-Project Areas. The peak flows, times of concentration, and other hydrologic data,
for each off-project drainage area tributary to the project shall be computed and
submitted in summary form.
b. Project Sub-Basins. The project shall be divided into sub-basins tributary to
appropriate design points. The pertinent hydrologic data shall be computed for each
and submitted in summary form.
c. "Appropriate Design Points" (concentration points) are those points wherein the peak
flow rates, or other pertinent data, are needed to determine flow capacity
requirements, inflow-outflow relationships, etc. These "points" would include, but
not necessarily be limited to, the following: inflow-outflow points of storm water
storage facilities; up and/or downstream ends of culverts; intake points for storm
drains (i.e. inlets, catch basins, scuppers, etc.); points immediately upstream and
downstream of channel junctions and/or street intersections; others as may be
necessary to give a complete hydrologic picture and allow a thorough hydraulic
evaluation and/or design of the drainage system.
d. Floodplain delineation of the 100-year floodplain and floodway for drainage ways
which serve areas of more than 1/4 square miles or which generate an estimated flow
rate of more than 500 CFS for the 100-year event, per State Standard Attachment
SSA 2-96 (or current revision). In addition, identify and delineate the FEMA
Regulatory Floodplain, Special Flood Hazard Areas.
e. Calculation of the appropriate Time of Concentration (TC).
When site conditions are considered by the City Engineer to be “rural” in nature
and/or influenced by hillside slope runoff, the requirement for a detention style storm
water storage scheme may be necessary. The detention style system Drainage
92
Draft
Report format will be required. (See Section 4-5 of this chapter).
2. Basis of Design. The basis of design shall be in accordance with the grading, drainage
and flood control policies of the City of El Mirage, the Flood Control District of
Maricopa County and the Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA). The "Drainage Design Manual for Maricopa County,
Arizona, Volume I, Hydrology”, as prepared and published by the Flood Control District
of Maricopa County shall determine the minimum standards of design for grading,
drainage and flood control, or unless otherwise specified herein. As determined by the
City Engineer, a project may be required to use appropriate standards developed by the
Arizona Department of Water Resources: “Delineation of Riverine Floodplains and
Floodways in Arizona”, State Standard Attachment (SSA) 2-96; etc., as made available to
the regulatory and design community. In addition, standards shall also adhere to the
requirements for FEMA Regulated Floodplain, Special Flood Hazard Areas.
3. Compliance with Master Plans and Studies. The hydrology shall be in accordance with
any approved Area Drainage Master Studies (ADMS), Area Drainage Master Plans
(ADMP) and other Studies, or other washes or watercourses as may be relevant.
4. Compliance with other Regulating Authorities. The Developer/Engineer shall comply
with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) and Army Corps of Engineers (COE) requirements
encountered in the pursuit of the hydrology. CLOMR, LOMR, COE 404 and EPA 401
applications and/or permits may be required by these other agencies. The City shall be
apprised of agency notifications, applications, reports, and resulting agency decisions by
reference and correspondence copy inclusion in the appendix of the project report. (See
Section 4-5 of this chapter).
a. Conditional Letters of Map Revision (CLOMR’s) are required for any proposed
encroachment into a regulated floodplain.
b. Letters of Map Revision (LOMR’s) are required prior to issuing of permits for any
grading, structure or any development proposed to encroach into a regulated
floodplain.
G. Hydraulics
1. Basis of Design. The basis of design shall be the "Drainage Design Manual, Volume II,
Hydraulics”, as prepared and published by the Flood Control District of Maricopa
County. The Design Engineer is responsible for evaluating the specific design conditions
to determine the appropriate design criteria in evaluating the hydraulic design and
anticipated operation and maintenance conditions. The following provisions shall not
relieve the Design Engineer, Consultant, Developer or Owner of the responsibility to
apply generally accepted, standard design practices and professional conduct:
a. Storm drainage pipes and open channels shall be designed using "Manning's
Formula".
b. Values of the "n" for "non-typical" materials shall be noted and justified in the report.
c. The Step Backwater Method is the preferred method for hydraulic calculations on open
channels.
93
Draft
d. Street capacities shall be computed for each street section and slope.
e. Inlet capacity shall be computed for each inlet of the system. Design aids in
accordance with the “Drainage Design Manual, for Maricopa County, Volume II,
Hydraulics”.
f.
Topography contours and/or grades up to a 500-foot perimeter of the development at
a minimum. The Design Engineer shall be responsible to determine whether certain
topography and/or drainage features outside of this perimeter, which may affect the
hydraulics, shall be considered. These provisions shall be required for review of the
Preliminary Drainage Report, when offsite flows are diverted or routed around or
through the development.
2. Calculations Format.
a. All hydraulic calculations submitted for review shall be submitted in tabular
summary form only. Voluminous reports containing numerous pages of routine
detailed calculations (computer print-out) may result in a time-consuming review and
the review of the construction plans may be delayed until these calculations are
resubmitted in summary form. (Remember, most hydrologic and hydraulic analyses
consist of a repetitious series of standard routine calculations. (Exhibits showing
quantifying results from these calculations are required.) Summary forms for
hydrologic or hydraulic calculations as published by the City of Phoenix or by the
City of Mesa, or as found in various technical publications (such as the ASCE
Manual Number 37), are to be used until such time as the City publishes such a form.
(See Section 4-5 of this chapter for format requirements of reports containing
calculation exhibits.)
b. Occasionally, circumstances will warrant or require special solutions, which do not
fall within the routine forms and formula, prescribed above. In such cases the design
engineer shall use the formulas appropriate for the solution. The report should
reference the formulas used and their source. If necessary, a single typical calculation
may be shown in detail to clarify the logic of the solution. The balance of similar
calculations is to be presented in tabular summary form.
c. Summary forms should provide space for each of the critical variables used in the set
of calculations. For example, a hydrologic summary table for a study based on the
"Rational Method" would include spaces to itemize the variables such as: A, C,
CA, ∆CA, tc, i, etc., providing the information necessary to check the summary table.
3. Storm Water Storage Facilities.
a. The design engineer shall determine and present calculations on each storm water
storage facility required for their project. The storm water storage volume for the
100-year, one-hour event, actually achieved shall be provided. Basin volumes, which
exceed the contribution from the sub-area(s) it serves, will not be considered as
“volume provided”.
b. All storm water storage facilities are required to provide sufficient volume to retain
100 percent of the 100 year, 1-hour storm (must use 2.4 inches) for the sub-basin that
it serves. The routing of storm drainage for the development shall be through the
storm water storage facilities.
94
Draft
Detention style storm water storage facilities shall be designed for the volumes and
discharge rates as defined by the Flood Control District of Maricopa County for
purposes other than a storm water storage retention function. Design of the facilities
shall meet the criteria of the appropriate recommended procedure level defined by the
ADWR “State Standard for Stormwater Detention/Retention”, SSA8-99 (or current
version).
c. A drainage easement shall be recorded over the tract or parcel containing each storm
water storage facility within the project for both "public" and "private" facilities. The
drainage easement shall include a 20-foot access easement from a paved surface. For
publicly maintained basins, channels and other drainage facilities, the 20-foot access
easement shall connect to a public street.
d. For the complete half right-of-way area of adjacent streets and parkways, a storm
water storage facility located outside of the right-of-way, is required to provide the
equivalent calculated volume required to retain one hundred percent of the 100-year,
1-hour storm (2.4 inches) for that area. The basin is not required to intercept that
right-of-way flow.
e. Storm Water Storage facilities shall not be located within public rights-of-way, water,
sewer or utility easements.
4-2
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - STORM DRAINS
A.
Drainage
1. Street Drainage.
a. The basis of design for local streets shall be designed to carry the 10-year storm
being contained within the pavement section with a maximum depth of 6-inches.
b. Streets shall be designed to carry the following minimum flows:
(1) Major and minor arterial streets to carry a ten-year flow between the curbs and
maintain a 12-foot dry lane in each direction; and carry the 100-year flow within
the right-of-way with a maximum depth of 6-inches over the crown of the street,
for emergency vehicles and evacuation purposes.
(2) Collector and local streets shall be designed to carry 10-year flows between the
curbs, the 50- year flows between the property lines, and the 100-year flow
within the right-of-way. The grading plans must substantiate the flow
containment capability.
(3) Underground storm drains are required when the above street capacity or
maximum depth is exceeded. Open Channels may only be used as the
supplemental drainage conveyance with specific written request to the City
Engineer and written acknowledgment by the City.
(4) 7-inch high curb may be used along streets where parking is prohibited.
(5) Streets shall have a crowned section with a maximum cross-slope of 3% for
drainage. Exceptions may be submitted with specific written request to the City
Engineer and written acknowledgment by the City.
95
Draft
c. Streets and street rights-of-way shall not be used for channels. Channels must be located
outside of the right-of-way. Drainage incidental to the adjacent street may be located in
the right-of-way.
d. The street right-of-way shall be designed to limit storm water conveyance to carry a
maximum 100 cfs. Storm Drains are required per Section 4-2.A.4 when that capacity
is exceeded.
e. In general, dip crossings of open channels shall be avoided. Such designs are subject
to special review.
f.
All storm drains and channels shall be constructed in public rights-of-way or
dedicated Public Drainage Easements. The minimum width of the right-of-way or
easement shall be adequate to allow a minimum continuous 12-foot wide
maintenance road, but in no case shall the easement be less than 20-feet wide.
g. Where access to a new development requires crossing of a channel or wash, a
minimum of one access point accessible during a 100-year storm must be provided.
(Determine the current City Code concerning emergency access.) Additional 100-
year accesses may be required by the City.
2. This section has been removed.
3. Lot Grading
a.
Lots shall be graded to drain surface water away from foundation walls. The grade
shall fall a minimum of six inches within the first ten feet.
b.
For residential lots, where conditions prohibit six inches of fall within ten feet, the
grade shall slope away from the foundation at a minimum slope of 5%, and the water
shall be directed to drains or swales. Impervious surfaces shall have a minimum
slope of 2% when located within ten feet of the building foundation.
c.
For residential lots where climatic and soil conditions warrant, the slope of ground
away from the building foundation is permitted to be reduced to not less than 2.0%
slope.
d.
Minimum residential side yard slopes shall be 0.5% and shall drain to the street.
e.
All finish floors shall be a minimum of 14 inches above the ultimate outfall of the
site and a minimum of 12 inches above the 100-year water surface elevation.
f.
Openings in walls may be required to allow the passage of existing flows through the
site. Opening requirements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
4. Drainage Between Lots.
a. Routing of drainage ways between lots or buildings is discouraged and exceptions
will be allowed only with written request from the developer and written approval of
the City Engineer.
b. When allowed, the channel shall be designed to convey the 100-year flow without
flooding adjacent properties. Depth of flow within drainage easements shall not
exceed 12- inches, outside of and excluding the area of the channel structure.
96
Draft
c. When allowed, the channel shall be constructed in a dedicated drainage right-of-way
or easement leading to a positive outfall point. The minimum width of the right-of-
way shall be top width of the channel plus 12- feet for a maintenance roadway but in
no case less than 20-feet wide. Maintenance access with a legal and accessible
connection to a public street, shall be provided to the drainage way.
d. The ends of the right-of-way or easement shall be treated in such a manner as to
prevent non-maintenance vehicular access without diminishing the hydraulic capacity
of the channel. Removable bollards, railings or barricades or gates shall be installed.
e. A minimum of 25% of the up-stream opening shall be assumed to be clogged with
debris, when considering design capacity.
f.
Fencing or railing may be required by the City Engineer if an open channel is used.
g. Headwalls, wing walls, retaining walls, grates and trash racks are required in the
design of channels and storm drains. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3-2 A.2 for required
Safety Railings.
h. Depth of flow within drainage easements shall not exceed 12-inches, outside of and
excluding the area of the channel structure consistent with the Flood Insurance Rate
Map Flood Zone designation for the area in which the project lies.
5. Culverts
a. Culverts for collector and arterial streets are to be designed to convey, at a minimum, the
100-year 2-hour peak discharge with no flow crossing over the roadway.
b. Adequate fencing or railings must be provided along all walls including wing walls and
any other vertical walls that pose a fall hazard. Railings must be non-galvanized and
painted. The approved paint color for railings is “Black Bean (SW6006)”. See MAG
Detail 145.
c. All culverts constructed must have a minimum of four feet vertical clearance from invert
to finished grade.
d. Water mains shall maintain a minimum of six feet of horizontal and two feet of vertical
separation from culverts. Protection is required per MAG Standard Detail 404, Section
610.5.5 of the MAG Standard Specifications and City Detail EM-402.
6. Underground Storm Drains
a. Underground storm drains shall be provided whenever the capacity of the pavement
section or maximum depth is exceeded, per section 4-2.A.1.a. and b., by the design
storm event. Additionally, storm drains are required when the flow in the right-of-
way exceeds 100 CFS (4-2.A.1.d.).
b. Pipes shall be sized using "Manning's Formula". Values of Manning's "n" shall be
from appropriate technical literature and shall be referenced.
c. Velocities shall range from 3-feet per second to 9-feet per second in order to prevent
sedimentation and abrasion damage.
97
Draft
d. The minimum pipe size shall be 18-inch ID, storm drain pipe within the right-of-way
or easement, or any facility maintained by the City. A minimum of 2-feet of cover is
required over all storm drain pipes. Calculations shall be provided for special
conditions.
e. All storm drain within City right of way is required to be designed in both plan and
profile view.
f.
The hydraulic grade line (HGL) for the design storm may be above the pipe, provided
that it remains at least one foot below the ground elevation at all manholes, catch
basins, inlets, etc., the pipe shall be designed to operate with the calculated head
pressure provided the HGL does not compromise the operation of the storm drain
system. The HGL shall be provided on the profile portion of the storm drain plan and
profile.
g. When the pipe changes direction more than 30 degrees there shall be manhole
installed with a drop, between match points, of at least 0.1 feet. In no case shall the
deflection angle be greater than 90 degrees.
h. Tracer Wire shall be installed per MAG Specification 616.4.1. Material shall be per
City Detail EM-101-12. Installation shall be per City Detail EM-162.
i.
Access barriers/trash racks are required on the exposed ends of all storm drains 18
inches in diameter and greater. Refer to MAG Detail 502.
j.
For storm drains with submerged outlets an acceptable means for dewatering or
evacuating the underground storm drain facilities is required. This can be
accomplished with drywells or a bleed-off into subsequently connected, positively
draining, outfall facility. Bubble-up devices are not permitted, even in a temporary
condition.
7. Pipe Bedding Requirements.
Pipe and culverts installed in City of El Mirage easements and rights-of-way shall be
bedded from bottom of excavation to one foot above the pipe with granular bedding
material in accordance with the requirements of Section 601.4.6 of MAG Uniform
Standard Specifications, or the manufacturers’ recommendations, whichever is more
restrictive. Bedding compaction densities shall be per MAG Specification Table 601-2.
8. Trench Backfill Requirements.
a. Minimum trench backfill requirements shall be per MAG Specification 601.4, with
compaction densities per MAG Specification Table 601-2. Backfill requirements
provided by the Engineer shall apply, when such provisions are more restrictive than
MAG Specification.
b. Within the existing pavement section of public streets, the backfill shall be ½ sack
Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) per MAG Specification 728.
c. Use of CLSM. Anyone using Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) for back-
filling a trench shall protect all water service lines with sand shading to prohibit
contact with metallic water line fittings, metallic joint restraint, valves and valve
bonnets, copper and bronze fittings.
98
Draft
B.
Materials, Layout and Configuration.
1. Pipes.
a. See the Materials List for allowable materials, City Detail EM-101-12.
b. The Design Engineer shall be prepared to justify the pipe class and material
specified.
2. Manholes/Junction Boxes, Headwalls.
a. Materials
(1) Manholes: shall be per MAG Standard Details 520, 521, 522 and/or 523
(2) Junction Boxes and Headwalls are considered Concrete Structures: Concrete
Structures shall be per MAG Specifications Part 500. Concrete shall be per MAG
Specifications 525. Steel Reinforcement shall be per MAG Standard
Specifications 727.
(a) Waterproofing shall be required.
b. Locations – manholes, catch basins and/or junction boxes are required at all the
following:
(1) Junctions of two or more pipes at the following locations:
(a) More than two intersecting pipes
(b) Changes in pipe material
(c) Changes in pipe sizes
(d) Joining of incompatible pipe products of the same nominal dimension.
(e) Spacing exceeding requirements per Section 4-2.B.2.c.
(2) Changes in grade
(3) Changes in alignment
(4) Changes in pipe sizes
(5) PC's and PT's, when permitted
c. Spacing - The maximum spacing for manholes, catch basins or junction structures
along a storm drain main line shall be:
(1) 400-feet on lines 18-inch to 36-inch diameter
(2) 550-feet on lines over 36-inch in diameter
3. Catch Basin, Scuppers, Spillways, Inlets and Outlets.
a. Catch basins are to be curb opening inlets. Curb opening catch basins shall be
constructed per City of Phoenix Detail P-1569.
b. Drywells, area drains and non-curbed catch basins with grates, within vehicular
traffic areas, shall provide a heavy-duty H-20 bicycle safe grate.
c. In addition, construction of all catch basins, scuppers, spillways, inlets and outlets
shall include installation of inlet markers per City Detail EM-559.
d. Catch basins located within commercial or industrial developments that handle, store,
dispense, sell, recycle, or dispose of motor vehicle fuels or lubricants shall be
99
Draft
designed to include storm drain inlet protection best management practice devices as
identified in the FCDMC Drainage Design Manual.
e. Catch basins and drywells can be used as junction structures provided they meet and
achieve the hydraulic requirements of Section 4-2.A.6, and that the pipe sizes do not
exceed the recommendations of the inlet or catch basin standards. Connections to
drywells must also meet environmental requirements conforming to the NPDES.
4. Tracer Wire.
Tracer Wire shall be installed per MAG Specification 616.4.1. Material shall be per City
Detail EM-101-12. Installation shall be per City Detail EM-162.
4-3
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - STORM WATER STORAGE FACILITIES
A. Sizing
1. Basis of Design.
a. All storm water storage facilities shall be sized to retain 100% of the 100-year, 1-
hour storm (must use 2.4 inches) falling over the entire project site including the total
adjacent right(s)-of-way. For the purpose of determining the volume required the
project shall be considered to extend to the centerline of all existing and future streets
on the exterior boundaries and to include all interior streets and other rights-of-way
within the project.
b. Freeboard. There shall be a 1-foot (12-inch) freeboard from the basin overflow water
surface elevation to the lowest adjacent building elevation and/or equal to the gutter
of the upstream streets. The freeboard for all project building floor elevations shall be
a minimum of fourteen inches (14-inch) above the project outfall water surface
elevation. The project site outfall elevations must be considered to be lower than an
individual on-site basin overflow elevation or the effective depth of the basin is
measured to the outfall elevation.
2. Volume. The following data shall be provided for each storm water storage facility:
a. Volume Required. The volume required in cubic feet shall be computed using the
methods of the "Drainage Design Manual for Maricopa County, Arizona, Volume II
Hydraulics" published and sponsored by the Flood Control District of Maricopa
County. With few exceptions, the City’s developments should be considered urban
with respect to percentage of impervious cover.
3. Volume Provided. The volume provided shall be submitted in a table noting the stage-
capacity relationships. Storm Water Storage Facilities shall be located such that they can
intercept the flows from the entire site. If the basin is located other than at the lowest
point of the project, the Design Engineer shall denote on the master drainage map the
actual or effective drainage area. If portions of the project cannot drain to the primary
basin, additional basins shall be added to retain/detain runoff from these areas. The City
Engineer may make exceptions on a case by case basis.
4. The sub-drainage areas for each basin shall be denoted on the plans and the calculations
for each sub-basin storm water storage required shall be provided. Overflow from any
sub-basin may be safely routed to another sub-basin, to ultimately be contained in the
100
Draft
compilation of storm water storage provided. The storm water storage provided shall
contain 100% of the 100-year, 1-hour storm event, as actually routed through the
development. Over sizing (having a capacity greater than the possible capture volume) of
intermediate basins will not be considered for the provision of storm water storage
required beyond the volume of the contributing area.
5. Underground or concealed storm water storage facilities may be considered on a case by
case basis. Installation of approved underground facilities shall conform to Section 4-
2.A.8 and City Detail EM-406.
a. The High-Water Level (HWL) shall be denoted on the plans for each basin or
ponding area. The basin depth (overall average depth) shall be measured from the
lowest point to the elevation of the basin overflow. This is not to be considered the
water surface elevation of the basin’s storm water storage depth (HWL) for the
period storm event. The HWL elevation shall be designed to prevent damage of
public improvements and minimize damage of site improvements, such as paving,
structures, utilities, walls, landscape, signs and light standards.
b. The Outfall elevation and each basin Overflow elevation shall be shown on the plans.
c. Storm Water Storage facilities located within a drainage way, channel way, or
floodway are prohibited.
B. Grading
1. Depths.
a. The overall average depth shall not exceed 3-feet without authorization of the
City. If granted, the side slopes shall be flattened (See 4-3.B.2.(b)). At the City's
option, the basin may be fenced to allow steeper side slopes or greater depths.
b. In no case shall the water storage depth exceed 1.0 foot without a positive means
(not relying on evaporation) of disposing of accumulated runoff. Soils
Investigation Reports and testing in accordance with Section 4-3.B.8.b.(3) must
demonstrate that the facility is able to drain the first 1.0 foot of storage in
accordance with the City’s requirements, otherwise a positive means of disposing
accumulated runoff in accordance with these provisions, will be required.
2. Slopes, Side and Bottom.
a. The bottom of all basins shall be sloped towards the discharge points. The
minimum bottom slope shall be 0.1%.
(1) Side Slopes. Side slopes adjacent to public rights-of-way, or when there is
pedestrian type access to that portion of the basin, shall have a side slope of 6:1 or
flatter. There shall be at least 2-feet of level ground between the back of the
sidewalk and the beginning of the side slope grading.
(2) When a basin is adjacent to walls, fences, and hedges, etc. (i.e., no or limited
pedestrian type access in that area) the side slopes may have slopes up to 4:1 if
adjacent to public right-of-way or easement and 3:1 if adjacent to private
property. There shall be at least two feet of level ground adjacent from any wall or
vertical obstruction to the top of the side slope grading.
101
Draft
(3) Greater water depths will require flatter side slopes and approval of the City. The
following depth/side slope criteria shall be used:
Depth (feet)
Side Slope
< 4
4:1
4-6
6:1
6-9
10:1
> 9
14:1
(4) Retaining walls (i.e., vertical slopes) may be used in areas adjacent to permanent
walls, fences, etc., with specific written request to the City Engineer and written
acknowledgment by the City. The horizontal separation of a retaining wall from a
building, wall or fence shall be at least equal to the height of the retaining wall but
in no case less than 4-feet. There shall be at least 2-feet of level ground adjacent to
any building, wall, fence or vertical obstruction to the top of the side slope grading
between the retaining wall and such building, wall, fence or vertical obstruction. The
grade of the balance of the slope between such retaining wall and a building, wall,
fence or vertical obstruction shall not exceed 4:1.
(5) Concrete or grouted rip rap slope erosion protection and splash pad, a minimum of
9- inches in thickness, shall be provided when street runoff is collected and
conveyed to the basin(s) via a storm drain, scupper, weir or spillway. The width of
the slope protection shall be at least the width of the scupper or weir, but have a
minimum width of 10-feet. The slope protection shall be channelized to contain the
calculated flows and shall terminate at a level concrete splash pad or grouted rip rap
within the basin, a minimum of 10-feet beyond the termination of the spillway and
5- feet beyond each side of the spillway. The City may reduce these criteria when
flow quantities and velocities may warrant.
(6) Side slopes adjacent to public right-of-way or easement where pedestrian access is
permitted via sidewalks, trails or paths shall not exceed 6:1.
(7) Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3-2 A.2. for required Safety Railings.
3. Basin Access. The following access provisions shall apply to water storage basin and
drainage channel construction. Access shall be provided for each storm water storage
facilities to be maintained by the City. Provide a driveway entrance, 10-feet of level
ground, and a 10:1 ramp, 10-feet (min.) in width. The basin access shall be a minimum of
2-inches compacted decomposed granite over 6-inches of compacted ABC. The ramp
shall be concrete, 9-inch in thickness with a surface that provides appropriate traction.
4. Grading and Landscaping. Storm water storage facilities shall be landscaped in
accordance to the El Mirage Zoning Ordinance. Basins maintained by the City shall
incorporate the use of drought tolerant plant material with the ground surfaces being
covered with decomposed granite, river rock or other type of decorative rock. Basins may
incorporate the use of other planting including turf. Turf areas shall be kept to a minimum
and will be reviewed with respect to promote water conservation. The maximum side
slope for turf areas shall be 6:1. The use of turf shall be in compliance with the percent of
site area criteria for allowable turf area.
The perimeter of basins and channels shall incorporate a means of preventing erosion
caused by uncontrolled drainage reaching and damaging side slopes. To prevent rills,
head-cutting and other adverse erosion a berm, swale or combination of these features
102
Draft
shall be incorporated to guide accumulated side flows safely into the basin or channel
thru spillways, hard surfaces or armored faces of the side slopes.
5. Storm Water Storage in Parking Lots.
a. Storm water storage in parking lots of multi-family developments is not allowed. All
storm water storage of such developments shall be in landscaped areas.
b. Storm Water Storage runoff in parking lots of industrial/commercial developments is
allowed subject to the following guidelines:
(1) No more than 25% of the volume required may be retained/detained in parking
lots. The balance shall be provided in landscaped areas. The tributary areas to
each "basin" shall be noted on the master drainage map.
(2) Parking spaces shall provide one dry access with no point of the space to exceed
0.67 feet deep, nor 0.25 feet at the midpoint. If paved areas of the parking lot are
designed to store water at a depth greater than 0.67 feet, the developer shall post
conspicuous warning signs in these areas advising that flooding may occur and
vehicles may be subject to inundation.
(3) A continuous vehicle access lane shall be provided throughout the development,
and it shall be free of ponded water from the storm water storage areas. This
access lane should typically coincide with a fire lane and be of a 20-foot
minimum width.
(4) ADA accessible parking and loading spaces shall be free from ponding.
6. Outfall.
a. Each project shall be designed such that the "ultimate" outfall for all drainage is a
public street, storm drain, drainage channel or natural watercourse. The outfall shall
be accessible without draining over private property. Design engineers must evaluate
cases where project outfall conditions occur and take necessary actions to prevent
flooding or damage to properties located downstream of the outfall. When the
prescribed method of storm water management is a detention scheme, the engineer
must insure that the "post development flow" does not exceed flow that would result
had no development taken place. Additionally, all project site finished floors must be
a minimum of fourteen inches (14-inches) above the outfall water surface elevation.
b. If such an outfall does not exist, the project must provide conveyance to an outfall.
c. Overflow/Conveyance
(1) Upon written request, off-project flows, which historically flowed through the
project, may be routed through the storm water storage facilities. The applicant
shall provide specific written request submitted to the City Engineer and receive
written acknowledgment of approval by the City.
(2) Runoff volumes in excess of those required to be retained/detained (currently the
100-year, 1-hour storm which is 2.4 inches) may be routed through the outfall,
although they must be routed via the storm water storage facilities.
103
Draft
7. Location/Conflicts with Existing Utilities.
a. Storm water storage facilities shall not encroach into existing easements for private
utilities without written approval of the encroachment from all utilities that have
interest in the easement.
b. Storm water storage facilities shall not encroach into public rights-of-way or into
public easements. If necessary, the developer shall relocate conflicting utilities into a
new dedicated easement.
c. The top of the storm water storage facilities (i.e., freeboard elevation) shall be at least
four horizontal feet from any building.
d. Storm water storage facilities shall not be located within 20-feet of an active septic
system or within 100-feet of active water well or within any landfill, known or
otherwise.
e. A minimum 4-foot of cover (from the bottom of the basin to the top of the pipe) shall
be maintained over water, private sewer and storm drain lines. Additional protection
may be required for water lines in conflict with a basin, specifically concrete
encasements per MAG Standard Detail 404. Public Utilities are to avoid locations
within the area of basin facilities.
f.
Manholes adjacent to storm water storage facilities shall be provided a level area a
minimum of 12-feet in diameter from the center of the manhole, and a 12-foot, level
vehicular maintenance access way to the manhole from a public vehicular easement
or right-of-way. The access way shall be structured and surfaced to be capable of
support for maintenance vehicles. The manhole shall be watertight and have a water
tight manhole lid.
8. Disposal/Discharge.
a. All storm water storage facilities shall have a positive method of disposing of
retained or detained runoff waters. 100% of the 100-year, 1-hour storm (must use 2.4
inches) being retained/detained shall be disposed of within 36-hours. Public streets
are not considered to be an acceptable outlet for disposal of retained or detained
runoff. However, streets are considered an acceptable outlet for basin overflow or
project outfall.
b. Acceptable methods of disposal of accumulated storm water runoff are:
(1) A bleed-off discharge to an existing storm drain or drainage channel of sufficient
capacity to convey the anticipated flows from the tributary drainage area after the
storm subsides.
(2) The maximum bleed-off discharge rate shall be 1 cfs. This rate can be achieved
by the addition of a 6-inch diameter hole in a plate mounted on the discharge
structure. Use an 18-inch minimum diameter discharge pipe within the public
right-of-way or public easement. Use a 12-inch minimum diameter discharge
pipe for other locations.
104
Draft
(3) Drywells (percolation wells) are considered an acceptable method of disposing of
the retained runoff when there is no other reasonably accessible discharge
method, subject to the following:
(a) Bleed-off meeting conditions described in 4-3.B.8.b.1 cannot be met.
(b) Drywells shall penetrate a minimum or 10-feet into permeable soil, defined
as mostly cobbles and gravel with no material passing a no. 40 sieve.
(c) An actual well test shall be performed, and the resultant design disposal rate
shall not exceed 50% of the rate determined by the test, in order to
compensate for deterioration of percolation rates over time. Only one test
will be required if all Drywells in the area have similar soil boring logs.
Copies of any percolation tests must be submitted to the City.
(d) Percolation tests shall conform to ASTM D3385-94 or D5093-90.
(e) The minimum number of wells per storm water storage facility shall be
computed and noted in the drainage report.
(f) Drywell drilling log(s) and a copy of the completed Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality Drywell registration(s) will be required before project
can be accepted.
(g) All Drywells are to be equipped with a secured grate to prevent unauthorized
removal.
(h) Drywell rims shall be set a minimum of 0.3 feet above finished grade of the
basin bottom.
(4) Runoff generated from washing vehicles and equipment shall conform to
“Arizona Department of Environmental Quality – NOI supplement for Type 3.03
General Aquifer Protection Permit for Vehicles and Equipment Washes” (A.A.C
R18-9-D303).
(5) Drywells that drain areas at motor fuel dispensing facilities where motor fuels are
stored or loaded, shall conform to “Arizona Department of Environmental
Quality – NOI supplement for type 2.04 General Permit. Protection Permit for
Vehicles and Equipment Washes” (A.A.C R18-9-D303) and Arizona
Administrative Code R18-9-C301. In addition, the design of the system shall be
fully automated (human intervention not required) and shall not depend on a
power source.
(6) Drywells that drain areas where hazardous substances are used, stored, loaded or
treated, shall conform to “Arizona Department of Environmental Quality – NOI
supplement for Type 2.01 General Permit and Arizona Administrative Code R18-
9-C301. In addition, the design of the system shall be fully automated (human
intervention not required) and shall not depend on a power source.
9. Nuisance Water. Each basin, particularly those used as a park or play area, shall be
graded such that there are one or more "sump" areas wherein runoff from the more
"frequent" storms and nuisance runoff may be retained/detained without flooding the
balance of the basin. Positive methods of disposal shall be provided for each sump in
accordance with these provisions.
10. Obstructions. Obstructions per section 4-1.D.6 require special engineering considerations
to assure that drainage is not altered, redirected, impeded nor suspended from its natural
course.
A drainage analysis will be required to determine the necessary number of drainage
openings required in the drainage obstruction. This analysis will be dependent upon the
105
Draft
location, size and operation and maintenance constraints of drainage openings working as
a system for the drainage. Consideration shall be given to the structural integrity of the
drainage obstruction and its ability to withstand the hydrostatic forces, velocities,
accumulation of debris, contamination and other forces of drainage, including anchoring
and foundations for the obstruction. The ability for the obstruction to breakaway or
breach, in a means that does not alter drainage, may be considered when designing any
drainage obstruction. Such breakaway or breach mechanism shall not result in the
drainage obstruction causing damage: by becoming a projectile, creating a wave,
becoming buoyant, contaminating the flow or becoming debris in the flow and creating a
further hazard.
A statement or report regarding the proper maintenance for the obstruction, its drainage
openings and any attached devices shall be required. An engineering analysis and site
plan determining the following criteria related to drainage obstructions shall be provided:
For Drainage Openings the following criteria should be addressed.
a. Number of drainage openings.
b. Location of drainage openings.
(1) Base of drainage obstruction. No greater than 6” above the upstream side of the
drainage obstruction.
(2) Spacing along drainage obstruction. No more than 8 foot horizontal spacing
c. Size of draining openings. Individually and in the aggregate.
d. Maintenance of drainage openings. Provide a means to address the maintenance to
prevent clogging, deterioration, damage, or loss of drainage opening efficiency.
Repairs shall be recommended and made promptly.
e. Access prevention for drainage openings. Assure that any screening, access or rodent
barriers operate with a breakaway or swing away mechanism that is automatic and is
not reliant upon manual operation.
For Drainage Obstructions the following criteria should be addressed.
a. Resistance to flow, impoundment, saturation, debris and contamination. The
composition of materials used which become the drainage obstruction shall be made
of materials that can resist and withstand hydrostatic forces, velocity, debris,
saturation and contamination without reducing the integrity of the drainage
obstruction in order to prevent catastrophic failure.
b. Anchoring. A means of fixing, tethering, attaching with proper foundations to
prevent drainage obstructions from dislodging, becoming buoyant, becoming debris
in the flow, redirecting, impeding or suspending of flow, contaminating of flow and
causing damage to property, homes, structures or other drainage obstructions is
required.
c. Breakaway features. Drainage Obstructions may incorporate breakaway mechanisms
that allow unimpeded drainage during a flow event. These features must operate
automatically and not require human operation or intervention to be activated.
Breakaway features shall not alter the drainage pattern. A means of preventing the
Breakaway features from becoming a further hazard shall be incorporated and be in
accordance with the Anchoring provisions herein.
d. Maintenance of Drainage Obstructions. Provide a plan to address maintenance of
drainage obstructions to prevent deterioration, damage, or loss of drainage
obstruction integrity. Repairs shall be recommended and made promptly.
106
Draft
4-4
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
All construction shall be per MAG Standard Details and Specifications subject to City of El Mirage
modifications.
4-5
POLICIES,
PROCEDURES,
AND
FORMATS
FOR
DRAINAGE
REPORTS,
HYDROLOGY REPORTS, AND DRAINAGE STATEMENTS
The purpose of this chapter is to present criteria for submittals of drainage reports, hydrology
reports, and drainage statements to the City of El Mirage, including the necessary information
that should be included as part of such submittals. The basic purpose for preparing and submitting
any of these studies is to adequately determine the finished floor elevations (FFEs or FFs) of
proposed improvements. In addition to this purpose, a hydrology study should specifically
identify existing runoff patterns and floodplain areas, identify existing flood hazards, and
determine the effect of proposed construction upon existing flows and water-surface elevations.
In addition, drainage reports should specify storm water storage requirements, as well as identify
required drainage improvements and structures.
Before preparing a drainage report, hydrology report, or drainage statement, the consulting
engineer is strongly encouraged, to discuss the proposed drainage design with the Engineering
Division and obtain specific hydrologic, hydraulic, and design requirements for developing the
subject parcel.
A. Reports
1. Drainage Report. A drainage report is a report that is required for any site greater than
one acre in size or for any site subject to storm water storage requirements. The drainage
report shall contain all elements of a hydrology report, as well as descriptive data of the
appropriate components for the required storm water storage facility design. In addition, a
drainage report shall be required for any site where extensive structural improvements for
mitigating drainage impacts are required.
2. Hydrology Report. A hydrology report is a report required for developments which are
not subject to storm water storage requirements, nor which require extensive structural
improvements for handling drainage; but which are impacted by flows from significant
watercourses and/or affected by 100-year flows of 500 cfs, or more. The objective of a
hydrology report is to establish finished-floor elevations, which assure that all structures
are free from flooding during a regulatory flood. Additional objectives of a hydrology
report are to establish the size and configuration of flow-through wall openings and other
minor drainage features; and, if required by the City Engineer, to develop a grading plan
which demonstrates adequate site drainage with no resulting impact to upstream or
downstream properties.
3. Drainage Statement. A drainage statement is a brief description of drainage conditions
applicable for a site which is not affected by 100-year flows of 500 cfs, or more, and is
neither subject to storm water storage requirements nor impacted by flows from a
significant watercourse. The objective is to demonstrate adequate site drainage retention
according to the methods established by the Drainage Design Manual for Maricopa
County, and to establish finished-floor elevations, which assure that all structures are free
from flooding during a 100-year flood.
107
Draft
B. Conditions Requiring a Report or Data Submittal
The review and approval of drainage reports, hydrology reports, and drainage statements by
staff are typically in response to reports and statements submitted in order to satisfy one of
the following: (1) a requirement of rezoning; (2) a specific requirement for approval of a
subdivision plat or a development plan; (3) approval of a disclosure statement prepared in
conjunction with a condominium conversion; (4) the request for a floodplain, building, or
grading permit for a parcel located within either a regulatory floodplain, an erosion/building-
setback zone, or an identified flood-hazard area; or (5) application for a Letter of Map
Amendment (LOMA) or a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) from the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA).
The complexities of drainage reports, hydrology reports, and drainage statements depend
upon many factors, such as development size, severity of existing drainage problems, extent
of drainage improvements needed to satisfy Floodplain Regulations and development
standards, and the need to provide storm water storage facilities. A brief description of the
amount of drainage information that will be required for various development settings is
provided below.
C. Report Content and Format
1. Drainage Reports and Hydrology Reports. Whenever a drainage report or a hydrology
report is required, its presentation and format should be as brief and as succinct as
possible. Unless otherwise noted herein, they should contain the following engineering
information, at a minimum, presented in approximately the specified format indicated
below:
a. Cover Sheet
(1) Submittal number (i.e., first submittal, second submittal, first addendum, etc.).
(2) Name and address of the parcel, project, or development for which the report is
being submitted; the Proposed Zoning of the development; the approximate
location of the project site relative to Township, Range, and Section; and the
Floodplain FIRM Map Panel Number.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of the client for whom the report was
prepared.
(4) Name, address and telephone number of the engineering firm responsible for the
report.
(5) Submittal date.
(6) Seal and signature of the Arizona Registered Professional Civil Engineer
responsible for preparation of the report.
(7) Table of Contents. All report pages shall be numbered sequentially, including any
appendices.
b. Introduction
(1) Site Location and Project Description
108
Draft
(a) When writing the report introduction, very briefly describe the general
location of the parcel relative to nearby streets, drainage ways, and washes.
(b) Submit a site-location map, at a minimum scale of three inches equal to one
mile, which shows the geographical relationship of the project to nearby
properties, streets, and watercourses.
(c) Provide a legal description of the specific parcel or parcels in question (if the
description is lengthy, the information may be placed in an Appendix).
Briefly describe the type, and approximate size, of the project to be
constructed. It must be clear to the reviewer, for storm water storage
considerations, whether or not the parcel (or parcels) being developed is
greater than, or less than, one standard acre (i.e., 43,560 square feet) in size.
(d) In order for the reviewer to understand whether or not additional information
will be forthcoming, identify those drainage ways and roadways for which
improvement plans will be prepared.
2. Purpose and Objectives for Submitting a Drainage Report or Hydrology Report.
a. Give the purpose for submitting the report (i.e., Tentative Plat/ Development Plan
approval, Building Permit application, Floodplain Use Permit application, condition
of rezoning, etc.).
b. Briefly enumerate the report objectives.
3. Known Development Requirements.
a. Repeat, for the benefit of the reviewer, those drainage and land-use policies that
apply to the project site, or its immediate vicinity. Specify how these policies have
been satisfactorily addressed during the design of the development. (NOTE: For
many projects, this information may not be required. Consult the City Engineer’s
office.)
b. As may be appropriate, list any rezoning requirements that relate to drainage and
grading, and describe how these specific requirements have been satisfied.
c. Summarize the preliminary requirements given by the City Engineer’s staff during
any Pre-Submittal Conference. Include a dated copy of the Pre-Submittal Conference
Summary, if required, as prepared by the Developer or the Consulting Engineer.
4. Previous Studies. Identify all known drainage studies for the subject parcel, and for
adjacent parcels that share drainage ways and/or storm runoff. Mention previous
submittals of the subject report, if any; and reference earlier staff correspondence, as
appropriate.
5. Long-term Maintenance Responsibility. Specify the name, address, and telephone number
of the person(s), firm(s), agency or agencies responsible for the ownership, operation,
scheduled and unscheduled maintenance, and liability of drainage improvements (i.e.,
roads, parking areas, washes, drainage ways, storm water storage facilities, common
areas, etc.) described in the drainage report. List other documents where these
responsibilities are documented (i.e., CC&R’s, Final Plats, Development Plans, etc.).
109
Draft
6. Required Permits. Submit a comprehensive list of permits which either have been or will
shortly be obtained from those governmental agencies when approval is required by
Federal or State Law, including, but not necessarily limited to: a US Army Corps of
Engineers administered Section 404 (of the Clean Water Act) Permit; a Section 401
Certification; an EPA National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
Permit; etc. Provide document copies of the appropriate permits/applications for permits,
correspondence to and from the regulatory agencies regarding the need for such permits,
and assurance to the City that the Owner/Developer is in compliance with all necessary
permit procedures from all such regulatory agencies. Note that, according to current
Floodplain Regulations, it is the City's responsibility to make sure that the
owner/developer obtains all necessary permits prior to granting final approval of the
project construction.
D. Hydrology
1. Offsite Drainage.
a. In order to help staff locate the development relative to future drainage
improvements, give the name of the Major or Minor Wash, or the Regional
Watercourse into which the project site drains.
b. Describe the size, location, and hydrologic characteristics of upstream and adjoining
watersheds that may potentially affect the site.
c. Provide either a topographic map at a scale of one inch equal to 200-feet, or larger, or
(preferably) a photo-topo which shows:
(1) The parcel boundaries, major streets, drainage ways, and nearby storm-drain
systems (if they are considered in the analyses);
(2) Boundaries of the offsite watersheds affecting the site;
(3) Principal points of drainage concentration; and,
(4) Flowlines and grade breaks used to compute basin lengths and average
watercourse slopes.
Note that U.S. Geological Survey 7.5-minute or 15-minute Topographic Quadrangle
Maps are generally not acceptable for delineating offsite and onsite watershed
boundaries, but may be used to show large drainage basins, if the actual basin
boundaries are determined from larger-scale maps. The larger-scale maps should also
be included within the report.
d. Identify and describe both the existing natural and/or man-made impacts and the
proposed major developments to be located within the contributing watershed, which
may impact the subject development, relative to flooding and erosion or
sedimentation.
e. Identify and describe, as appropriate, the effects that nearby impending City/County
drainage way and/or roadway-improvement projects may have on site drainage or site
design. Also, specify the time frame within which these improvements are planned.
110
Draft
f.
Submit Hydrologic Data Sheets for each significant onsite point of drainage
concentration. If they are different, calculations are to be presented for both pre-
development and post-development conditions. If there are many sheets, put them in
an Appendix, and summarize the watershed characteristics and flood peaks in a table
placed, within the text of the report. Indicate, as appropriate, whether the flood- peak
estimates are for existing or future watershed conditions, or both.
g. Onsite Drainage. Describe the size, location, and hydrologic characteristics of the onsite
watersheds.
h. Unless an alternative size has been approved by the City Engineer’s staff, show onsite
drainage conditions on topo maps having a minimum scale of one inch equal to 40-feet
with one-foot contour intervals. A Grading Plan, Tentative Plat, or Site Plan may be
modified for this purpose. Show on this map:
(1) Watershed boundaries;
(2) All points of drainage concentration, and;
(3) Flowlines and grade breaks used to compute basin lengths and average watercourse
slopes.
i.
Submit Hydrologic Data Sheets for each point of drainage concentration. Calculations
are to be presented for both pre-development and post-development conditions. If there
are numerous sheets that are difficult to organize comprehensively, place them in an
Appendix, and summarize the watershed characteristics and flood peaks in a table
exhibited within the text of the report. Indicate whether the flood-peak estimates are for
existing or future watershed conditions, or both.
E. Floodplain Analyses and Results
It is intended that the particular section of a drainage report or a hydrology report that
addresses Floodplain Analyses be reserved for describing the existing and future floodplains
affecting the proposed development. Either normal-depth computations or backwater
computations should be used to describe the existing (pre-development) and the future (post-
development) flow depths, widths, and velocities.
The format of this chapter will vary, depending upon the, complexity of the prevalent
drainage patterns. Therefore, the consulting engineer may exercise his or her own judgment
in writing this portion of the report. However, the analyses and results must be clearly
presented and organized; the calculations and design elements should be clearly cross-
referenced to other appropriate sections of the report.
The following list contains the major technical items that must be included, or considered:
1. Describe the hydraulic analyses used to evaluate floodplains and floodways located in,
and adjacent to, the proposed development. This description shall include a brief
discussion of the theory and/or the numerical/computer model(s) used for the study, the
source of input data, and any simplifying assumptions made.
2. Describe the results of the hydraulic analyses in terms of site design.
3. The following items should be shown by appropriate symbols and labels on the Site Plan,
111
Draft
Custom Lot Developments, Minor Land Divisions, Preliminary and Final Plat, or
Development Plan, if located on or within at least 200-feet of the subject development:
(a) All 100-year floodplain limits and areas of sheet flooding resulting from 100-year
flood peaks of 100 cfs or greater shall be clearly shown and labeled and shall also
include spot water-surface elevations.
(b) Those areas subject to flooding from flows less than 100 cfs shall also be identified
and labeled with flow arrows.
(c) Each significant concentration point, along with its 100-year peak discharge and
contributing drainage area, shall be labeled.
(d) All applicable floodplain and floodway limits and erosion/building setback lines shall
be shown in a surveyable manner on the Final Plat. All boundaries of Federal
Emergency Management Agency, (FEMA) Special Flood Hazard Areas shall be
indicated and labeled with the applicable Flood Zone designation on all Site Plans,
Custom Lot Developments, Minor Land Divisions, Final Plats and Preliminary Plats.
(e) Any Regulatory Flood Plain or Special Flood Hazard Areas shall be clearly indicated
labeled as "Regulatory Flood Plain".
(f) All floodways shall be labeled in one of the following ways: 'To be left natural," "To
be channelized," "Public (or Private) Flowage Easement," "Public (or Private)
Drainage Easement," or "Public (or Private) Right-Of-Way”. Prior approval from the
City Engineer shall be required for the dedication of any Public Easement or Right-
of-Way.
(g) 100-year floodplain limits, which are entirely contained within a street section or
constructed drainage way, shall be labeled as such on the plan/plat, or a general note
shall be included on the plan/plat that states the same.
4. The Hydraulic Calculation Sheets used in conjunction with the delineation of offsite and
onsite flood plains, as well as those used for evaluating flow depths, velocities and flow
durations, should be presented in a clearly understandable manner. Note that if computer
input/output is submitted it must be well documented and described.
5. All hydraulic cross sections are to be clearly identified on a map of suitable scale so that
they may be easily cross-referenced to the Hydraulic Calculation Sheets used by the
consulting engineer. The cross sections are to be plotted to scale, and accompanied by
pertinent hydraulic information, such as the ground profile, design discharge and return
period, computed water-surface elevation and depth of flow, channel and overbank
velocities, effective and ineffective flow areas, Manning's roughness coefficients, wetted
perimeter, energy slope and/or ground slope, Froude number, and critical depth.
6. The calculations used to assess the hydraulic effects that existing and future structures
may have upon the floodplain and floodway should be presented and be clearly
described. Encroachment analyses shall be provided whenever significant development is
planned within FEMA-recognized floodplains/floodways, major washes, or other washes
or floodplains, as designated or determined by the City Engineer.
7. The floodplain analyses presented in the report being submitted should be compared with
those presented in previous reports for the same geographical area. Special emphasis
112
Draft
should be given to comparing the current results with those given in Flood Insurance
Studies and Flood Insurance Rate Maps, Basin-Management Studies, and studies
accompanying drainage or roadway improvement plans. Unless a FEMA Letter of Map
Revision (LOMR) is to be requested, the floodplain delineation shall coincide with the
FIRM limits.
8. For developments proposing changes to an established Special Flood Hazard Area
(SFHA), including SFHAs determined per the ADWR State Standard 2-96, a FEMA
Conditional Letter of Map Revision is required to demonstrate the proposed impact upon
the floodplain, complete with plans to address the proposed impact upon the floodplain.
Development Plan approvals will be suspended until acknowledgement by FEMA is
received by El Mirage’s Floodplain Administrator, FEMA Elevation Certificates are
required for any structures, lots or developments proposed to be impacted by the Special
Flood Hazard Area.
F. Hydraulic Improvements and Hydraulic Structures (Drainage Report Only)
It is intended that the particular chapter of a drainage report which addresses Hydraulic
Improvements and Hydraulic Structures be reserved for describing the design of any drainage
improvements which are needed in order to satisfy either the wishes of the owner/developer
or governmental regulations and standards, whether Local, State, or Federal.
The format of this chapter of the drainage report will vary, depending upon the complexity of
the prevalent drainage patterns. Therefore, the consulting engineer may exercise his or her
own judgment in writing this portion of the report, subject to specific requirements imposed
by the Engineering Division. The following list contains the major technical items that shall
be included, or considered:
1. Provide a general description of the proposed drainage design for the entire project.
Indicate which portions will be constructed in phases, in conjunction with other major
structures.
2. Describe and present Hydraulic Calculation Sheets for each of the hydraulic systems used
to collect offsite flow. Examples of these kinds of systems include collector channels,
existing drainage ways, and flow-through openings in perimeter screen walls.
Demonstrate that the collector systems to be employed do not unnecessarily obstruct
offsite flows. Encroachment analyses shall be provided, as needed.
3. Describe and present detailed and easily understandable Hydraulic Calculation Sheets for
each of the stormwater conveyance systems to be constructed as part of the overall
project. These systems include, but are not necessarily limited to, lined and unlined
channels, drainage swales, streets and alleys, storm drains, and roadway culverts.
4. If any of the proposed drainage structures and roadways are to be dedicated to the City
for ownership and operation/maintenance, Improvement Plans, prepared to City
Standards, must be submitted for approval prior to the issuance of a Grading Permit or a
Building Permit. When applicable, place a note on the Final Plat, Development Plan, Site
Plan, and Grading Plan that indicate the conditions of dedication.
5. If computer input/output data are submitted in conjunction with hydraulic computation
sheets, they must be well documented and explained.
6. Describe and present Hydraulic Calculation Sheets for each of the hydraulic systems used
113
Draft
to return the flow to either its natural or existing location and magnitude along the
downstream property line.
7. If flows are to be concentrated or ponded on the upstream or downstream side of the
subject property, either a recorded drainage easement or written permission must be
obtained from the appropriate property owner(s) prior to issuance of Grading Permits or
Building Permits. When this condition applies, place a note on the Development Plan,
Final Plat, Site Plan, and Grading Plan, as appropriate, which indicates the same. If
drainage improvements are proposed for offsite areas, written approval from the offsite
property owner(s) will be required.
G. Storm Water Storage Facilities
1. Storm Water Storage Location and Description.
a. Provide calculations needed to demonstrate that storm water storage can be provided
in accordance with criteria given in the Maricopa Standards (i.e., the "Drainage
Design Manual for Maricopa County" Vol. II). Provide calculations for the required
volume of storm water storage for the 100-year, 1- hour storm (must use 2.4 inches)
per the FCD Standards.
b. Give a general description of the proposed storm water storage scheme for the entire
project. Indicate which basins and appurtenant drainage structures will be constructed
in proposed phases.
c. Submit a detailed site plan which clearly shows the dimensions and locations of all
proposed storm water storage systems, including:
(1) The locations, sizes, and types of inflow and outflow structures to be employed.
Include dimensions and elevations of critical portions of those structures
(2) The location and size of access and maintenance access ramps and roadways
(3) Boundaries of Common Areas and Private Drainage Easements which cover the
basin, inlet and outlet structures, inflow and outflow drainage channels, and
maintenance routes
(4) Clearly marked dimensions of all building and/or erosion setback zones (i.e.,
additional space provided for structural safety considerations). Show the
dimensions or distances between building structures and any proposed basins or
drainage ways
(5) Maximum water-surface elevations, and the limits of ponding
(6) Identified locations and types of all security barriers to be installed around the
basins, as appropriate
d. Provide details and discussions of how the proposed storm water storage scheme will
comply with landscaping and grading guidelines required by the City’s Development
Standards.
2. Retention Basin Design per Section 4-3 of this Chapter.
114
Draft
3. Detention Basin Design Report Requirements Additional to Section 4-3.
a. Provide and describe Reservoir-Routing Calculation Sheets for each basin for the 2-
year, 10-year, and 100-year design floods, at a minimum. The Reservoir-Routing
Calculation Sheets shall, at a minimum, consist of a working-table for each basin, and
a routing-table for each flow event. Note that the City may reserve final approval of
basin design until its acceptance of the project’s drainage control grading.
b. Provide and describe any other Hydraulic Calculation Sheets prepared while
evaluating stage-storage and stage-discharge relationships, or any other pertinent data
used in the basin analysis and design.
c. Submit plotted inflow and outflow hydrographs (preferably superimposed). Include
any lag-time calculations.
H. Summary and Conclusions
1. Provide a brief summary of the important analyses and conclusions presented in the
report.
2. Certify that the proposed drainage plan, once properly constructed, will adhere to
applicable Local, State, and Federal Floodplain Regulations.
I.
References
Alphabetically list all of the sources of information and design procedures used in
developing the drainage analysis and design.
J. Appendices
Place Hydrologic, Hydraulic, and Reservoir-Routing Calculation Sheets, and other relevant
documents, in one or more referenced appendices. Number the pages.
K. Drainage Statement
A drainage statement may be submitted in lieu of a drainage report or hydrology report.
Because site conditions vary considerably within the area, each drainage statement may be
different in content and format. The Arizona Registered Professional Civil Engineer
preparing the report may exercise his or her own judgment in presenting the technical
information for review. In all cases, the drainage statement must be clearly written, sealed,
and signed by the Engineer; and may contain the following information concerning the
proposed project:
1. A brief description of the type and size of the proposed development, including a legal
description of the parcel or parcels being developed;
2. A brief description of the amount of runoff expected on, or near, the site;
3. A 200-scale aerial photo-topo, or other acceptable map, showing the subject parcel, the
contributing drainage areas and their principal points of drainage concentration, and any
other pertinent information related to the site design;
115
Draft
4. Hydrologic Calculation Sheets concentration for each principal point of drainage; The
appropriate Hydraulic Calculation Sheets used in designing the proposed method of
drainage disposal;
5. A 40-scale Site Plan, for review and approval;
6. Where significant changes to hydraulic structures, storm water storage facilities, grades,
FFEs, or other development conditions occur on the grading plan submitted for the
purpose of a grading permit, a drainage-report addendum, justifying the proposed
changes, must be included with the plan.
L. Quality of Submittals
The Arizona Registered Professional Civil Engineer shall be held solely responsible for the
correctness and adequacy of all data, drawings, calculations, and reports submitted to the City
Of El Mirage for review and approval. In addition, the Engineer shall comply with all Local,
State, and Federal Floodplain Regulations in the design of the development.
Staff in the Engineering Division will review the technical submittals for completeness and
general compliance with all applicable Floodplain Regulations and Drainage Standards.
Approval by the City does not necessarily imply that the design is appropriate, or that the
development is in strict compliance with all applicable regulations and standards. Review and
approval of drainage submittals shall not create liability on the part of the City or its
employees for any flood damages that may result from reliance upon any administrative
decision made by the City or its employees.
116
Draft
CHAPTER 5
WATER INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
5-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
A. System Design Criteria
The criteria for development of water infrastructure in the City of El Mirage shall
be in conformance with:
1. The most current edition of the El Mirage Water and Wastewater Master Plan. All new
construction shall comply with the Master Plan.
2. The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin 10.
3. International Fire Code, approved edition.
4. The design engineer is responsible for evaluating site specific design conditions.
5. All other applicable City, State, County and Federal Codes and Guidelines.
B. Requirement to Connect
All developments, including single-family residences, are required to connect to the City’s
water system. The connection to the City’s water system and the extension of the waterline
per City requirements are a condition of issuance of a building permit.
Waivers to this requirement may be granted by the Utilities Director if the connection is
determined not to be feasible. A connection may be considered “not feasible” according to
the following:
1. Single lot developments if such development is on a major arterial road.
2. The extension of the waterline is greater than 1320-feet from the City water system.
3. The applicant demonstrates the inability to obtain necessary easements upon reasonable
pursuit.
C. Water System Facilities
Water System Facilities include the: wells, recovery wells, booster stations, inline boosters,
pressure reducing valves, lift stations, reservoirs, treatment facilities, and all other
appurtenances required for proper treatment, conveyance, and service of water within the
system.
It is the responsibility of the design engineer to review the most current edition of the Water
and Wastewater Master Plan and determine what additional water infrastructure is necessary
to serve the proposed development. The Public Works Department will utilize the most
current edition of the Water and Wastewater Master Plan and operational knowledge of the
system to determine which facilities or upgrades are the requirements of the new
development.
117
Draft
D. Exceptions to the Design Guidelines
Any exceptions to Chapter 5 of the DDSM must be approved in writing by the City.
5-2
DESIGN STANDARDS
A. General
1. Materials. Refer to City Detail EM-101-12 for allowable materials.
2. Looped System. All water systems must demonstrate redundancy (i.e. connected to two
separate waterlines) as approved by the Engineering Division.
3. Conveyance. Rights-of-way and easements shall be dedicated prior to any construction or
with the Final Plat of the development.
4. Pavement Replacement. Pavement replacement type and compaction type shall be
indicated per MAG Standard Details and Specifications on each sheet or as modified in
the City of El Mirage General Notes.
B. Classifications of Waterlines
The City of El Mirage water system is a network of waterlines grouped into functional
classifications described below. All development shall provide for water distribution and
service lines of appropriate sizes and in standard locations. These are minimum requirements
and the City may require larger sizes in unusual circumstances or in order to satisfy fire flow
and pressure requirements.
1. Transmission waterlines. Larger than 16-inch in diameter. Size and location will be in
accordance with the most current edition of the El Mirage Water and Wastewater Master
Plan.
2. Distribution waterlines
a. Along section lines, Major Arterial Streets, Limited Access Parkway; 16-inch
diameter lines.
b. Along north-south midsection collectors (1/2 mile), Minor Arterial Streets; 12-inch
minimum diameter lines.
c. Along east-west midsection collectors (1/2 mile); 8-inch minimum diameter lines.
d. If the waterline deviates from the section line or mid-section line, as in the case of
curvilinear roads, the waterline shall be sized as directed in this section.
e. 8-inch minimum diameter lines shall be the standard in other locations.
f.
Non-standard sizes such as 10”, 14”, and 18” will not be allowed unless approved by
118
Draft
the Public Works Department.
3. Service waterlines
a. For single-family residential developments, standard sizes for metered taps shall be 1
inch, 1.5 inches or 2 inches. No smaller sizes will be allowed.
b. For all other types of development, service lines shall be sized per the design
engineer.
c. Fire services lines shall be a minimum of 6-inch. Smaller fire services must obtain
written approval from the Fire Department.
d. Service taps are prohibited on any line, which is designed to service fire sprinkler
systems or fire hydrants, on transmission waterlines, and on all waterlines larger than
16-inch.
e. Water service lines shall not be located under driveways or under concrete aprons
adjacent to driveways.
C. Location of Waterlines
1. Limited Access Parkway. Waterline alignment shall be approved by the Public Works
Department and Engineering Division.
2. Arterial Streets. Waterlines shall be offset from street centerline 13-feet north or east.
3. Collector Streets. Waterlines shall be offset from street centerline 9-feet north or east.
4. Local Streets. Waterlines shall be offset from street centerline 6-feet north or east.
5. Valve Locations. Generally, the intent is to locate the valve lids so that wheel line of
normal vehicular traffic does not track over the casting. The location for the valve covers
and lids should not be closer than 6 feet from the gutter line where possible.
6. Alignment. All waterlines shall be parallel to the street centerlines or property lines, or as
close as possible. All horizontal deflections in water lines shall comply with the pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations for deflection at joints. 50% of the recommended
deflection will be allowed. Street crossings shall be perpendicular to the centerline of the
street being crossed.
7. Separation. Vertical and horizontal separation from sewer lines shall be in accordance
with MAG Section 610.5, MAG Standard Detail 404-1 and City Detail EM-402.
D. Easements
1. The minimum clear width of the easement for distribution and transmission waterlines
shall be 20-feet. The minimum width for a shared easement with sanitary sewer shall be
30-feet. There is a minimum of 10-feet each side of the water facility. Larger easement
119
Draft
widths will be required for deeper installations as determined by the Public Works
Department or Engineering Division.
2. The minimum clear width of the easement for service waterlines shall be 12-feet. There is
a minimum of 6-feet each side of the water facility. Larger easement widths will be
required for deeper installations as determined by the Public Works Department or
Engineering Division.
3. Waterlines shall be centered in easements. No other parallel utilities shall be located
within the water or sewer easement.
4. Water easements are to be dedicated for the specific use, maintenance and repair of the
waterline, and any associated appurtenances. Water easements are to be dedicated as part
of a Final Plat or by separate instrument with written approval from the Engineering
Division.
5. Underground retention and above ground retention basins are not permitted to cross or be
within designated public water or public sewer easements.
6. Trees and substantial plantings are not permitted within designated public water or public
sewer easements where the easement provides primary access to the utilities. Plantings
must typically be at least 5’ from the centerline of the pipeline.
7. Public meters, fire hydrants, and valves located on private property shall be contained
within a dedicated public water easement, 6-feet from the sides and 6-feet behind the
appurtenance.
E. Cover and Depth
1. Cover Requirements. Minimum cover from finish grade to top of the pipe shall be as
specified in MAG 610.4 with the following exceptions:
a. The minimum cover from finish grade to top of pipe for all waterlines less than 12”
diameter located in streets shall be as specified by the design engineer, but no less
than 48-inches, unless approved in writing by the Public Works Department.
Minimum cover may be reduced to 36-inches when the waterlines are placed in
locations other than streets unless design conditions warrant additional cover.
b. The minimum cover from finish grade to top of pipe for waterlines which are 12-
inches in diameter or larger located in major streets shall be as specified by the
design engineer, but no less than 60-inches, unless approved in writing by the Public
Works Department. Minimum cover may be reduced to 48-inches when the
waterlines are placed in locations other than streets unless design conditions warrant
additional cover.
2. Plan Notation. The proposed depth shall be clearly noted on each plan sheet.
a. Any changes in depth required to avoid conflicting utilities shall be noted. The design
plans shall detail the location and proposed elevation of each bend clearly. This can
be done by using a standard detail that depicts the crossings in profile.
b. All waterlines 12-inch and larger must be shown in plan and profile.
120
Draft
c. To increase clarity, profiles of 8-inch waterlines may be required at the request of the
plan reviewer.
3. Encasement or Casing
Extra protection per MAG 610.5.5, MAG Standard Detail 404 and City Detail EM-402 is
required:
a. Where cover is less than 4-feet due to topography or potential conflicts with facilities
such as canals, washes, or rivers.
b. Where the bottom of pipe of the water line is between one to two feet above the top
of pipe of any irrigation, storm drain, sanitary sewer, force main or other gray water
pipe.
c. Where the top of pipe of the water line is greater than 2-feet below any irrigation
pipe, storm drain, sanitary sewer, force main or other gray water pipe. No water lines
are allowed to be located less than 2-feet below the bottom of the irrigation, storm
drain, sanitary sewer, force main or other gray water pipe.
d. Where waterlines pass under a significant structure greater than 10-feet wide such as
box culverts, railroads, highways, canals, etc. The waterline(s) shall be installed
inside a pipe casing as approved by the Engineering Division.
e. As deemed necessary by the plan reviewer.
F. Design Requirements
1. Fire hydrant runs in excess of 100-feet in length require 8-inch diameter waterlines and
additional valves.
2. Fire hydrants shall be installed on all dead-end lines as close to the end as possible.
3. The maximum length for a dead-end waterline is 400 feet unless approved in writing by
the Engineering Division.
4. Combination Air/Vacuum release valves shall be installed at high points in the waterline
and where the waterline changes slope or as required by the Engineering Division. The
valves shall be installed per City Detail EM-395.
5. The City of El Mirage water testing standards require at least 1 water sampling station per
developed square mile. New residential developments are required to construct the water
quality sampling stations. Sampling station frequency and location will be coordinated by
the Public Works Department during plan review.
6. Existing Waterlines to be Removed or Abandoned. Water pipes shall be removed or
abandoned according to City policy as outlined in Chapter 1.
a. Removal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP) shall be in accordance with EPA National
121
Draft
Emission Standard for Hazardous Pollutants (NESHAP), ADEQ and MCESD
requirements.
b. If abandonment is allowed submit abandonment plans to include filling procedure for
filling the abandoned pipe and the proposed slurry mixture to be used. All abandoned
pipes must be shown on the as-built drawings and marked appropriately.
7. Tapping Sleeves
a. Tapping sleeves are not allowed on deficient pipe sections. Replace the pipe section
with ductile iron pipe and fittings as needed.
b. Tapping sleeves are allowed to be installed on ductile iron waterlines 12-inch and
less in diameter in good condition. Tapping sleeves are not allowed to be installed on
waterlines 16-inch or larger. Any exceptions must be approved in writing by the
Engineering Division.
c. Size on size taps are not allowed. Any exceptions must be approved in writing by the
Engineering Division.
8. Thrust Restraint
a. Mechanical Thrust Restraint may be provided with U.S. Pipe TR FLEX, Griffin,
SNAP-LOK RJ pipe or American Ductile Iron Flex-Ring Joint Pipe. Joint restraint
may be provided with Meg-a-Lug or equivalent, as approved by the Engineering
Division.
b. Thrust Blocks will be concrete only per City Detail EM-301 and MAG Standard
Details 340, 380 and Class “B” concrete per MAG Specification 725.
c. Both mechanical restraint and thrust blocks are required.
9. Pipe Bedding Requirements
Refer to City Detail EM-406. Bedding compaction densities shall be per MAG
Specification Table 601-2. Specially designed and alternate bedding may be approved on
a case by case basis by the Engineering Division.
10. Trench Backfill Requirements
Refer to City Detail EM-406 minimum trench backfill requirements shall be Type I per
MAG Specification 601.4.3, with compaction densities per MAG Specification Table
601-2. Backfill requirements provided by the design engineer shall apply when such
provisions are more restrictive than the MAG specification.
11. Wash Crossings
All wash crossings will be constructed using restrained joint ductile iron pipe. Bury
requirements to place water lines under washes or channels shall be based upon the 100-
year peak design discharge (Q100) in the channel or wash.
122
Draft
Scour depth will be estimated using Arizona State Standard Attachment (SSA) 5-96,
Guideline 2, Level I, as published by the Arizona Department of Water Resources. The
engineer will estimate the depth of scour and design the top of pipe to conform to Section
6-1.413 of SSA 5-96. The engineer shall submit the scour analysis with the final plans.
All pipelines located within the scour zone must be protected by installing a cut-off wall,
downstream of the pipeline to stabilize the scour depth. Cut-off walls will be structurally
designed to the scour conditions calculated.
G. Fire Hydrants
1. Materials and Details
a. Fire hydrants shall be per City Detail EM-360.
b. All of the hydrants that are directly connected to the City of El Mirage distribution
system must be public hydrants. Any hydrants that connect to a private line are
considered private.
2. Fire Flow and Number of Hydrants Required
a. The minimum required fire flow and minimum required number of fire hydrants are
per Table B105.1 and Table C105.1 from the International Fire Code, approved
edition.
b. Reduction of fire flow up to 50% is possible, but not automatic, when the buildings
have fire sprinkler systems installed. Formal request in writing shall be made to the
Fire Department. Please include information of water availability, water purveyor,
total building square footages, proposed usage, construction type of the buildings,
sprinkler system information, and water storage information (if applicable). If
approved, the Fire Department will issue a Fire Flow Reduction approval letter.
3. Hydrant Spacing
a. Residential: 500-feet maximum in a single-family residential development.
b. Non-Residential:
Average Spacing shall be per Table C105.1 of the 2012 IFC,
except for Fire-Flow up to 5000 gpm, the average spacing shall
be 300-feet.
500-feet maximum in a residential development.
300-feet maximum in multi-family, commercial/industrial
areas.
c. Collector Roads:
1000-feet maximum
d. Arterial streets with 4 or more traffic lanes;
Roadways with a traffic count of more than 30,000 vehicles per day; or
Roadways with median dividers.
123
Draft
1000-feet maximum spacing on each side of the road in
alternating positions, resulting in a hydrant every 500 feet along
the roadway.
e. For higher risk protection, determination shall be made by the Fire Department,
regarding fire hydrant spacing, flow and pressure requirements.
4. Private Hydrants:
a. Private hydrants shall adhere to all City of El Mirage standards unless otherwise
approved by the Fire Department.
5. Hydrant Markers:
a. Markers shall be as specified in MAG Standard Detail 122.
b. Hydrant Markers are required for all public or private hydrants.
H. Fire Flow Tests
1. In order to accurately predict the strength of the distribution system a fire flow test is
required. The flow test results are valid for 180 days.
2. Flow tests are not provided by the City. The developer shall be responsible for obtaining
a qualified testing agent. Test results must be prepared by a registered engineer in the
state of Arizona or by an individual or firm with a level II NICET certification in Fire
Sprinklers.
3. It is required that the Fire Department observes the test and acknowledges approval of the
flow. Contact the Fire Department (623-583-7968) to schedule the observation of the
flow test. Also notify the Public Works Department (623-876-4251) one week prior to the
test.
I.
Valves
1. Materials and Details
a. Refer to the City Detail EM-101-12 for allowable materials.
b. Gate valves required to control the operation of the water system shall be installed
per MAG Standard Detail 391-1, Type A and shall conform to MAG Specification
630. Gate valves shall be used for waterline sizes up to and including 16-inches in
diameter.
c. Butterfly valves shall be required on mains 24-inches in diameter and larger.
d. Debris caps shall be installed per MAG Standard Detail 392, Type A.
e. Valves installation shall conform to MAG Standard Detail 391-1, Type A.
124
Draft
2. Spacing
a. Generally, there shall be two valves per tee and three valves per cross. However, it is
preferred to limit the number of unnecessary inline valves. See the following criteria
to help define when inline valves are necessary:
i. Maximum spacing requirements per b. through e. below.
ii. The maximum number of hydrants to be out of service per closure is two.
iii. The maximum number of residential units to be out of service per closure is 20.
iv. The maximum number of valves to isolate a segment of waterline is four.
b. 500 feet maximum spacing of valves in industrial, commercial and multi-family
districts.
c. 800 feet maximum spacing of valves in single-family residential developments.
d. 1320 feet maximum spacing of valves on transmission mains 16-inch in diameter.
e. 2640 feet maximum spacing on transmission mains larger than 16 inches.
f.
Any 8-inch and larger water line that will be extended in the future shall have a valve,
along with a 20-foot minimum stub with cap and 2-inch curb stop, at the terminus per
City Detail EM-390.
g. For all water lines crossing significant structures greater than 10 feet wide, such as
drainage canals, and railroads, one valve shall be placed on each side of the structure
as directed by the Engineering Division.
3. Location
a. Valves shall not be located in valley gutters or sidewalks. The centerline of the valve
shall be a minimum of 2-feet from the edge of the valley gutter.
b. All water valves located outside of paved areas shall have a “Curve-Flex” Utility
Marker as manufactured by Carsonite (CFR4-08-Blue) or approved equal.
c. Valves shall be at least 3-feet clear of any constructed obstructions and 6-feet clear of
any landscaping.
d. Consideration shall be given to the location of driveways, especially residential,
adjacent to the valve cover whereby a vehicle or other obstruction may be
temporarily located, to perpetually maintain the 6-foot clearance.
4. Operation
a. Representatives of the Public Works Department are the only personnel authorized to
operate water valves on the City’s existing water system.
b. To request a water system shut down, follow the procedures set forth in the City’s
“Scheduled Water Service Shutdown” SOP which is available from the Engineering
Division
125
Draft
J. Water Services and Water Meters
1. General
a. The size of the service will be as determined by the Design engineer, sized and
designed in accordance with requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code and per the
sizes herein.
b. There will be one service per single family residential lot and one meter per service
line unless specific written request is submitted to the Engineering Division and
written approval is acknowledged by the City. Commercial properties shall have a
separate tap for domestic, irrigation and fire services.
c. Meters shall be located within the right-of-way. The City shall be responsible for the
water service line up to and including meters in the right-of-way.
d. Meters shall not be fenced in or enclosed and must be accessible at all times. If a
meter is to be installed in a landscaped area, the meter service shall be installed so
that any runoff flows away from the meter installation.
e. Only double-strap brass saddles are to be used for water service connections to the
main line.
f.
A 3-foot minimum separation is required between taps and an 18-inch minimum
separation is required from any fittings or mainline joints.
g. A 6-foot minimum separation is required between service lines and meters, hydrants,
air release valves or any other above ground obstruction.
h. The Developer shall make all service taps.
i.
The meter size shall be dictated by the service size. Manifolding is not permitted unless
written approval is obtained from the Public Works - Utilities Director.
j.
Individual pressure reducing valves sized equivalent to the meter size shall be
installed on private services where static pressures will exceed 80 psi.
k. Individual boosters, if necessary, must be approved by the Public Works Department.
2. Standard Sizes and Fittings. Water services, pipe and fittings, whether new or replaced,
shall be per City Detail EM-325.
3. Water Meters 2-Inch Diameter and Smaller. Water meters 2-inch and smaller shall be
located per City Detail EM-325. Water meters will be supplied and installed by the City.
Meter shall be sized no more than one half size smaller than the service size with a
minimum size of 5/8-inch.
126
Draft
4. Water Meters Larger than 3-Inch Diameter
Water meters 3-inch and larger shall be installed in accordance with City Detail EM-345.
Water meters will be supplied and installed by the City.
A 20-scale detail is required for all large meters (3" and larger). The design engineer must
provide a detail on the plans which depicts the meter and backflow device including
manufacturer and model number, vandal enclosure, fittings, landscape, and easements at
the proposed location per City requirements. If there is a change to meter or backflow
device, the detail must be modified as a plan revision prior to installation in the field.
5. Location for Access, Maintenance, and Drainage Control
a. Water services installed outside of public right-of-way shall be contained within a
dedicated easement for access, maintenance and reading of meters.
b. Water meters shall not be located in parking lots, driveways, or in areas of paving or
where traffic may cause damage to the service, meter or meter box. Meters will not
be fenced in and must be accessible at all times.
c. In landscape areas, proposed grading shall direct runoff to flow away from the meter
installation.
d. Above ground vandal enclosures are required for all meters 3-inch and larger.
K. Backflow Prevention
1. Facility Requirements
a. Backflow protection will be required on the domestic and irrigation potable water
supply lines to all commercial facilities to prevent the possibility of polluting or
contaminating the potable water system Additional backflow prevention assemblies
may be required to isolate potential internal hazards per reviewer request. A backflow
preventer will also be required for any vacant residential property where a building
permit for a new home build is not approved.
b. Containment (or secondary protection) will be installed at the service connection or
downstream side of the water meter. The backflow assembly will be installed as close as
possible to the water meter for domestic and landscape irrigation services, or as close as
possible to the property line or main line tie-in for the fire sprinkler system. It is not
permitted to combine the meter and the backflow into one assembly, there should be a
minimum of 5-foot separation between the meter and backflow preventer. A (RP)
Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventer shall be installed as standard
containment protection. Any backflow prevention assembly other than an (RP) must
have written approval from the Public Works Department. Installation of secondary
backflow protection shall be in accordance to City Details EM-351 and EM-352.
c. Internal (or primary protection) may be required within the potable water system of a
facility at the point of use to isolate potential internal hazards. Internal backflow
assembly requirements will be determined during the plan review process.
127
Draft
2. Installation Requirements
a. All backflow assembly installations shall be in accordance with International
Plumbing Code, latest adopted edition, and current City of El Mirage Code.
Installation shall be completed by a qualified licensed contractor and comply with
current City of El Mirage Standard Details. Backflow assembly testing may only be
conducted by City of El Mirage Recognized Testers.
b. A final inspection will be required by a member of the Environmental/Building
Safety Division prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
3. Fire Systems
a. All American Water Works Association classes 1, 2, and 3 fire systems six (6) inches
in size and larger or any system three (3) inches in size and larger constructed of a
piping material not approved as a potable water system material per the International
Plumbing Code, latest adopted edition, shall have a Double Check Valve (DC). All
American Water Works Association classes 4, 5, and 6 shall have a (RP). In all other
circumstances a (RP) is required.
b. Proposed fire lines less than 6-inches in size require special approval. If approved, all
fire line services less than six (6) inches in size and in excess of one hundred fifty
(150) feet from mainline tie-in to fire riser shall have at a minimum a (DC) located as
close as possible to the property line or mainline tie-in. Fire lines less than one
hundred fifty (150) from the main line tie-in shall have a Double Check Valve (DC)
installed on the fire riser. Fire line backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed
according to City Details EM-351 and/or EM-352. Fire sprinkler systems must be
sized to allow for a minimum ten (10) psi head loss plus the losses associated with all
fittings, valves, elbows, risers and additional appurtenances.
5-3
CONSTRUCTION
A. General
All construction shall be per the latest MAG Uniform Standard Details and Specifications for
Public Works Construction and subject to City of El Mirage modifications, latest edition.
B. Tie-ins to Existing System
Construction plans shall indicate that any tie-ins to the existing, active system shall be made
only after completion of all new work and written approval of the City Engineering
Inspector.
C. Pressure Testing
Pressure testing of new mains shall be by the contractor per MAG Section 610.15 and
documented on City forms (available from the Engineering Inspector), except fire sprinkler
lines. Fire sprinkler lines shall be tested per the Uniform Fire Code adopted by the City.
128
Draft
D. Chlorination, Flushing and Bacteriological Testing
Chlorination and flushing of new mains shall be performed by the contractor per MAG
Section 611 and Part V of ADEQ Engineering Bulletin No. 8, except as stated below.
1. General
a. Before being placed in service, all newly installed pipe, valves, hydrants, and
appurtenances shall be flushed, disinfected, kept clean, and will be sampled for
acceptable bacteriological analysis.
b. Newly installed Waterline will have a sample taken from each and every 500-foot
interval, and at each end. For each hydrant lateral over 18-feet in length, a sample
will be taken at the hydrant end. Hoses for sampling will not be allowed. On new
Waterline without hydrant, temporary sampling taps shall be provided, and then
removed and plugged after acceptable bacteriological results are received. Hydrant
used for sampling shall be fitted with an approved sampling tap.
c. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineering Division for the location of
sampling taps.
2. Pre-disinfection Flushing
a. Pipe shall first be flushed to remove any solid or contaminated material. Flushing
velocity shall be at least 2.5-feet per second in the pipe. Flushing period shall be at
least 5 minutes for every 150-feet of new pipe but in no case less than 30 minutes.
b. One 3” hydrant meter will, under normal pressure of 40 psi, provide this velocity in
pipe sizes up to and including 8-inches.
c. For pipe sizes exceeding 8-inches diameter, additional hydrant meters will be needed
to provide the required flow as shown below.
REQUIRED FLOW TO FLUSH WATERLINES
Pipe
Diameter
(inches)
Flow Requires (gpm) to Produce 2.5 feet
per second (fps) Velocity in Waterline
Number – Hydrants
Required
12
900
2
16
1600
3
24
3600
7
3. Final Flushing and Testing. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be flushed
from the pipe until the replacement water treated throughout its lengths shows an absence
of chlorine. If chlorine is normally used in the source of supply, tests shall show a
residual not in excess of that carried in the system. Flushing velocity shall be at least 2.5-
feet per second in the Waterline. Flushing period shall be at least 5 minutes for every
150-feet of new Waterline but in no case less than 30 minutes. All hydrants on the new
Waterline shall be flushed to remove excess chlorine from the hydrant and hydrant
branch.
129
Draft
4. Documentation. Document on City forms (available from the Engineering Inspector).
Samples will be taken and tested by the City. Water usage for line filling and flushing is
to be reported to the Engineering Inspector.
E. Protection of Monuments
The Developer is responsible for protecting and restoring if damaged, construction survey
stakes and property corner monuments used by the City to locate the water services.
F. Existing Water System Requirements
1. Water Service Installations. Requirements for lowering, extending and relocating meters
are as follows;
a. A construction permit is required for any work on the City water system regardless of
the location of the facility. Construction permits can be obtained through the
Engineering Division.
b. The contractor or licensed plumber shall coordinate any meter disconnects and
reconnects with the City.
c. Materials shall be copper and bronze in accordance with City Detail EM-325.
d. The Contractor's representative shall be responsible for water customer notification.
2. Fire Hydrant Setbacks and Waterline Relocations to Eliminate Conflicts. All work shall
be done by contractor including chlorination and testing requirements that apply to this
type of work. Contractor shall not operate valves. Representatives of the Public Works
Department are the only personnel authorized to operate water valves on the City’s
existing water system.
3. Switch-overs and Abandonments. Work will be done by contractor after written
authorization by the Public Works Department.
4. Asbestos – Cement Pipe. All work on asbestos-cement pipe shall be in accordance with
AWWA 20406 Work Practices for Asbestos Cement Pipe and OSHA’s Asbestos
Standard for construction, 1926.1101.
5-4
FINAL DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. Plan Approvals
1. Plans shall be prepared per Chapter 1 of the DDSM.
2. Utility Reports
Preliminary Water and Sewer Analysis Report This is used to determine the potential
impact that the development would have to the existing water and sewer infrastructure.
This report will also be used to verify that the proposed density and water use of the
130
Draft
proposed development is consistent with the City’s general plan and the City’s water
allocation for the proposed parcel.
Final Water Network Analysis- Required for all sites in which water main is extended/
looped in order to service the proposed development, in areas identified as having
problematic or low pressures, or for buildings that have an unusually high-water demand.
The modeling in this report will be used to verify that adequate service and fire flows can
be obtained with the proposed waterline construction.
Master Water and Master Sewer Reports- When required this report should show the
infrastructure required for the utilities in the development to function per City of El
Mirage standards. Individual Final Water and Final Sewer Reports will be required for
each parcel at the time of submittal. Individual phased reports should be consistent with
the data, calculations, and assumptions shown in the Master Reports. Refer to Chapter 6
for additional information regarding Sewer Reports.
3. The completed Approval to Construct (ATC) application with signatures should be
submitted during plan review. Sign-off from the “public water supply provider” on page
2 of 3 the Approval to Construct (ATC) will be issued by the Engineering Division after
the ATC application has been submitted and will not be provided until the utility plans
are substantially approved.
4. A copy of the Approval to Construct (ATC) issued by Maricopa County Environmental
Services Department (MCESD) and the cover sheet signed by MCESD must be submitted to
Engineering prior to receiving final plan approval from the City.
B. Water Infrastructure Acceptance
Copies of the following documents must be submitted to the Engineering Division prior to
acceptance of the waterline(s) by the City. Refer to Chapter 7 of this document for as-built
requirements. Final Letter of Acceptance (FLOA) will be released by the City of El Mirage
Engineering Division after all other items have been completed.
1. Waterline Flushing documentation.
2. Waterline Pressure Testing documentation.
3. Residual testing.
4. Waterline Disinfection and Bacteriological Testing documentation certified by a State of
Arizona Registered Water Distribution Operator including laboratory analytical results.
5. Tracer Wire Connectivity Testing
6. A copy of the “Engineer’s Certification of Completion”.
7. A copy of the “Certificate of Approval of Construction” (AOC) issued by MCESD.
131
Draft
CHAPTER 6
WASTEWATER INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
6-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
A. System Design Criteria
The criteria for development of wastewater infrastructure in the City of El Mirage shall be in
conformance with:
1. The most current edition of the El Mirage Water and Wastewater Master Plan. All new
construction shall comply with the Master Plan.
2. The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) Aquifer Protection Permit
and Arizona Pollution Discharge Elimination System regulations.
3. The design engineer is responsible for evaluating site specific design conditions.
4. All other applicable City, State, County and Federal Codes and Guidelines.
B. Requirement to Connect
All developments, including single-family residences, are required to connect to the City’s
wastewater system. The connection to the City’s wastewater system and the extension of the
public sanitary sewer are required for all new construction or for modifications to existing
disposal systems.
Waivers to this requirement may be granted if the public sewer is determined to not be
available to the subject property. A public sanitary sewer can be considered “not available”
according to the following:
1. The extension of the sanitary sewer is greater than 1320-feet from the City wastewater
system for a multi-family, commercial or industrial site or within 300-feet and directly
adjacent to a single-family residential lot.
2. The applicant demonstrates the inability to obtain necessary easements upon reasonable
pursuit.
3. There is not adequate capacity or depth in the existing public sanitary sewer.
C. Wastewater System Facilities
Water System Facilities include the: lift stations, force mains, chlorine flushers, odor control
sites, and all other appurtenances required for proper treatment, conveyance, and disposal of
wastewater within the system.
It is the responsibility of the design engineer to review the most current edition of the Water
and Wastewater Master Plan and determine what additional wastewater infrastructure is
necessary to serve the proposed development. The Public Works Department will utilize the
most current edition of the Water and Wastewater Master Plan and operational knowledge of
the system to determine which facilities or upgrades are the requirements of the new
development.
132
Draft
D. Exceptions to the Design Guidelines
Any exceptions to Chapter 6 of the Design Guidelines must be approved in writing by the
Public Works Department or their designees.
6-2
DESIGN STANDARDS
A. General
1. Materials. Refer to City Detail EM-101-12 for allowable materials. The design engineer
must specify the exact pipe material in the construction drawings that are in accordance
with the City approved pipe materials. Modifications to the pipe material will require a
formal plan revision and must be approved by the design engineer and the City of El
Mirage.
2. Conveyance. Rights-of-way and easements shall be dedicated prior to any construction or
with the Final Plat of the development.
3. Pavement Replacement. Pavement replacement type and compaction type shall be
indicated per MAG Standard Details and Specifications on each sheet or as modified in
the City of El Mirage General Notes.
B. Classification of Sewer Lines
The City's sewer system includes four classifications of wastewater lines, which are
determined by use or location within the system, identified below: Wastewater lines shall be
sized to accommodate their ultimate service area. Larger mains may be required dependent
upon the maximum flows anticipated with full development of the ultimate service area, with
additional consideration given to land use. The minimum size line for any public main is 8-
inch diameter. Non standard sizes will not be allowed unless approved by the Public Works
Department.
1. Service Line. The public sewer pipe that extends and connects the customer’s private
building sewer to the lateral sewer.
2. Lateral Sewer. A sewer pipe that collects flow from one or more services and discharges
to another lateral sewer or a trunk sewer.
3. Trunk Sewer. A sewer pipe that receives flow from lateral sewers and connects to an
interceptor sewer. Trunk sewers are generally 15” in diameter and larger. Trunk sewers
may have some limited connections to services.
4. Interceptor Sewer. A large sewer pipe that receives flows from a number of trunk sewers,
and lateral sewers, and conveys such wastewater to a point for treatment or disposal. No
service connections are allowed into interceptor sewers.
133
Draft
C. Location of Sewer Lines
1. Limited Access Parkway - sewer main alignment shall be reviewed individually.
2. Arterial streets - sewer mains shall be offset from the street centerline 13-feet south or
west.
3. Collector streets - sewer mains shall be offset from the street centerline 6-feet south or
west.
4. Local streets - sewer mains shall be offset from the street centerline 6-feet. For
curvilinear streets the offset from the street centerline can range from 6 to 9-feet south or
west.
5. Generally, the intent is to avoid locating the manhole covers so that wheel line of normal
traffic does not track over the casting. The location for the covers and lids should not be
closer than 6-feet from the street drainage flow line or gutter line.
6. All sewers shall be parallel to the centerlines or as close to parallel as possible.
7. In cases where public sewers are authorized outside of public rights-of-way, all such
sewers shall be centered and parallel to the property lines or as close to parallel as
possible.
8. Vertical and horizontal separation from water lines shall be in accordance with MAG
Section 610.5, MAG Standard Detail 404-1 and City Detail EM-402.
9. No part of any manhole shall be located any closer horizontally than the depth of cover or
6-feet, whichever is greater, from any wall, fence or structure, etc.
10. Public sewer lines will not be permitted within the limits of retention/detention basins
and their appurtenances.
11. Sewer service lines shall not be located under driveways or under concrete aprons
adjacent to driveways.
12. Sewer lines shall not be placed beneath retention/detention basins.
D. Easements
1. Sewer easements are to be dedicated for the specific use, maintenance and repair of the
sewer line, and any associated appurtenances. Sewer easements are to be dedicated as
part of a Final Plat or by separate instrument with written approval from the Engineering
Division.
2. Sewer lines shall be located within public rights-of-way or centered within a 20-foot wide
easement dedicated for sewer line, or within a 30-foot wide easement (minimum width)
dedicated for both water and sewer lines. Larger easement widths with a minimum clear
width equal to twice the depth of cover will be required for deeper installations as
determined by the Public Works Department or Engineering Division.
134
Draft
3. No other parallel utilities shall be located within the public water or sewer easement.
4. Underground retention and above ground retention basins are not permitted to cross or be
within designated public water or public sewer easements.
5. Trees and substantial plantings are not permitted within designated public water or public
sewer easements where the easement provides primary access to the utilities. Plantings
must typically be at least 5’ from the centerline of the pipeline.
E. Cover and Depth
1. Maximum depth for sewer lines and manholes shall be 12-feet, unless detailed loading
calculations and materials selection is approved with the written request by the
Developer’s Design Engineer to the Engineering Division and with written approval by
the Public Works Department. The proposed design shall be submitted to the Engineering
Division for review.
2. When connecting to an existing manhole, verify that there is an existing base and channel
to accommodate the new sewer connection. If necessary, construct a new manhole base
with channel in the existing manhole.
3. All laterals shall have a minimum of 5-feet of cover measured from finished grade to the
invert of the lateral. During construction the depth of cover may be less than 5-feet, such
as during preparation of street sub-grade, installation of foundations, culverts or utilities.
4. All trunk sewers and interceptors shall have a sufficient depth to serve the ultimate
service area with a minimum cover of 6-feet.
5. Encasement or Casing
Extra protection per MAG 610.5.5 and Standard Detail 404 is required:
a. Where cover is less than 4-feet (due to topography or potential conflicts with
facilities such as canals, washes, or rivers).
b. Where the bottom of any irrigation, storm drain, sanitary sewer, force main or other
gray water pipe is less than 2-feet over the top of the sanitary sewer.
c. Where a sanitary sewer crosses less than 2-feet above any water line, force main or
pressure main.
d. Where wastewater lines pass under a significant structure greater than 10-feet wide
such as box culverts, railroads, highways, canals, etc. The sewer line(s) shall be
installed inside a pipe casing as approved by the Engineering Division.
e. As deemed necessary by the plan reviewer.
F. Slopes and Design Flows
1. Pipe slopes are to maintain a minimum mean flow velocity for pipes flowing full of 2.0
135
Draft
feet per second for all diameters. The maximum mean flow velocity for pipes flowing full
is 8 feet per second.
2. The minimum slope for an 8-inch sewer line is 0.33% (0.0033 feet per foot). Minimum
slopes for larger diameter sewer lines shall follow Table 3 of City Code Section 155.056(D).
3. At “end of the line” sewers (the portions of sewer lines between the last two manholes),
the slope of sewers serving less than 30 households (or the equivalent of 30 households)
shall be 0.76%, and that of sewers serving less than 10 households (or the equivalent of
10 households) shall be 1.00%.
4. The “n” value of the pipe shall be 0.013 for all new construction.
G. Design Requirements
1. Tie-ins to Existing System. Construction plans shall call for the contractor to tie-in new
work to the existing, active system, only after completion of the new work and written
approval of the Engineering Inspector to make the tie-in.
2. Force Mains. Force mains shall outfall into a manhole. Non standard sizes will not be
allowed unless approved by the Public Works Department.
3. Curved Sewers. Curved sewers are prohibited.
4. Private on-site sewer lines shall be constructed of materials and at slopes as specified in
the City of El Mirage adopted Plumbing Code.
5. Pavement sawcuts shall be in straight lines parallel to the trench, to a depth which
exceeds the pavement thickness. Sawcut lines shall be a minimum of 100-feet in length
before a jog in the alignment of the sawcut is permitted.
6. Pipe Bedding Requirements
Refer to City Detail EM-406. Bedding compaction densities shall be per MAG
Specification Table 601-2. Specially designed and alternate beddings may be approved
on a case by case basis by the Engineering Division.
7. Trench Backfill Requirements
a. Minimum trench backfill requirements shall be Type I per MAG Specification
601.4.3, with compaction densities per MAG Specification Table 601-2. Backfill
requirements provided by the Developer’s Design Engineer shall apply, when such
provisions are more restrictive than MAG Specification.
b. Within the existing pavement section of public streets, the backfill shall be ½ sack
Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) per MAG Specification 728.
8. Odor control systems shall be installed at the cost of the developer in sewer systems when
required by the Public Works Department or Engineering Division. In some
circumstances a flushing valve will be required. Dedication of property at no cost to the
136
Draft
City of El Mirage may be required for the odor control system.
9. Wash Crossings
All wash crossings will be constructed using restrained joint ductile iron pipe with an
approved lining. Bury requirements to place sewer lines under washes or channels shall
be based upon the 100-year peak design discharge (Q100) in the channel or wash.
Scour depth will be estimated using Arizona State Standard Attachment (SSA) 5-96,
Guideline 2, Level I, as published by the Arizona Department of Water Resources. The
engineer will estimate the depth of scour and design the top of pipe to conform to Section
6-1.413 of SSA 5-96. The engineer shall submit the scour analysis with the final plans.
All pipelines located within the scour zone must be protected by installing a cut-off wall,
downstream of the pipeline to stabilize the scour depth. Cut-off walls will be structurally
designed to the scour conditions calculated.
H. Manholes
1. Materials and Details
a. All manholes shall be per COEM and MAG Standard Details and Specifications
except that manhole steps are not allowed.
b. Lateral pipes shall not enter a manhole at an angle greater than 90 degrees to the
sewer trunk line.
c. Manholes with a through line shall have the invert on a continuous slope or a
minimum 0.20-foot drop through the manhole.
d. Manholes with a line intersecting the through line: the intersecting line invert shall be
a minimum of 0.20 foot above the flow line of the through line. The lines shall
intersect at not more than a 90-degree angle.
e. Manholes on boundaries of the subdivision or improvement district shall have stubs
with shaped inverts in appropriate directions for future connections.
f.
Manholes which exceed 10 feet in depth shall be 5-foot in diameter, without steps.
g. If the sewer main is 15-inches or greater, the manhole shall be 5-foot in diameter,
without steps.
h. Epoxy coating of manhole interior walls and bases, including bench and channel, is
required for manholes that have at least one of the following criteria:
•
10-feet or greater in depth
•
5-foot in diameter (and larger)
•
located in an Arterial Road
•
located in a non-residential service area or it accepts flow from a non-
residential use
•
force main outfalls
•
as required by the Engineering Division or Public Works Department
137
Draft
Epoxy coating systems and installation shall meet current City specifications and the
requirements of City Detail EM-101-12.
i.
All sanitary sewer manholes shall be installed with gasket, joint sealer, or water stop
between the base and riser section as approved by the Engineering Division.
j.
In all cases the rim elevation shall be a minimum of 0.10 feet above the flow line of
the roadway gutter to prevent stormwater infiltration into the sanitary sewers.
k. All Private Sewer Manholes lids shall have “Private Sewer” labeling and shall not be
labeled “City of El Mirage”.
l.
Brick manholes are prohibited.
m. All manholes located outside of roadways shall have locking lids and have a “Curve-
Flex” Utility marker manufactured by Carsonite or approved equal.
n. Drop manholes will be allowed only if the pipe slopes exceed maximum slope
requirements and if approved by the Engineering Division. Construction of drop
manholes shall comply with City Detail EM-426.
2. Spacing & Locations
a. Manholes are required at all changes in grade and alignment.
b. Maximum manhole spacing shall be:
400-feet for less than 18-inch sewers
500-feet for 18-inch or larger
c. A manhole shall be placed on the upstream end of all sewer lines. If sewer system is
to be phased, a stub shall be provided. The stub shall be capped and plugged.
d. Manholes are required at the following locations:
•
All changes in grade or slope.
•
All changes in pipe size.
•
All changes in alignment.
•
All pipe intersections other than service connections less than eight
inches in diameter.
•
All service connections eight inches in diameter and larger.
e. Manholes shall not be located in washes or retention/detention basins
f.
Clean-outs are prohibited. Existing clean-outs shall be removed and replaced by
Developer with a manhole per these guidelines.
138
Draft
I.
Sewer Taps
1. Materials and Details
a. New sewer taps and sewer service piping shall be per City Detail 440. See the
Materials List, City Detail EM-101-12, for allowable materials. Tap location shall be
supplemented by a curb stamp per MAG Standard Detail 440-4 (stamped S on top of
the curb).
b. Taps are not allowed into manholes unless approved by the Engineering Division.
c. A 3-foot minimum separation between service taps is required. A 5-foot minimum
separation between a service tap and the outside diameter of a manhole is required.
d. All taps shall be stationed using the closest downstream manhole as station 0+00.
e. All taps shall be perpendicular to the lateral.
f.
Taps are not allowed into existing 12-inch or larger sewers.
g. Provide one single service tap for each residential or commercial building lot.
Additional taps are not allowed unless approved by the Engineering Division with
written approval by the Public Works Department.
h. A backwater valve shall be provided on service connections to major sewer lines, at
manholes where there is potential for the migration of sewer gas into the service line,
and at locations where the finish floor is not 12-inches higher than the upstream
manhole. Backwater valves shall be located on private property and shall be
accessible for maintenance by the property owner.
2. Sizes
a. Tap sizes for single family residential developments shall be 4-inch minimum.
Larger taps shall be sized as determined by the Developer’s Design Engineer.
b. Commercial lots with buildings shall have a minimum 6-inch tap.
c. Multi-family developments shall have a minimum 6-inch tap.
d. All 8-inch and larger services shall discharge to a manhole.
3. Location. Proposed tap locations shall be shown on all plans. Any changes in the field
must be approved by the Engineering Division.
139
Draft
6-3
PRETREATMENT
A. Commercial Developments
1. Interceptor Requirements
a. A grease, oil, lint and/or sand interceptor(s) shall be required for laundries, eating
establishments, service stations, auto repair shops, car washes and other facilities
which the Public Works Department determines are necessary for the proper handling
of liquid wastes containing grease or oil in excessive amounts or any flammable
wastes, sand, or other harmful ingredients. Eating establishments include, but are not
limited to restaurants, cafeterias, bars, fast food, schools, nursing homes, clubs,
hotels/motels, hospitals, or any other non-private residence food service facility
generating grease bearing waste going to sanitary sewer.
Eating establishment fixtures that shall be discharged to a grease trap/interceptor
•
Three compartment sink
•
Utensil soak sink
•
Pre-rinse sink
•
Tilt brazing pan to floor trough
•
Tilt kettle to floor trough
•
Steamer floor sink or trough
•
Wash-down hood floor sink or hub drain
•
Mop sink or stall adjacent to kitchen area
•
Dishwasher machine floor sink
•
Can wash station
•
Chinese Range/Wok floor sink
•
Chef’s table sink
•
Floor troughs or floor sinks having grease laden waste discharged to them
•
Floor drains in the vicinity of any fixtures stated above
Fixtures that are not required to be discharged to grease trap/interceptor
•
Hand sinks
•
Salad prep sinks
•
Ice machine drains
Fixtures that shall not be discharged to grease trap/interceptor
•
Toilets
•
Urinals
•
Other similar sanitary fixtures
b. Grease and oil interceptors shall be constructed of impervious materials capable of
withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial
construction, water tight, and equipped with easily removable covers. When bolted
covers are required, they shall be gastight and watertight.
c. Internal interceptors shall be required for those facilities that will have minimal
140
Draft
fixtures being discharged and require minimal retention time. The minimum internal
interceptor shall be no smaller than a device rated at 50-gallon-per-minute flow with
a 100-pound grease capacity (50/100). A flow restriction valve shall be installed
upstream of the grease trap and be constructed in such a fashion that it remains
accessible for service is properly vented and must remain in place at all times.
Garbage disposals and dishwashers shall not be discharged to an internal grease
interceptor.
d. External interceptors shall be required for those facilities that will have numerous
fixtures being discharged and require extended retention time. The minimum external
interceptor shall be no smaller than a two-compartment container rated at 500-gallon
capacity and no larger than a three-compartment container rated at 2500- gallon
capacity. All external interceptors must include a sample vault. Each interceptor shall
be properly vented and shall have a clean-out on the discharge pipeline.
e. Interceptors and sample vaults installed in high traffic areas must be backfilled with
½ sac slurry to the top of the interceptor/sample vault tank. All concrete rings, risers,
and manhole covers shall be traffic rated and installed to manufacturer’s
specifications.
f.
Interceptors must be sized using the fixture unit equivalent to gallons per minute
table. Final calculations must be verified using the International Plumbing Code,
latest adopted edition. For ease of calculations and verification, Fixture Units,
Section 709 shall be used. Interceptors having flow-through ratings, which fall
between interceptor sizes, must be rounded up to the next larger size.
Fixture
Outlet or
Trap Size
(inches)
Drainage
Fixture
Unit
Value
GPM
Equivalent
1 ¼
1
7.5
1 ½
2
15.0
2
3
22.0
2 ½
4
30.0
3
5
37.5
4
6
45.0
Floor
Drains – all
2
15
Dishwasher
s
2X Trap
Arm Size
141
Draft
Sizing Example
The following is an example of a facility having one 3-compartments sink
discharging indirectly into a 2 ½ inch floor drain, one mop sink that has a 3-inch
drain, two 2-inch floor sinks, and four floor drains.
Type
of
Fixture
Fixture Count
Size
Fixture-Unit
Value
Total
3-comp. sink
1
2 ½“
4
4
Mop sink
1
3”
5
5
Floor sink
2
2”
3
6
Floor drain
4
N/A
2
8
Total Fixture-Units
23
Multiply by 3 GPM Flow Rate
X3
Total GPM Flow
Rate
69
Multiply by either 12 or 17 – without or with garbage disposal unit
X12
Size of interceptor calculated
828
Round up to next available size
1050
Non-Food Related Interceptor requirements and sizing criteria
Type of Business
Pretreatment Device
Minimum Size
Commercial Laundry
Up to 30 machines
Lint or Sand & Oil
500 gal
+30 machines
Lint or Sand & Oil
750 gal
Industrial Shop
1-3 Fixtures
Sand & Oil
500 gal
4 or more
Sand & Oil
750 gal
Car/Truck/Equipment Wash
Single Stall Auto
Sand & Oil
500 gal
Multiple Stall Car/Pickup
Sand & Oil
750 gal
Single Drain Truck Wash
Sand & Oil
750 gal
Automatic Commercial Car
Sand & Oil
1500 gal
Multiple Truck/Heavy Equipment
Sand & Oil
1500 gal
Auto/Truck/Airplane Repair
1-3 Fixtures
Sand & Oil
500 gal
4 or more fixtures
Sand & Oil
750 gal
Automotive or Airplane Center
Multiple Shops Sharing
Sand & Oil
1500 gal
Common Interceptor
142
Draft
Barber/Beauty Salon
Shampoo Sink
Hair Trap or Solids
JR Smith 8750 or Equiv.
Veterinary
Cage wash-down drain or
Grooming Wash Tub
Hair Trap or Solids
JR Smith 8750 or Equiv.
School
Science Lab Sink
Acid Neutralization
500 gal
Art Room Sink
Plaster Trap or Solids
JR Smith 8710 or Equiv.
Hospital, Doctor, Dentist, Lab
Cast Room Sink
Plaster Trap or Solids
JR Smith 8710 or Equiv.
Dental Lab Sink
Plaster Trap or Solids
JR Smith 8710 or Equiv.
Laboratory Sink
Acid Neutralization Tank
Site Specific
Silk Screen Printing
1-3 Fixtures
Sand & Oil
500 gal
4 or more fixtures
Sand & Oil
750 gal
Optical Manufacturing
Lens Machine & Lab Sink
Solids
JR Smith 8715 or Equiv.
Photo Developing
Silver Recovery Unit
g. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved by the Public Works
Department and shall be located as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning
and inspection. Where installed, all grease, oil, lint and sand interceptors, or any other
pretreatment devices shall be maintained by and at the expense of the owner in
continuously efficient operation at all times.
2. Common Interceptor
A letter requesting a variance must be submitted to the Environmental Quality
Assurance Officer from both the property management company and the project
engineer for approval. The engineer’s letter must include their stamped seal. The
Environmental Quality Assurance Officer will respond by letter stating if the request
for variance had been approved.
The variance letter must address the following:
•
The property management company assuming responsibility and liability for the
maintenance and service of the interceptor(s). Service and cleaning schedules will be
determined and enforced by the Environmental Division. Any costs incurred by the
City of El Mirage as a direct result of improper maintenance of the pretreatment
devices will be assessed to the property manager/owner, including monetary penalties
accrued as the result of enforcement actions.
•
Construction plumbing plans must be submitted with an interceptor detail showing
interceptor size, sizing calculations, location, and must be installed accordingly. For
ease of calculations and verification, Fixture Units Section 709 shall be used for
143
Draft
grease interceptor sizing criteria.
•
If single or multiple tenants should exceed the interceptor capacity, an additional
interceptor will be required and installed at the property owner’s expense. A new set
of construction plans must be submitted to the department regarding the required
improvements for the specified tenant(s). Submitted plans must address and show the
grease interceptor size, sizing calculations, location, and detail as stated above.
B. Industrial Developments
1. Pretreatment Facilities
Where necessary, as determined by the Public Works Department or Engineering
Division, any non-residential user of the sewer system shall provide at their expense,
such pretreatment as necessary to reduce objectionable characteristics or pollutants below
the established Local Limits or any national pretreatment standards established by the
Code of Federal Regulations Title 40 Part 403.
2. This section has been removed.
3. Flow Metering and Sample Vaults
a. A sample vault and flow meter vault shall be installed at the owner’s expense on the
building sewer to facilitate observation, measurement, and sampling of wastes. The
vaults shall be located as to be readily and easily accessible and be constructed of
impervious materials capable of withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in
temperature. Vaults shall be of substantial construction, water tight, and equipped
with easily removable covers. When bolted covers are required, they shall be gastight
and watertight. The sample vault shall be large enough to allow room for sampling
and monitoring equipment and include enough working space for City personnel.
b. A permanent flow measuring device, such as Palmer Bowlus Flume will be required
for commercial and industrial facilities as listed below:
1. Flume size should be based upon minimum and maximum flow rates and
velocities to ensure free-flow conditions. Maximum flow shall be 70-100% of
maximum capacity of selected flume size. A minimum flow depth of 0.5 inches
should exist at the minimum actual flow.
2. Flume floor elevation should be high enough, relative to the downstream
conditions, to prevent submerged flow (50% submergence is acceptable at
maximum flow). Install the flume level with the floor longitudinally and
transversely in the converging section.
3. Upstream flow should be wave free, non-turbulent, symmetrical and have a
uniform velocity (1 fps minimum to 3 fps maximum) at least 10 times flume
throat in length in the approach channel. Bends in the outlet or inlet pipe will not
be permitted for a distance of 25 pipe diameters up and down stream.
4. It shall be the owner’s responsibility to properly maintain the flume in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure the accuracy of
144
Draft
the measurement.
5. When installed, the Flume size shall be based upon the minimum and maximum
flow rates and velocities to ensure free-flow conditions. The flume floor
elevation should be high enough, relative to downstream conditions, to prevent
submerged flow. The flume shall be self-supporting and require no external
supporting structure. Flume size, construction, and location must be approved by
the Wastewater Environmental Division prior to installation.
c. Industries included in, but not necessarily limited to, the following list shall install a
sample vault and permanent flow meter in the building sewer:
Adhesive Manufacturing
Carbon Black Manufacturing
Aluminum Forming
Coil Coating
Asbestos Manufacturing
Copper Forming
Battery Manufacturing
Electrical and Electronic
Component Manufacturing
Electroplating
Feedlots
Ferroalloy Manufacturing
Fertilizer
Manufacturing Foundries (metal molding and casting)
Glass
manufacturing Grain Mills
Ink Formulating
Inorganic Chemicals Manufacturing
Iron and Steel Manufacturing
Laundries
Leather Tanning and
Finishing Mechanical Products Manufacturing
Metal Finishing
Metal molding and casting (foundries)
Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing
Paint Formulating
Pesticides Chemical Manufacturing
Petroleum Refining
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Porcelain Enameling
Printing and
Publishing Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
Manufacturing
Rubber Manufacturing
Soap and Detergent Manufacturing
Steam Electric Power Generating
Sugar Processing
Tars and Asphalt Paving and Roofing
Materials Manufacturing
Textile Mills
Timber Products Processing
Rubber Manufacturing
6-4
CONSTRUCTION
A. General
All construction shall be per the latest MAG Uniform Standard Details and Specifications for
Public Works Construction, and subject to City of El Mirage modifications, latest edition.
B. Tie-ins to Existing System
Construction plans shall indicate that any tie-ins to the existing, active system shall be made
only after completion of all new work and written approval of the City Engineering
Inspector.
C. Testing and Inspection
145
Draft
1. Manhole Testing
All new sanitary sewer manholes installed shall be tested for integrity either by an
exfiltration test or by a negative air pressure (vacuum) test.
a. Exfiltration testing shall be performed in accordance with MAG Section 615.11(B)
and Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin
No. 11, Chapter 4, Section B. When using the exfiltration test method, water loss
shall not exceed 0.1 gallons per vertical foot of manhole in a 24-hour period.
b. Negative air pressure (vacuum) testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM
C 1244. Testing shall be performed at the top of the manhole cone for manholes
located in paved areas. Manholes outside paved areas shall be vacuum tested at the
ring and cover. Apply a negative air pressure of ten (10) inches of mercury (136
inches water) on the manhole and measure the time in seconds for the vacuum to
drop to nine (9) inches of mercury (122 inches water). The manhole will pass this test
if the time for the vacuum to drop the specified amount meets or exceeds the
following values:
TEST DURATION (SECONDS)
MANHOLE DEPTH
48” DIAMETER
60” DIAMETER
10 feet or less
60
75
Greater than 10 feet
to 15 feet
Not Applicable
90
Greater than
15 feet
Not Applicable
105
If manhole joint compound is pulled out during the vacuum test, the manhole shall be
disassembled and the joint repaired or replaced as necessary. The vacuum testing
shall then be repeated until the manhole passes.
2. Closed Circuit TV (CCTV) Inspection. Perform CCTV inspections in accordance with
NASSCO’s Pipeline Assessment Certification Program. CCTV inspections shall be
provided in digital (DVD) format utilizing a measuring device ahead of the camera to
identify deflections in the line. Measuring device shall be able to measure water depth
from 0-2 inches in ¼ inch increments.
3. Epoxy Coating Systems. Perform inspections and testing according to City specifications.
Administer adhesion testing for the underlayment and the finished coating system.
Perform spark testing for all surfaces of the complete installation in accordance with
ASTM D-4787.
D. Protection of Monuments
The Developer is responsible for protecting and restoring if damaged, construction survey
146
Draft
stakes and property corner monuments used by the City to locate the service lines.
E. Existing Wastewater System Requirements
1. Sewer Service Installations. Requirements for lowering, extending and relocating sewer
service lines are as follows:
a. A construction permit is required for any work on the City system regardless of the
location of the facility. Construction permits can be obtained through the
Engineering Division.
b. The Contractor’s representative shall be responsible for customer notification.
2. All building sewers and service line installations shall be completed by a qualified
licensed contractor and comply with current City of El Mirage Standard Details and the
latest edition of the International Plumbing Code Chapter 10.
3. Switch-overs and Abandonments. Work will be done by contractor after written
authorization by the Public Works Department.
6-5
FINAL DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. Plan Approvals
1. Plans shall be prepared per Chapter 1 of the DDSM.
2. Utility Reports
Preliminary Water and Sewer Analysis Report - This is used to determine the potential
impact that the development would have to the existing water and sewer infrastructure.
This report will also be used to verify that the proposed density and water use of the
proposed development is consistent with the City’s general plan and the City’s water
allocation for the proposed parcel.
Final Sewer Report - Required for all sites in which public sewer is extended. The
calculations in this report will be used to verify that the proposed public sewer design
provides adequate cover, slope, and design velocities.
Master Water and Master Sewer Reports- When required this report should show the
infrastructure required for the utilities in the development to function per City of El
Mirage standards. Individual Final Water and Final Sewer Reports will be required for
each parcel at the time of submittal. Individual phased reports should be consistent with
the data, calculations, and assumptions shown in the Master Reports. Refer to Chapter 6
for additional information regarding Sewer Reports.
3. The completed Approval to Construct (ATC) application with signatures should be
submitted during plan review. The Sewage Collection System Name is “City of El
Mirage”. The Sewage Treatment Facility Name is the “City of El Mirage WWTP”. The
“Sewer Capacity Letter” will be issued by the Public Works Department after the ATC
147
Draft
application has been submitted and will not be provided until the utility plans are
substantially approved.
4. A copy of the Approval to Construct (ATC) issued by Maricopa County Environmental
Services Department (MCESD) and the cover sheet signed by MCESD must be
submitted to Engineering prior to receiving final plan approval from the City.
B. Wastewater Infrastructure Acceptance
Copies of the following documents must be submitted to the Engineering Division prior to
acceptance of the wastewater line(s) by the City. Refer to Chapter 7 of this document for as-
built requirements. Final Letter of Acceptance (FLOA) will be released by the City of El
Mirage Engineering Division after all other items have been completed.
1. A copy of the “Certificate of Approval of Construction” (AOC) issued by MCESD.
2. A copy of the “Engineer’s Certification of Completion”.
3. Pressure and Vacuum Testing documentation.
4. Deflection Testing documentation.
5. Video CCTV. Inspection Records on DVD.
6. Tracer Wire Connectivity Testing
7. Copy of interceptor inspection documentation.
148
Draft
CHAPTER 7
PLAN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
7-1
INTRODUCTION
This section of the City of El Mirage Design & Development Standards Manual outlines the
criteria for technical, as-built, record and electronic submittal requirements. Included in this
chapter are the standard requirements for submittal of Civil Plan sets for projects prior to
permitting and upon completion for As-Built drawing submittal. In addition, criteria are provided
for electronic submittals to meet the requirements of the City of El Mirage.
7-2
CIVIL PLAN SUBMITTALS
The following shall be included when submitting applicable plans for review and approval.
A. Street Plans
1. Station for all grade breaks.
2. Curb offset dimension at all changes in alignment.
3. Top of curb, gutter and pavement centerline elevations at all grade breaks, curb returns,
valley gutters, aprons, plus any other location necessary to adequately show drainage.
4. Survey monuments.
5. Street monument line and if different, centerline bearings, distances, and curve data.
6. Street centerline stationing of the centerline of driveways and width of driveway.
7. Stationing, location and limits of encasements, caps, pipe supports, etc.
8. Location of conduit crossing locations, including type of materials and depth of cover.
B. Irrigation and Storm Drain Plans
1. Street centerline station and offset dimension from street centerline to main at manholes,
structures and all changes in alignment.
2. Street centerline station or easement bearing, dimension and offset dimension to the
centerline to all manholes, structures and changes in alignment or grade of the pipe or
channel.
3. Rim and invert elevations for each manhole, catch basin, stand pipe, turnout structures
and miscellaneous drainage structure.
4. Hydraulic Grade Line (HGL) for the pipe mainline, channels, laterals and structures
including manholes, catch basins, stand pipes and turnout structures.
5. Calculated slope of the mainline pipe and channel bottom between manholes or drainage
structures.
6. The pipe material and diameter shall be shown on the plan and/or plan and profile sheets.
7. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of encasements, caps, pipe supports, etc.
8. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of repairs, including the type of materials used
in the repair.
9. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of facilities which are abandoned in place,
149
Draft
including the size, depth and type of material remaining.
10. Storm drain markers per NPDES requirements.
11. Storm drain inlet protection.
C. Grading and Drainage Plans
1. Elevations at all drainage control points including basin overflow point, tops and bottoms
of basins, drywell rims, valley gutters, curbs and lot drainage outfall points.
2. Dimensions of all retention areas/sedimentation basins including depth, high water level
(HWL) elevation.
3. Retention/detention/sedimentation basin calculations revised to as-built condition, and
certification of compliance.
4. Finished floor or pad elevations.
5. Locations of all drainage structures and building pads.
6. Direction of flow arrows.
7. Pipe, culvert, scupper, catch basin, and channel dimensions, grate and invert elevations,
Include head wall, wingwall, sediment traps, splash pads and sump dimensions and
elevations.
8. Flood plain delineation.
D. Water Plans
1. Street monument line and if different, centerline, easement line bearings, distances and
curve data with offset dimension to all fire hydrants and fittings (i.e., valves, bends, and
tees).
2. Mainline at all changes in horizontal or vertical alignment.
3. All horizontal control points (centerline intersects pc, pt, pcc, prc).
4. Centerline station and offset to each service tap, size of tap and dimension to nearest side
property line. (Note: Front property corners must be visible to verify information for
approval).
5. Centerline stations, offset and elevations to all changes in vertical alignment elements
(i.e., dips, bends, etc. required to avoid conflicts with other utilities or facilities).
6. The water pipe material and diameter shall be shown on the plan and/or plan and profile
sheets
7. Stationing, location and limits of encasements, caps, pipe supports, etc.
8. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of repairs, including the type of materials used
in the repair.
9. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of facilities which are abandoned in place,
including the size, depth and type of materials remaining.
E. Sewer Plans
1. Street centerline station and offset dimension from street centerline to main at manholes
and all changes in alignment.
2. Sewer line station at centerline of each manhole.
3. Street Stationing and Sewer Line Stationing equation at the offset of the intersection.
150
Draft
4. Rim and invert elevations for each manhole.
5. Calculated slope between manholes.
6. Sewer line stationing at centerline of each service tap at 90 degrees to main. If not
installed 90 degrees to main, then station and offset to both the taps on main and the end
of each service tap. (Note: front property corners must be visible to verify information for
approval).
7. The sewer pipe material and diameter shall be shown on the plan and/or plan and profile
sheets.
8. Stationing, location and limits of encasements, caps, pipe supports, etc.
9. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of repairs, including the type of materials used
in the repair.
10. Stationing, location, limits and dimensions of facilities which are abandoned in place,
including the size, depth and type of materials remaining.
F. Right-of-Way Landscape and Irrigation Plans
1. Plant locations and type, revisions to locations or plant types noted including approved
substituted plantings.
2. Location of all irrigation elements noted located and dimensioned to permanent fixed
points.
3. Pipe sizes actually installed noted on plan with revisions if other than installed.
4. Irrigation element manufacturers and model numbers if different from specified on
drawings.
G. Traffic Signal Plans
1. Foundation location and modifications to the structural details noted.
2. Conduit location, size, alignments, and type noted.
3. Cabinet location dimensions and type.
4. Pole location and types.
5. Mast Arm type, length and pendant locations.
6. Head locations and types.
7. Changes to items in the schedules.
8. Interconnect conduit location and pull box type and location.
H. Traffic Signing and Pavement Marking Plans
1. Sign base location, size or type changes from the approved plan noted.
2. Striping layout changes from the approved plan noted.
3. Changes to location, spacing and type of raised pavement markers.
I. Survey Monument Replacement
All developments shall provide survey monuments at section corners, street centerline
intersections, street centerline alignment changes (P.C.’s, P.T.’s or P.I.’s if it is within the
pavement), and subdivision corners.
151
Draft
All section corners, quarter corners, and center of sections shall be a brass cap in hand hole
per MAG Standard Detail 120-1, Type A. All other required survey monuments shall be a
brass cap per MAG Standard Detail 120-1, Type B. All existing monuments shall be
preserved both horizontally and vertically.
An Arizona Registered Land Surveyor at the Contractor or Developer’s expense must reset
any survey monuments disturbed by construction. Disturbed monuments shall be reset to first
order accuracy for horizontal location. Any disturbed monuments shall be reset to third order
accuracy and a new vertical datum established and certified by an Arizona Registered Land
Surveyor. At least two other section corner and/or quarter corner monuments shall be
referenced as a check.
The surveyor shall record a document with the Maricopa County Recorder’s Office. Once
recorded, copies of the document will be submitted to the City of El Mirage Engineering
Division by the Surveyor or Developer. In addition, the survey notes showing these
referenced monuments and elevations certifications shall be reflected on the as-built
documents and submitted for approval to the City Engineer before the project will be
accepted as completed or bonds released.
All monument information, as referenced above, shall be submitted within 60 days of City
acceptance or Certificates of Occupancies will be withheld.
7-3
AS-BUILT PLAN SUBMITTALS
The following additional requirements apply to As-Built Plan Submittal.
1. As-Built Review Process
A set of blue-line plans must be submitted with “as-built” redline markings to the
Engineering Inspector for review. These markings must represent actual as constructed
conditions. Once the redline as-builts are approved and accepted by the Engineering
Inspector the final as-builts can be prepared and submitted.
2. As-Built Plans
One set of As-Built plans will be provided as a hard copy, printed and bound in 24”x36”
size. As-Built plans shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer or
Registered Land Surveyor as applicable, prior to producing the hard copies. In addition,
the original signatures of the approval block shall be intact.
3. Test Results, Certifications, Registrations and Reports shall be submitted as required in
the other applicable chapters of the Design & Development Standards Manual. The
following is a summary of documents that will be required as part of the as-built
submittal. Refer to the appropriate Design & Development Standards Manual chapter for
more information.
152
Draft
a. Materials Testing required for all types of construction.
b. Compaction, Density Test Results for Bedding, Backfill, Sub-grade, Base Materials
and Pavements.
c. Pressure and Leakage Testing.
d. Disinfection Testing.
e. Drilling Logs, Registration and Certification.
f.
Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) DVD for the sanitary sewer system.
g. Coating System Test results.
h. Tracer Wire Connectivity Testing
i.
Percolation Test Results for drywells and basins.
j.
Certified Pad or Finished Floor Elevations.
k. Certification of Provision of Required Retention Volume.
l.
Signal Phase Timing Charts.
m. Well Abandonment Registration of Certification.
n. Acknowledgement of Completion to Satisfaction of other Jurisdiction or Agency
requirements.
o. Final Drainage Report
p. Operation, Service and Maintenance Manuals.
q. Warranties.
r.
Pavement Evaluation Report.
s. Survey Monument Replacement
t.
Backflow Preventer Certification
4. As-Built Certification.
The As-Built Certification statement must be added to the plans and executed. This
certification is available in the Appendix of this Manual.
7-4
ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS
As a part of the submittal process for as-builts and record drawings, electronic file submittals are
required. Electronic base files of the civil plans that have been created or saved in AutoCAD 2020
or earlier format are required. All submittals are required to provide AutoCAD drawings. Images
of the plan sheets for the project shall be submitted in PDF image format in separate PDFs for
each permit plan set. These files will need to be submitted with the AutoCAD drawing at the as-
built and record drawing submittal.
Once an approved submittal has been obtained, the City of El Mirage will import line work from
the electronic submittal into the City’s Geographical Information System (GIS) and electronic
filing system.
The following requirements shall be met during the electronic submittal of civil plans:
GENERAL SUBMITTAL
A. A compact disc or DVD containing the AutoCAD drawing files and PDF images shall be
153
Draft
submitted for acceptance.
CAD SUBMITTAL
B. CAD Drawings site/civil base models supplied to the City of El Mirage will be created in
relation to its geographic location. Use the Arizona State Plane Coordinate System,
FIPSZONE 0202, North American Datum 1983, Units: International Feet (0.3048
Meters). This is the coordinate system recognized by the City of El Mirage for all GIS
applications.
C. A single base drawing is requested. If the drawing size is too large, line work can be divided
into more drawings). Generally, the base drawing should include the Topography,
Survey/Property line work, Site line work (curb, sidewalk, and walls), Utilities (storm,
sanitary, and water), etc.
D. All CAD line work is to be created in model space. Text can remain in the drawings for user
reference but is not required.
E. All AutoCAD line work and symbols shall be separated onto known layers. The Engineer
should provide a layer list to the City.
F.
All CAD drawings (model space) will be referenced to at least two accepted geodetic control
points identifiable via the Maricopa County Geodetic Densification and Control Survey
(GDACS) control network (published through MCDOT), or any monument survey control
system approved by the City of El Mirage Engineering Division.
G. All external references shall be bound and inserted in the base drawing. Purge all empty
layers, unused blocks, line types, dimension styles, plot styles, text styles, shapes, etc. from
the base drawing.
H. The use of standard AutoCAD fonts and shapes is required. Non-standard fonts and shapes
must be transmitted with the drawings in the original file format as separate fonts
subdirectory.
NOTE: The City of El Mirage may modify CAD drawings to adapt projection into the ArcGIS
environment. These adjustments will not impact the integrity of the survey but are for
application of drawing information into the GIS environment.
PDF SUBMITTAL
I.
PDF images shall be saved on the compact disc or DVD in the set of plans they are
representing, i.e., Grading, Water, Sewer, etc. All PDF images will be clear and readable.
The City of El Mirage reserves the right to refuse CAD Drawings and Images that are not in
conformance with the Submittal Requirements as outlined above.
154
Draft
CHAPTER 8
DESIGN STANDARD ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
1.
City of Peoria. (2019). Peoria Engineering Standards Manual. Retrieved from
https://www.peoriaaz.gov/home/showdocument?id=1916
2.
City of Peoria. (2019). City of Peoria Supplement to Maricopa Association of Governments
Uniform Standard Details. Retrieved from
https://www.peoriaaz.gov/home/showdocument?id=1928
3.
City of Prescott. (2016). City of Prescott General Engineering Standards. Retrieved from
http://www.prescott-az.gov/wp
content/uploads/2016/06/general_engineering_standards_final.pdf
4.
Town of Gilbert. (2019). Town of Gilbert Supplement to Maricopa Association of Governments
Uniform Standard Details for Public Works Construction. Retrieved from
https://www.gilbertaz.gov/home/showdocument?id=33275
5.
City of Surprise. (2016). Engineering Development Standards. Retrieved from
https://www.surpriseaz.gov/DocumentCenter/View/3154/Complete-Engineering-
Development-Standards?bidId=
6.
Maricopa County Department of Transportation. (2018). MCDOT Roadway Design Manual.
Retrieved from https://www.maricopa.gov/DocumentCenter/View/51399/Roadway-Design-
Manual-2020?bidId=
155
Draft
CITY OF EL MIRAGE
SUPPLEMENT TO MAG UNIFORM STANDARD DETAILS
FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
JANUARY 2021
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
INDEX
EM-100
100 SERIES: GENERAL
EM-100
INDEX
EM-101-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
EM-101-2
GENERAL NOTES
EM-101-3
GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES
EM-101-4
LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION NOTES
EM-101-5
PAVING NOTES
EM-101-6
SANITARY SEWER NOTES
EM-101-7
WATER NOTES
EM-101-8
SIGNING AND STRIPING NOTES
EM-101-9
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (SWPPP) NOTES
EM-101-10
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES
EM-101-11
DRY UTILITY NOTES
EM-101-12
ALLOWABLE MATERIALS LIST
EM-111-1
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS BY STREET CLASSIFICATION
EM-111-2
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS NOTES
EM-113-1
TRASH ENCLOSURE
EM-113-2
TRASH ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL, SAFETY POST & NOTES
EM-114
FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND OPTIONS
EM-116
BIKE LANE DETAIL
EM-131-1
POST MOUNTED STREET SIGNS (40 MPH OR LESS)
EM-131-2
POST MOUNTED STREET SIGNS (OVER 40 MPH & ARTERIAL
STREETS)
EM-132-1
SIGN POST INSTALLATION
EM-132-2
SIGN POST SPECIFICATIONS
EM-133
TYPICAL MEDIAN NOSE MARKINGS
EM-157
PARKING LOT DIMENSIONS
EM-158
SIGHT DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR
STREETS
EM-159
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR STREETS
EM-161
CORNER RADII DEDICATIONS
EM-162-1
TRACER WIRE
EM-162-2
TRACER WIRE STATION
EM-170
INTERCONNECT TRENCH DETAIL
EM-171-1
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WIRING DETAIL
EM-171-2
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WIRING NOTES
200 SERIES: STREET
EM-251-1
RETURN TYPE DRIVEWAYS WITH ATTACHED SIDEWALK
EM-251-2
RETURN TYPE DRIVEWAYS WITH DETACHED SIDEWALK
EM-259
DRIVEWAY CRITERIA
300 SERIES: WATER
EM-301
BLOCKING FOR GATE AND BUTTERFLY VALVE
EM-303-3
REVERSE THRUST BLOCK (ACP)
EM-303-4
REVERSE THRUST BLOCK (PVC AND DIP)
EM-325
WATER SERVICE CONNECTION (2" AND SMALLER)
EM-326
1" AND 2" WATER SERVICE ABANDONMENT
EM-345
LARGE METER VAULT (3" OR LARGER)
EM-351
REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES (3" AND SMALLER)
EM-352-1
REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES (4" OR LARGER)
EM-352-2
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES PROTECTION
EM-353
CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 3" AND LARGER LEAD FREE
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
EM-360
FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION
EM-361
FIRE HYDRANT / FDC CLEARANCES
EM-362
LOCATIONS FOR NEW FIRE HYDRANTS
EM-363
FIRE HYDRANT VERTICAL DEFLECTION
EM-364
FIRE HYDRANT PROTECTION POLE
EM-370
VERTICAL REALIGNMENT OF WATER MAINS
EM-390
BLOW OFF
EM-395
1" AIR RELEASE VALVE
400 SERIES: SEWER
EM-402-1
WATER / SEWER HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
EM-402-2
WATER / SEWER VERTICAL SEPARATION
EM-406
BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR ALL PIPELINES
EM-414
UTILITY MAIN EXPOSURE FOR NEW SERVICE CONNECTION
EM-420
PRECAST CONCRETE SEWER MANHOLE
EM-423
MANHOLE COVER WITH CITY LOGO
EM-426
INSIDE DROP MANHOLE
EM-440-1
SEWER SERVICE LATERAL (GREATER THAN 2' DEEP)
EM-440-2
SEWER SERVICE LATERAL (LESS THAN 2' DEEP)
EM-442
BACKWATER VALVE
500 SERIES: STORM DRAIN
EM-559-1
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER
EM-559-2
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER ON CATCH BASIN / SCUPPER
EM-559-3
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER ON HEADWALL
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
GENERAL INFORMATION
EM-101-1
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1.
NO PERSON, CORPORATION, CONTRACTOR, OR UTILITY SHALL WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, ROAD, STREET, OR EASEMENTS GRANTED FOR PUBLIC USE OR ALLEYS
WITHOUT SECURING AN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FROM THE ENGINEERING DIVISION.
2.
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMITS ARE REQUIRED FOR GRADING, DRAINAGE, EROSION CONTROL, FLOOD CONTROL STRUCTURES, HAULING MATERIAL IN EXCESS OF
500 CUBIC YARDS, OILING, GRAVELING OR ANY SURFACING OF ANY STREET OR ALLEY, WATER SYSTEM, SEWER SYSTEM, STORM DRAIN SYSTEM, TRENCHING, GAS OR ANY
OTHER TYPES OF PIPE LINES, DRYWELLS, PAVING, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, FLOOD IRRIGATION, LANDSCAPE/IRRIGATION, TRAFFIC SIGNALS, STRIPING AND
SIGNAGE, BANK STABILIZATION AND CHANNELIZATION, STREET LIGHTS, WELL ABANDONMENT, UTILITY LINES SUCH AS ELECTRIC, TELEPHONES, TELEVISION,
COMMUNICATIONS AND OTHER SIMILAR FACILITIES.
3.
CONSTRUCTION WORK HOURS WITHIN THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
FRIDAY, NIGHTTIME AND WEEKEND WORK REQUIRES PERMISSION IN WRITING FROM THE CITY ENGINEER OR THEIR DESIGNEE.
4.
NO INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC FLOW ON ARTERIAL STREETS SHALL BE PERMITTED DURING THE HOURS OF 6:00 A.M. TO 8:30 A.M. OR FROM 4:00 P.M. TO 7:00 P.M. UNLESS
PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IS OBTAINED IN WRITING BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE CITY ENGINEER OR THEIR DESIGNEE.
5.
PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMITS, THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER MUST PROVIDE THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE WITH THE SPECIFIC INFORMATION
NOTED IN SECTION L OF THE CITY'S DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM) AND PAYMENT OF FEES PER THE CITY'S LATEST FEE SCHEDULE. ANY PERSON,
CORPORATION, CONTRACTOR, OR UTILITY COMPANY WORKING IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, ROAD, STREET, OR EASEMENTS GRANTED FOR PUBLIC USE OR ALLEYS WITHOUT
SECURING A PERMIT IS SUBJECT TO A FINE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY CODE.
6.
TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL, MUTCD, AND THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE DESIGN AND
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PER THE PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL. BARRICADES
MUST BE CONTINUALLY MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. IF ANY PART OF THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FALLS WITHIN 300' OF A SIGNALIZED
INTERSECTION, AN OFF-DUTY OFFICER WILL BE REQUIRED FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL. A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEERING DIVISION A
MINIMUM OF TWO WORKING DAYS (48-HOURS) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. AN ACCEPTED TCP WILL BE STAMPED AND A COPY RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR. A COPY OF
THE ACCEPTED PLAN MUST REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES.
7.
REFER TO SECTION N AND CHAPTERS 7-3 AND 7-4 OF THE DDSM FOR A LIST OF THE REQUIRED CLOSE OUT ITEMS. ANY QUESTIONS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE
ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
CONSTRUCTION TYPE
MAY 1 - SEPTEMBER 30
OCTOBER 1 - APRIL 30
A
ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK -
MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY
6:00 A.M. TO 7:00 P.M.
7:00 A.M. TO 7:00 P.M.
B
ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK -
SUNDAY
8:00 A.M. TO 7:00 P.M.
8:00 A.M. TO 7:00 P.M.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
GENERAL NOTES
EM-101-2
SHEET 1 OF 2
GENERAL NOTES:
1.
ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST MARICOPA ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS, UNIFORM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION (MAG). CITY OF EL MIRAGE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM), GENERAL NOTES AND STANDARD DETAILS WILL CONTINUE TO APPLY
WHERE SUCH DETAILS WERE NOT ADOPTED OR INCLUDED BY MAG. ALTERNATE DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE
ENGINEERING DIVISION. IF ACCEPTED, ALTERNATE DETAILS WILL BE SHOWN AS PART OF THE APPROVED PLANS/DETAIL SHEETS.
2.
THIS SET OF PLANS HAS BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMITS. HOWEVER, SUCH
REVIEW SHALL NOT PREVENT THE CITY ENGINEER FROM REQUIRING CORRECTION OF ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN PLANS FOUND TO BE IN VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR
ORDINANCE.
3.
APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER MEANS FOR GENERAL LAYOUT IN RIGHT-OF-WAY ONLY. THIS APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS IS VALID FOR A PERIOD OF NINE (9)
MONTHS. CONSTRUCTION PERMITS SHALL BE OBTAINED WITHIN THIS PERIOD OR THE PLANS SHALL BE RESUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. WORK SHALL ALSO BE
CONTINUOUSLY PURSUED IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN A VALID PLAN APPROVAL AND PERMIT. APPROVAL IS ONLY FOR WORK WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF THE CITY OF EL
MIRAGE.
4.
THE CITY ENGINEER DOES NOT WARRANT ANY QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
5.
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMITS FOR ANY WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS, AND ANY GRADING AND DRAINAGE, WHETHER ON-SITE OR OFF-SITE,
ARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. THE BUILDING PERMIT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED IN ANY WAY AS PERMISSION TO COMMENCE WORK COVERED BY AN
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMIT. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER TO UNDERSTAND THE WORK COVERED BY VARIOUS PERMITS.
6.
THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR SHALL BE NOTIFIED TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK BY TELEPHONE AT 623-876-2975. ANY WORK
CONCEALED WITHOUT INSPECTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S/DEVELOPER'S EXPENSE.
7.
AN APPROVED SET OF PLANS MUST BE AVAILABLE ON THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR'S/DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE (CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING
WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVES) SHALL BE ON THE JOB AT ALL TIMES THE WORK IS BEING PURSUED.
8.
THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE AT TIME OF ISSUANCE OF ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION PERMITS AND HAVE PERSONNEL AVAILABLE 24-HOURS A DAY TO RESPOND TO EMERGENCIES. IF THE CITY IS REQUIRED TO RESPOND AND MAKE
EMERGENCY REPAIRS ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER, THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER IS RESPONSIBLE TO REIMBURSE THE CITY FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED.
9.
IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PERMITTEE TO ARRANGE FOR THE RELOCATION AND RELOCATION COSTS OF ALL UTILITIES, AND SUBMIT A UTILITY RELOCATION
SCHEDULE PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMIT.
10.
ALL UNDERGROUND TANKS REQUIRE A PERMIT FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL.
11.
THE PROCEDURES AND METHODS USED TO SAMPLE, TEST MATERIALS, AND REPORT TEST RESULTS WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION. FOR ALL PHASES
OF CONSTRUCTION, THE TYPE, SCHEDULING, FREQUENCY AND LOCATION OF ALL MATERIALS TESTING AND SAMPLING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING
DIVISION. ALL TEST RESULTS SHALL BE REPORTED DIRECTLY (IN WRITING) TO THE ENGINEERING DIVISION. FOR EACH PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION, TEST RESULTS (IN
WRITING) MUST BE RECEIVED FROM THE TESTING LABORATORY, PRIOR TO THE START OF THE NEXT PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION. ROCK CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR
EACH IN-PLACE DENSITY TEST. NUCLEAR/SAND CONE CORRELATIONS ARE REQUIRED WITH ONE (1) SAND CONE TEST FOR EVERY TEN (10) NUCLEAR DENSITY TESTS TAKEN
ON-SITE. SEE CITY OF EL MIRAGE MATERIALS TESTING GUIDELINES FOR MORE INFORMATION.
12.
THE EXCAVATING CONTRACTOR MUST GIVE A LOCATION FOR WASTING EXCESS EXCAVATION AND A LETTER FROM THE OWNER GIVING PERMISSION FOR DUMPING PRIOR TO
STARTING ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION. DEVELOPER'S ENGINEER SHALL SUBMIT CERTIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION BUILDING PAD ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CITY ACCEPTANCE
OF PROJECT.
13. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE PRESENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING OVERHEAD AND/OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES THAT MAY
INTERFERE WITH THIS CONSTRUCTION, WHETHER OR NOT SAID UTILITIES ARE SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR THIS PROJECT AND TO ADEQUATELY PROTECT
AND MAINTAIN ANY SUCH UTILITIES.
14.
THE ENGINEERING DIVISION DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OF LINE AND/OR GRADE ON ANY STAKING WHICH HAS BEEN DISTURBED IN ANY WAY, NOR DOES
THE ENGINEER ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OF LINE AND/OR GRADE ON ANY STAKING THAT HAS BEEN IN PLACE FOR A PERIOD OF TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS OR
MORE WITHOUT THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION FOR WHICH IT WAS SET.
15.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT BLUE STAKE AT (602) 263-1100 PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN CURRENT BLUE
STAKE MARKINGS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
GENERAL NOTES
EM-101-2
SHEET 2 OF 2
GENERAL NOTES (CONTINUED):
16.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE BUILDING SAFETY DIVISION AT (623) 251-3503 TO START THE PROCESS FOR OBTAINING A FIRE HYDRANT METER. ONCE APPROVED,
THE CONTRACTOR WILL CONTACT THE CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT AT (623) 933-1228 TO SCHEDULE THE INSTALLATION OR RELOCATION OF THE HYDRANT METER.
CONTRACTORS SHALL NOT RELOCATE HYDRANT METERS THEMSELVES. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE THEIR OWN SUPPORT, BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND CERTIFIED
TESTER WITH A CITY WITNESS. A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATION MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE CITY INSPECTOR PRIOR TO USE.
17.
ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO CONSTRUCT STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES IN ORDER TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE THE TRACKING OF
SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAYS OR STREETS. GRAVEL TRACK-OUT PADS SHALL MEET CURRENT MARICOPA COUNTY STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER
SHALL IMMEDIATELY REMOVE ANY SEDIMENT TRACKED ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAYS OR STREETS.
18.
ALL DRAINAGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SUCH AS SWALES, INTERCEPTION DITCHES, PIPES, PROTECTIVE BERMS, CONCRETE CHANNELS OR OTHER MEASURES DESIGNED TO
PROTECT IMPROVEMENTS, WHETHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED, FROM RUNOFF OR DAMAGE FROM STORM WATER, MUST BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO THE CONSTRUCTION
OF ANY IMPROVEMENTS.
19.
ANY AND ALL OBSTRUCTIONS WITHIN THE RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION IS COMMENCED.
20. ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) PERMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL
AND STATE REGULATIONS, INCLUDING NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI), NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT), AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP). A COPY OF
THE NOI AND SWPPP SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES.
21. CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN ANY NECESSARY 401 AND 404 PERMITS. A COPY OF THE PERMIT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY PRIOR TO
APPROVAL OF THE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS.
22. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER TO OBTAIN ANY AND ALL OTHER PERMITS AND MEET ANY REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY OTHER AGENCIES OR
UTILITIES WHICH HAVE JURISDICTION AT THE CONTRACTOR'S/DEVELOPER'S EXPENSE. THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE PERMITS
AS SET FORTH THEREIN.
23. AS A REMINDER, MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS ASKED THE CITY TO INFORM ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS WORKING IN THE CITY OF
EL MIRAGE OF THE FOLLOWING:
PER THE MARICOPA COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL RULES AND REGULATIONS ON EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT PERMITS, NO PERSON SHALL CAUSE OR PERMIT THE USE
OF ANY POWER OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES TO CLEAR, EXCAVATE OR LEVEL LAND, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BLASTING, DEMOLITION,
ROAD AND STREET CONSTRUCTION, SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, VEGETATION REMOVAL, OR ENGAGE IN ANY OTHER EARTH MOVING ACTIVITIES WITHOUT
FIRST OBTAINING A PERMIT FROM THE MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THE PROPERTY OWNER, LESSEE, DEVELOPER OR PRIME
CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ACQUIRING THE PERMIT.
ALSO AS A REMINDER, IF THE ABOVE REFERENCED DEVELOPMENT HAS WORK THAT NEEDS TO BE DONE IN THE MARICOPA COUNTY RIGHTS-OF-WAY, PLEASE OBTAIN ALL
PERMITS FROM THE MARICOPA COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. THE OFF-SITE PERMITS ISSUED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE DO NOT COVER THE MARICOPA
COUNTY RIGHTS-OF-WAY.
24. FIRE ACCESS TO BE MAINTAINED DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE FIRE DEPARTMENT.
25. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER TO SCHEDULE WATER AND SEWER TESTING WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR PER THE CITY'S DESIGN &
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM). NO TESTING SHALL BE ACCEPTED BY THE INSPECTOR UNTIL ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.
26. ANY EXISTING LANDSCAPING AND/OR IRRIGATION SYSTEM DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED IN KIND BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
CALL AND COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE OPERATIONS SUPERINTENDENT AT (623) 935-6405.
27. THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB SITE SAFETY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MEETING ALL REQUIREMENTS OF OSHA AND ADOSH.
THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO ADVISE OR DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER REGARDING MATTERS OF JOB SITE SAFETY.
SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER ACT ON SUCH ADVICE OR DIRECTION, IT IS AT THE RISK OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES
EM-101-3
GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES:
1.
THE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR SHALL BE NOTIFIED AT (623) 876-2975, 48 HOURS BEFORE
ANY ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS.
2.
A SEPARATE PERMIT IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ANY ON-SITE GRADING, INCLUDING CUSTOM HOMES.
3.
GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN APPROVAL INCLUDES:
A.
CONSTRUCTION OF ALL SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE APPROVED GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RETENTION AREAS
AND/OR OTHER DRAINAGE FACILITIES, DRAINAGE PATTERNS, CHANNELS, WALLS, CURBING, ASPHALT PAVEMENT, BANK PROTECTION AND CHANNELIZATION, AND
BUILDING FLOOR ELEVATIONS.
B.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM SLOPE TO THE BOTTOM IN ALL RETENTION BASINS AT ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. RETENTION BASIN SIDE SLOPES
SHALL NOT EXCEED 2:1 ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND 6:1 ADJACENT TO PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS.
4.
ALL DRAINAGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SUCH AS SWALES, INTERCEPTOR DITCHES, PIPES, PROTECTIVE BERMS, CONCRETE CHANNELS OR OTHER MEASURES DESIGNED TO
PROTECT HOMES OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS WHETHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED, FROM RUNOFF OR DAMAGE FROM STORM WATER, MUST BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO THE
CONSTRUCTION OF ANY IMPROVEMENTS.
5.
DRYWELLS MUST BE DRILLED A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) FEET INTO PERMEABLE POROUS STRATA AND PERCOLATION TESTS WILL BE REQUIRED. THE CITY ENGINEERING
INSPECTOR MUST BE PRESENT BEFORE BACKFILL OR WALL PIPES ARE PLACED WITHIN ANY DRYWELL. PERCOLATION TESTS MUST BE CONDUCTED BY AN INDEPENDENT
LABORATORY AND RESULTS PROVIDED TO THE ENGINEERING DIVISION. ALL DRYWELLS MUST BE REGISTERED WITH ADEQ. COPIES OF DRILLING LOGS AND ADEQ
REGISTRATION INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE CITY.
6.
ALL FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE A MINIMUM OF 14-INCHES ABOVE THE POINT OF OUTFALL AND ONE (1) FOOT ABOVE THE 100-YEAR BASE FLOOD ELEVATION AS
SHOWN ON THE APPROVED PLAN.
7.
A FEMA ELEVATION CERTIFICATE FOR ALL NEW AND SUBSTANTIALLY IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION IN THE FLOODPLAIN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEERING DIVISION
PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT.
8.
SOILS COMPACTION TEST RESULTS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEERING DIVISION FOR ALL BUILDING PADS THAT HAVE ONE (1) FOOT OR MORE OF FILL MATERIAL
INDICATED.
9.
STAKING PAD AND/OR FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPER AND HIS ENGINEER. NO MINIMUM FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION WILL BE RAISED
OR LOWERED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE CITY ENGINEER. IN NON-CRITICAL AREAS, THE DEVELOPER'S ENGINEER SHALL SUBMIT CERTIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTED
BUILDING PAD ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION. IN CRITICAL DRAINAGE AREAS, OR IN THE 100-YEAR FLOODPLAIN, SUBSTITUTE BUILDING FLOOR
ELEVATION IN ABOVE NOTE, OR FEMA ELEVATION CERTIFICATE.
10.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AND CONFIRMING DEPTH OF ALL EXISTING UTILITY LINES WITHIN PROPOSED RETENTION AND DRAINAGE FACILITY
AREAS. IF THE DRAINAGE FACILITIES CANNOT BE CONSTRUCTED PER PLAN AS A RESULT OF CONFLICT WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD
CONTACT THE ENGINEERING DIVISION AND THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND REQUEST MODIFICATION OF THE DRAINAGE FACILITY DESIGN.
11.
ALL BANK PROTECTION AND CHANNELIZATION MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT.
12.
A SEPARATE HAUL PERMIT SHALL BE REQUIRED WHENEVER HAULING IN EXCESS OF 500 CUBIC YARDS OF MATERIAL IN OR OUT OF A SITE. A HAUL ROUTE MUST BE
SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION SHALL BE MET.
13.
ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) PERMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL
AND STATE REGULATIONS, INCLUDING NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI), NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT), AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP). A COPY OF
THE NOI AND SWPPP SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES.
14.
ONCE AN EXISTING SHOULDER IS DISTURBED BY THE GRADING OPERATION OR ANY OTHER PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION, THE SHOULDER SHALL BE BARRICADED. SUCH
BARRICADING SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT.
15.
AN APPROVED METALLIC LOCATOR TAPE AND TRACING WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL STORM DRAIN PIPES (LINEAR OR NON-LINEAR). THE CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING A CONNECTIVITY TEST FOR THE TRACER WIRE WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR PRESENT.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION NOTES
EM-101-4
LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION NOTES:
1.
ALL LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLED WITHIN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY OR OTHER CITY MAINTAINED AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE APPROVED PLANS AND
CITY'S SPECIFICATIONS. ALL LANDSCAPING APPROVED AS A PART OF THE SITE PLAN PROCESS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY DEVIATIONS TO THE
APPROVED PLANS REQUIRE CITY APPROVAL.
2.
PERMITS ARE REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING ELECTRIC METER INSTALLATION, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, AND WORK WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY
OR CITY DEDICATED PROPERTY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THESE PERMITS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK.
3.
ALL LANDSCAPE PROJECTS REQUIRING CITY MAINTENANCE OR WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR THE FOLLOWING:
A.
PLANT LOCATIONS: THESE LOCATIONS SHALL BE STAKED IN THE FIELD WITH IDENTIFICATION AS TO TREES OR SHRUBS; OR HOLES FOR THE PLANT MATERIALS MAY BE
DUG WITH IDENTIFICATION OF PLANT TYPE. USE OF THIS METHOD DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY PLANT RELOCATIONS MADE BY THE CITY.
B.
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION: INSPECTIONS SHALL BE MADE AT THE POINT THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM IS INSTALLED. INSPECTIONS OF THE PIPE DEPTH, AUTOMATIC VALVE
INSTALLATION AND EMITTER/SPRAY INSTALLATIONS WILL BE MADE.
C.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: AN INSPECTION AT COMPLETION OF THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION WILL BE MADE. ANY DEFICIENCIES IN THE INSTALLATION
WILL BE NOTED AND CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD.
D.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A FINAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO CITY ACCEPTANCE OF THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION IMPROVEMENTS.
THE ABOVE INSPECTIONS REQUIRE A MINIMUM OF 48-HOURS PRIOR NOTIFICATION TO THE CITY. CALL THE EL MIRAGE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT AT (623)
876-2996 AND LEAVE A MESSAGE INCLUDING THE SUBDIVISION, LOCATION AND TYPE OF INSPECTION TO ARRANGE FOR THESE INSPECTIONS.
4.
SEPARATE INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. PLEASE CALL THE BUILDING SAFETY DIVISION AT (623) 876-2979 A
MINIMUM OF 24-HOURS PRIOR TO ARRANGE FOR THESE INSPECTIONS.
5.
LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION, WHICH IS INSTALLED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY IN CONJUNCTION WITH A CITY APPROVED SITE PLAN, WILL BE INSPECTED BY THE COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT FOR CONFORMANCE TO THE APPROVED SITE PLAN PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.
6.
THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION FOR THIS PROJECT WILL BE MAINTAINED BY THE HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATION (HOA) PER THE APPROVED PLANS. IF NO HOA EXISTS, THE
PROPERTY OWNER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE.
7.
ALL CITY MAINTAINED PROJECTS REQUIRE A 90-DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD TO BEGIN AT THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY.
8.
RIGHT-OF WAY AND CITY MAINTAINED AREAS REQUIRE SEPARATE WATER METER CONNECTIONS. RIGHT-OF-WAY AREAS DESIGNATED FOR MAINTENANCE BY THE ADJACENT
PROPERTY OWNERS FOR COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IRRIGATION ISOLATED OR SEPARATED FROM THE
ON-SITE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.
9.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION, COST AND REQUIRED PERMIT FEES FOR THE WATER METER(S) DESIGNATED TO SERVE THE IRRIGATION
SYSTEM.
10.
ALL PLANTINGS AT MATURITY SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6'-0" CLEARANCE AROUND ALL FIRE HYDRANTS AND FIRE SUPPRESSION DEVICES.
11.
PLANTINGS SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS AND SHALL MAINTAIN A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 30" WITHIN ANY SIGHT DISTANCE TRIANGLES.
12.
INSTALLATION OF THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION SYSTEM INCLUDING ADDITION OF GROUND PLANT MATERIALS SHALL NOT IMPEDE THE FLOW OF DESIGNED DRAINAGE
FACILITIES NOR DECREASE THE DESIGN VOLUME OF ANY DETENTION/RETENTION BASINS.
13.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES DURING THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION.
14.
ALL TREES SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 6'-0" CLEARANCE FROM ANY CITY WATER OR SEWER LINE AND A MINIMUM OF 5'-0" CLEARANCE FROM ANY CITY SIDEWALK AND
CURB. ALL PLANTINGS SHALL MAINTAIN A SUFFICIENT DISTANCE FROM ANY SANITARY AND STORM SEWER MANHOLES TO ALLOW ACCESS BY MAINTENANCE VEHICLES.
15.
A SWALE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN DEPTH SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY TO PROMOTE WATER HARVESTING.
16.
ALL PLANTING AREAS (EXCEPT TURF AREAS) TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE CITY SHALL BE TREATED WITH A PRE-EMERGENT HERBICIDE BY A LICENSED APPLICATOR PRIOR TO
AND AFTER THE PLACEMENT OF THE DECOMPOSED GRANITE, RIVER ROCK, ETC. APPLICATION DOCUMENTATION WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE
LANDSCAPING BY THE CITY.
17.
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS OF THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION SYSTEM ARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY AND FOR PROJECTS WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY
OR CITY OWNED PROPERTY. THE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF ALL PLANTINGS AND THE DIMENSIONS TO FIXED POINTS OF ALL IRRIGATION
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. THE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED ON A CD THAT CONTAINS PDFS OF ALL PLAN SHEETS.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
PAVING NOTES
EM-101-5
PAVING NOTES:
1.
EXACT POINT OF PAVEMENT MATCHING, TERMINATION AND/OR OVERLAY, IF NECESSARY, SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION. CRACK SEAL
IS REQUIRED BETWEEN OLD AND NEW ASPHALTIC CONCRETE AND BETWEEN ASPHALT AND CONCRETE (I.E. ALONG CURB, VALLEY GUTTER, ETC.).
2.
ALL FRAMES, COVERS, VALVE BOXES AND MANHOLES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO FINISHED GRADE UPON COMPLETION OF PAVING OR RELATED CONSTRUCTION. THE
CONCRETE COLLAR SHALL BE ADJUSTED LEVEL WITH EXISTING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT. THE EDGE OF THE CONCRETE COLLAR SHALL BE CRACK SEALED.
3.
ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS SHALL COMPLY WITH MAG STANDARD DETAIL 211 FOR TRENCH PLATING.
4.
PAVING SHALL NOT START UNTIL ALL APPROPRIATE TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND ACCEPTED (PRESSURE TESTING OF UTILITIES, DENSITY TESTING, VIDEO OF SEWER
LINE, ETC.). SERVICE STUBS TO ALL PLATTED LOTS SHALL BE EXTENDED, AND ALL CONFLICTING UTILITY CONSTRUCTION COMPLETED PRIOR TO START OF PAVING.
5.
TREES AND SHRUBBERY IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE IMPROVEMENTS PROPOSED HEREIN, ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED WITHOUT PRIOR
APPROVAL OF THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE. THE PERMITTEE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE NECESSARY AUTHORIZATION TO REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE SAID
TREES OR SHRUBBERY.
6.
IN ALL AREAS WHERE NEW CONSTRUCTION OF CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS IS REQUIRED, AND THE ENGINEER DETERMINES THE EXISTING GRADE TO
CONSIST OF SOILS WITH SWELLING CHARACTERISTICS, THE MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE BROUGHT AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO OPTIMUM REQUIRED FOR COMPACTION BY
THE ADDITION OF WATER, BLENDING OF DRY SUITABLE MATERIAL OR BY DRYING OF EXISTING MATERIAL. THE MATERIAL SHALL THEN BE COMPACTED TO A RELATIVE
DENSITY OF 90 PERCENT MINIMUM.
7.
CONSTRUCTION LOADS: DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, HEAVY EQUIPMENT MAY CROSS EXISTING OR PROPOSED PIPE. IN THIS CASE, AN EARTH FILL SHOULD BE
CONSTRUCTED TO AT LEAST THREE (3) FEET ABOVE PIPE. THE FILL MUST BE SUFFICIENT TO PREVENT THE LATERAL DISPLACEMENT OF THE PIPE.
8.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE REQUIRES THAT THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIX DESIGN MEET THE CURRENT CITY OF PHOENIX MIX DESIGN FOR A
C-¾” & D-½” (HIGH VOLUME). COPIES OF THESE MIX DESIGNS AND RELATED PRODUCT CODES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE ENGINEERING DIVISION.
9.
ALL STREET IMPROVEMENTS FOR CUSTOM HOMES MUST BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE POLICY ON UNPAVED STREETS PROVIDED IN
SECTION J OF THE CITY'S DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM). ALL PRIVATE ACCESS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED WITH AN ACCEPTABLE DUST PALLIATIVE.
10.
ALL CONTRACTORS/DEVELOPERS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO CONSTRUCT STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES IN ORDER TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE THE TRACKING OF
SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAYS OR STREETS. GRAVEL TRACK-OUT PADS SHALL MEET CURRENT MARICOPA COUNTY STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER
SHALL IMMEDIATELY REMOVE ANY SEDIMENT TRACKED ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAYS OR STREETS.
11. IF ANY EXISTING BARRICADES, TRAFFIC SIGNS OR STREET NAME SIGNS NEED TO BE REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION, NOTIFY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE OPERATIONS
SUPERINTENDENT AT (623) 935-6405. A MINIMUM OF 48-HOURS NOTICE IS NEEDED FOR REMOVALS. IF SIGNS AND BARRICADES BELONG TO ANOTHER AGENCY, IT IS THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER TO NOTIFY THEM.
12. NO WATER SUPPLY HOSE OR RAMPS SHALL BE PLACED ACROSS OR IN THE ARTERIAL OR COLLECTOR STREETS. APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM THE CITY ENGINEER OR HIS
DESIGNEE IS REQUIRED FOR PLACEMENT OF THE SUPPLY HOSE OR RAMPS IN LOCAL STREETS. APPLICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE SUBMITTALS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS, MATERIALS USED, AND DIMENSIONS OF THE RAMP, PROPOSED LOCATION, PROPOSED BARRICADING AND SIGNAGE.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SANITARY SEWER NOTES
EM-101-6
SANITARY SEWER NOTES:
1.
ACCEPTABLE SEWER LINE MATERIALS PER CITY DETAIL EM-101-12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEVIATE FROM THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE DESIGN ENGINEER ON
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION.
A.
PVC SDR 35 SEWER PIPE, WHICH CONFORMS TO SECTION 745 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR SEWER LINE SIZES EIGHT (8) INCHES
THROUGH FIFTEEN (15) INCHES IN DIAMETER. BEDDING AND BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL
EM-406, BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR ALL PIPELINES.
B.
NEW SEWER TAPS SHALL BE PER CITY DETAIL EM-440. TAP LOCATION SHALL BE SUPPLEMENTED BY A CURB STAMP PER MAG STANDARD DETAIL 440-4 (STAMPED S ON
TOP OF CURB).
2.
SEWER LINE AND GRADE STAKES SHALL BE SET BY A QUALIFIED ARIZONA REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND/OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF
SEWER LINES. THE QUALIFIED ARIZONA REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND/OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE SHALL VERIFY THAT THE GRADES CONFORM TO THE APPROVED
CONSTRUCTION PLANS, AND PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO THE CONTRACTOR AND CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR. AFTER INSTALLATION AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE FROM
THE ENGINEERING DIVISION, THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE SEWER INSTALLATION CONFORMS TO THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS.
3.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCOVER ALL EXISTING LINES TO BE CONNECTED AND VERIFY INVERT ELEVATIONS BEFORE ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION.
4.
ALL UTILITY INSTALLATIONS IN CONFLICT WITH THESE PLANS SHALL BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. ANY UTILITY REMOVALS OR
RELOCATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNING MUNICIPALITY AND UTILITY PURVEYOR.
5.
TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION SHALL CONFORM TO MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 601 EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN.
6.
BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR SEWER LINES SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-406, BEDDING AND
BACKFILL FOR ALL PIPELINES.
7.
BACKFILL SHALL BE TYPE I AS DEFINED IN SECTION 601 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
8.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD BEFORE THE SEWER LINE IS BACKFILLED SO "AS-BUILT" MEASUREMENTS MAY BE TAKEN. ANY
CHANGES TO THE APPROVED PLANS MUST BE AUTHORIZED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE ENGINEERING DIVISION BEFORE THE CHANGE IS MADE IN THE FIELD.
9.
SERVICE LINE CONNECTIONS TO THE SEWER MAIN SHALL HAVE A "WYE" FITTING. SADDLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
10.
SEWER SERVICE LINES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED UNDER DRIVEWAYS, CONCRETE APRONS, SCUPPERS, CATCH BASINS, OR SIMILAR STRUCTURES.
11. MANHOLES WHICH EXCEED TEN (10) FEET IN DEPTH, OR ARE ON ARTERIAL STREETS, SHALL BE FIVE (5) FEET IN DIAMETER, WITHOUT STEPS, AND SHALL BE EPOXY COATED
PER RAVEN 405, SAUEREISEN SEWERGARD NO. 210 OR ENVIRONMENTAL COATINGS SEWER SHIELD 150.
12.
ALL SEWER MANHOLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A GASKET, JOINT SEALER, OR WATER STOP BETWEEN THE BASE AND RISER SECTION.
13.
ALL PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT SHALL CONFORM WITH MAG STANDARD DETAIL 200-1 MODIFIED WITH A ONE-HALF (1/2) SACK PORTLAND CEMENT ABC SLURRY, WHICH
CONFORMS TO MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION 728, (MODIFIED FOR ONE-HALF SACK PORTLAND CEMENT), FOR TRENCH BACKFILL FROM ONE (1) FOOT ABOVE THE TOP OF
PIPE TO THE EXISTING PAVEMENT SUBGRADE. USE TYPE 'A' FOR LONGITUDINAL TRENCH REPAIR AND USE “T TOP” FOR TRANSVERSE TRENCH REPAIR OR WHEN A TRENCH
RUNS THROUGH AN INTERSECTION. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT THICKNESS SHALL BE 1.5 TIMES THE EXISTING ASPHALT THICKNESS. AC MIX DESIGN SHALL BE PER THE CITY
OF PHOENIX C-3/4” MIX. CRACK SEALING IS REQUIRED.
14. MANHOLES, WHICH ARE LOCATED IN ANY PAVED OR UNPAVED AREA, SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO THE FINISH GRADE UPON THE COMPLETION OF PAVEMENT WORK.
15.
CONTRACTOR SHALL MANDREL, AIR PRESSURE TEST, AND PROVIDE A CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NASSCO PIPELINE
ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. THE CCTV INSPECTION SHOULD BE PROVIDED IN DIGITAL (DVD) FORMAT UTILIZING A MEASURING DEVICE AHEAD OF THE CAMERA
TO IDENTIFY DEFLECTIONS IN THE LINE. THE MEASURING DEVICE SHALL BE ABLE TO MEASURE WATER DEPTH FROM 0 TO 2 INCHES IN ¼ INCH INCREMENTS. CONTRACTOR
SHALL PERFORM TESTS AFTER DRY UTILITIES ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO ANY CONCRETE WORK, STREET WORK, OR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SEWER.
16.
SEWER LINES SHALL REMAINED “PLUGGED” AT THE POINT(S) OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING LINES (OUTFALLS) UNTIL ALL PHASES OF THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED BY
THE CITY ENGINEER.
17. NO FLOW SHALL BE RELEASED INTO THE CITY SEWER SYSTEM UNTIL AFTER ALL TESTS HAVE BEEN PASSED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
SHEET 1 OF 2
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SANITARY SEWER NOTES
EM-101-6
SHEET 2 OF 2
SANITARY SEWER NOTES (CONTINUED):
18.
THE FOLLOWING MAG UNIFORM STANDARD DETAILS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOT APPROVED:
NO. 425 24" ALUMINUM MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
NO. 441 SEWER CLEANOUT - “SEWER TAP AT CLEANOUT” OPTION
19.
THE OWNER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SEWER SERVICE LINE FROM THE MAIN TO SERVICE FACILITY.
20. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MEET OSHA STANDARDS FOR “TRENCH SAFETY”.
21. ANY TAP PROPOSED TO BE MADE DIRECTLY INTO A 12-INCH OR LARGER SEWER MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING DIVISION. THE CITY HAS THE
RIGHT TO REQUEST THAT THE TAP BE MADE DIRECTLY INTO A MANHOLE.
22. NO SEWER LINES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN RETENTION/DETENTION BASINS.
23. ALL MANHOLES LOCATED OUTSIDE PAVED AREAS SHALL HAVE A LOCKING COVER, A CONCRETE COLLAR, AND A 'CURVE-FLEX' UTILITY MARKER AS MANUFACTURED BY
CARSONITE (CFRM-400-GREEN).
24. AN “ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION” ISSUED BY THE MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL PROJECT
ACCEPTANCE.
25. WORKMANSHIP ON MANHOLE BOTTOMS WILL BE CLOSELY INSPECTED FOR UNIFORMITY AND SMOOTHNESS OF CHANNEL. THE PREFERRED METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
MANHOLE INVERT CHANNELS SHALL BE PIPE PLACEMENT IN MANHOLE BOTTOM AND REMOVAL OF TOP OF PIPE AFTER MANHOLE IS CONSTRUCTED. FAILURE TO PROVIDE
SMOOTH, UNIFORM CHANNELS SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION, REMOVAL AND RE-CONSTRUCTION.
26. A COPY OF THE APPROVAL TO CONSTRUCT (ATC) ISSUED BY MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT (MCESD) IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF
THE ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMIT.
27. A COPY OF THE APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION (AOC) ISSUED BY MCESD IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE ENGINEER
OF RECORD OR DESIGNEE SHALL BE PRESENT DURING TESTING PROCEDURES SO THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AOC CAN BE COMPLETED IN FULL.
28. ALL SEWER LINES AND SERVICES (LINEAR OR NON-LINEAR) REQUIRE THE INSTALLATION OF AN APPROVED METALLIC LOCATING TAPE AND TRACING WIRE, WHICH SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MAG SPEC. 616.4 WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: THE TAPE SHALL BE SOLID GREEN IN COLOR, PRINTED WITH THE WORDS “CAUTION
SANITARY SEWER LINE BELOW”, AND INSTALLED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE ABC COURSE, APPROXIMATELY ONE-FOOT ABOVE THE TOP OF THE PIPE. THE CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING A CONNECTIVITY TEST FOR THE TRACER WIRE WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR PRESENT.
29. ADJUSTING RINGS IN MANHOLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12-INCHES AND A MAXIMUM OF 24-INCHES PER MAG STANDARD DETAIL 420-2.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER NOTES
EM-101-7
WATER NOTES:
1.
ACCEPTABLE WATER LINE MATERIALS PER CITY DETAIL EM-101-12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEVIATE FROM THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE DESIGN ENGINEER ON
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION.
A.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE, PRESSURE CLASS 350, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATER LINES SIZES SIX (6) INCHES THROUGH TWELVE (12) INCHES IN DIAMETER. ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE
SHALL BE POLYWRAPPED IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 610.6 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE FULLY RESTRAINED WITH THRUST BLOCKS.
B.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE, PRESSURE CLASS 250 MINIMUM, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATER LINES 16 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL BE
POLYWRAPPED IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 610.6 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE FULLY RESTRAINED WITH THRUST BLOCKS.
C.
PVC PIPE, AWWA C-900 PRESSURE CLASS 200, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATER LINES SIZES SIX (6) INCHES AND EIGHT (8) INCHES IN DIAMETER. (PRIVATE ONLY)
2.
WATER LINE AND GRADE STAKES SHALL BE SET BY A QUALIFIED ARIZONA REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND/OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF
WATER LINES. THE QUALIFIED ARIZONA REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND/OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE SHALL VERIFY THAT THE GRADES CONFORM TO THE APPROVED
CONSTRUCTION PLANS, AND PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO THE CONTRACTOR AND CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR. AFTER INSTALLATION AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE FROM
THE ENGINEERING DIVISION, THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE WATER LINE INSTALLATION CONFORMS TO THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS.
3.
TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION SHALL CONFORM TO MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 601 EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. NATIVE BACKFILL IS
NOT ALLOWED FOR PUBLIC WATERLINES.
4.
BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR WATERLINES SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-406, BEDDING AND
BACKFILL FOR ALL PIPELINES.
5.
BACKFILL SHALL BE TYPE I AS DEFINED IN SECTION 601 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
6.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE PROJECT ENGINEER BEFORE THE WATER LINE OR FITTINGS ARE COVERED, SO "AS-BUILT" MEASUREMENTS MAY BE
TAKEN. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED PLANS MUST BE AUTHORIZED BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER AND THE CITY ENGINEER BEFORE THE CHANGE IS MADE IN THE FIELD.
7.
SIX (6) INCH DIAMETER AND EIGHT (8) INCH DIAMETER WATERLINES LOCATED IN STREETS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 48 INCHES FROM THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO
FINISH GRADE. SIX (6) INCH DIAMETER AND EIGHT (8) INCH DIAMETER WATERLINES IN LOCATIONS OTHER THAN STREETS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 36 INCHES FROM
THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO FINISH GRADE, UNLESS DESIGN CONDITIONS WARRANT ADDITIONAL COVER.
8.
TWELVE (12) INCH DIAMETER WATERLINES LOCATED IN STREETS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 60 INCHES FROM THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO FINISH GRADE. TWELVE (12)
INCH DIAMETER WATERLINES IN LOCATIONS OTHER THAN STREETS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 48 INCHES FROM THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO FINISH GRADE, UNLESS
DESIGN CONDITIONS WARRANT ADDITIONAL COVER.
9.
SIXTEEN (16) INCH DIAMETER WATERLINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 60 INCHES FROM THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO FINISH GRADE, UNLESS DESIGN CONDITIONS
WARRANT ADDITIONAL COVER.
10.
ALL STUB-OUTS SHALL HAVE A BLOW-OFF, LEFT IN PLACE WITH A TWO (2) INCH RISER, PER CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-390 AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO
USE.
11. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL CONFORM TO CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-360. THE FIRE HYDRANT MANUFACTURER MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE
PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE HYDRANT.
12.
ALL VALVES 16 INCHES AND UNDER SHALL BE PER MAG SPECIFICATION SECTION 630 WITH RESILIENT SEAT AWWA APPROVED GATE VALVES AND SHALL OPEN BY TURNING
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE.
13.
VALVES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN SIDEWALKS, GUTTERS, CURB, OR VALLEY GUTTERS.
14.
ALL WATER VALVES SHALL HAVE A VALVE BOX AND COVER PER MAG STANDARD DETAIL 391-1, TYPE 'A' AND 392, TYPE 'A'. EXTENSIONS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED ON WATER
VALVES.
15.
CONTRACTORS SHALL NOT OPERATE VALVES ON THE EXISTING CITY SYSTEM.
16.
WATER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER TO ELIMINATE DIPS OR HIGH POINTS. ALL WATER LINES SHALL BE PARALLEL TO THE STREET CENTERLINE OR
PROPERTY LINE, OR AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE, UNLESS THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS INDICATE OTHERWISE. ALL HORIZONTAL DEFLECTIONS IN WATER LINES (CONSTRUCTED IN
NONLINEAR STREETS) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PIPE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DEFLECTION AT JOINTS. 50% OF THE RECOMMENDED DEFLECTION WILL
BE ALLOWED.
SHEET 1 OF 3
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER NOTES
EM-101-7
SHEET 2 OF 3
WATER NOTES (CONTINUED):
17.
ALL JOINT RESTRAINTS SHALL BE INSPECTED PRIOR TO BACKFILL. FOR THRUST RESTRAINTS, REINFORCING STEEL AND FORM WORK SHALL BE INSPECTED PRIOR TO
PLACING CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKS. THRUST RESTRAINT SHALL CONFORM TO MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION 610.4, MAG STANDARD DETAILS 340, 380 AND 381, AND
CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-301.
18.
WATER SERVICES TWO (2) INCHES AND SMALLER IN DIAMETER SHALL CONFORM TO CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAIL EM-325. THE MINIMUM SERVICE CONNECTION
SHALL BE ONE (1) INCH. SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES SHALL USE A MINIMUM ONE (1) INCH SERVICE CONNECTION. WATER SERVICE SADDLE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL
MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
19.
WATER SERVICES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED UNDER DRIVEWAYS, CONCRETE APRONS, SCUPPERS, CATCH BASINS OR THE LIKE.
20. ALL WATER LINES REQUIRE THE INSTALLATION OF METALLIC LOCATING TAPE, WHICH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MAG SPEC. 616.4 WITH THE FOLLOWING
EXCEPTIONS: THE TAPE SHALL BE SOLID BLUE IN COLOR, PRINTED WITH THE WORDS “CAUTION POTABLE WATER LINE BELOW”, AND INSTALLED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE ABC
COURSE, APPROXIMATELY 1-FOOT ABOVE THE TOP OF THE PIPE. ALL WATER LINES ALSO REQUIRE TRACER WIRE PER CITY REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING A CONNECTIVITY TEST FOR THE TRACER WIRE WITH THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR PRESENT.
21. ALL PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT SHALL CONFORM WITH MAG STANDARD DETAIL 200-1 MODIFIED WITH A ONE-HALF (1/2) SACK PORTLAND CEMENT ABC SLURRY, WHICH
CONFORMS TO MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION 728, (MODIFIED FOR ONE-HALF SACK PORTLAND CEMENT), FOR TRENCH BACKFILL FROM ONE (1) FOOT ABOVE THE TOP OF
PIPE TO THE EXISTING PAVEMENT SUBGRADE. USE TYPE 'A' FOR LONGITUDINAL TRENCH REPAIR AND USE “T TOP” FOR TRANSVERSE TRENCH REPAIR OR WHEN A TRENCH
RUNS THROUGH AN INTERSECTION. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT THICKNESS SHALL BE 1.5 TIMES THE EXISTING ASPHALT THICKNESS. AC MIX DESIGN SHALL BE PER THE CITY
OF PHOENIX C-3/4” MIX. CRACK SEALING IS REQUIRED.
22. PRESSURE TESTING SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED UNTIL AFTER THE CONTRACTOR HAS PRETESTED 100% OF THE LINES. INSPECTION TESTING MUST BE CALLED FOR
TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS IN ADVANCE. WATER LINES MUST PASS PRESSURE TESTING AFTER DRY UTILITIES ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO ANY CONCRETE WORK, STREET
WORK, OR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WASTEWATER.
23. ALL MAINS SHALL BE CHLORINATED IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 611 OF MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. SAMPLES WILL BE TAKEN IN CONFORMANCE WITH MAG
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 611.
24. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONNECT TO ANY PUBLIC WATER LINE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
25. THE FOLLOWING MAG UNIFORM STANDARD DETAILS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOT APPROVED.
NO. 345-2
4", 6" WATER METER WITH ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANTS
NO. 360-1
DRY BARREL FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION
NO. 360-2
WET BARREL FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION
NO. 360-3
FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION DETAILS
NO. 389
CURB STOP WITH VALVE BOX AND COVER
NO. 391-1
VALVE BOX INSTALLATION AND GRADE ADJUSTMENT - TYPES 'B' & 'C'
26. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MEET OSHA STANDARDS FOR “TRENCH SAFETY”.
27. IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAC R18-4-119, ALL MATERIALS ADDED AFTER JANUARY 1, 1993, WHICH MAY COME INTO CONTACT WITH DRINKING WATER SHALL CONFORM TO
NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION STANDARDS 60 AND 61.
28. NO WATER LINES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN RETENTION/DETENTION BASINS.
29. ALL WATER VALVES LOCATED OUTSIDE PAVED AREAS SHALL HAVE A CONCRETE COLLAR AND A 'CURVE-FLEX' UTILITY MARKER AS MANUFACTURED BY CARSONITE
(CFRM-400-BLUE).
30. AN “ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION” ISSUED BY THE MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT (MCESD), IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL
PROJECT ACCEPTANCE.
31. A COPY OF THE APPROVAL TO CONSTRUCT (ATC) ISSUED BY MCESD IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PERMIT.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER NOTES
EM-101-7
SHEET 3 OF 3
WATER NOTES (CONTINUED):
32. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD BEFORE THE WATER LINE OR FITTINGS ARE BACKFILLED SO "AS-BUILT" MEASUREMENTS MAY BE
TAKEN. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED PLANS MUST BE AUTHORIZED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION BEFORE THE CHANGE IS MADE
IN THE FIELD.
33. A COPY OF THE APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCT (AOC) ISSUED BY MCESD IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE ENGINEER OR
RECORD OR DESIGNEE SHALL BE PRESENT DURING TESTING PROCEDURES SO THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AOC CAN BE COMPLETED IN FULL.
34. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE LEAD FREE AS DEFINED IN AAC R18-5-504 AND R-18-4-101.
35. TO REQUEST A WATER SYSTEM SHUT DOWN FOLLOW THE SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES LISTED ON THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE'S “SCHEDULED WATER SERVICE SHUTDOWN”
DOCUMENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST A SCHEDULED WATER MAIN SHUTDOWN THROUGH THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR NO LESS THAN 7 DAYS BEFORE THE
SHUTDOWN IS TO BE PERFORMED. THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR WILL IN TURN COORDINATE WITH NECESSARY PUBLIC WORKS STAFF.
36. IF THE CONTRACTOR IS TO TAP THE MAIN AND INSTALL WATER SERVICE(S), THEY SHALL INFORM THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR SO THAT TAPS MAY BE WITNESSED BY
APPROPRIATE CITY STAFF.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SIGNING AND STRIPING NOTES
EM-101-8
SIGNING AND STRIPING NOTES:
1.
SIGNING AND STRIPING INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD)
ADOPTED BY THE ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (ADOT) AND THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL.
2.
THE SIGNING AND STRIPING LAYOUT SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF EL
MIRAGE ENGINEERING DIVISION AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY STRIPING AT (623) 876-2975. SIGNING AND STRIPING COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE CITY'S INSPECTION
SHALL BE REMOVED AND/OR MODIFIED IF IT IS DEEMED INADEQUATE BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
3.
THE OBLITERATION OF PRIOR OR CONFLICTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WATER BLASTING WITH VACUUM RECOVERY OR OTHER METHODS
APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR. A TYPE II MICRO SEAL TREATMENT APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR SHALL BE APPLIED IN A MINIMUM 3-FOOT
WIDE, CONTINUOUS APPLICATION TO THE PORTIONS OF THE AFFECTED ASPHALT FOLLOWING OBLITERATION.
THE TYPE II MICRO SEAL TREATMENT CAN BE APPLIED DIRECTLY OVER WATER-BASED PAINT WITHOUT PAINT OBLITERATION. ALL TYPE II MICRO SEAL TREATMENT SHALL BE
APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
4.
ALL ROAD SURFACES SHALL BE PREPARED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF
PAVEMENT MARKINGS. AT A MINIMUM, SURFACES SHALL HAVE DEBRIS REMOVED, CLEANED AND DRIED PRIOR TO APPLICATION.
5.
SHORT LINE STRIPING SUCH AS CROSSWALKS, STOP BARS, CHEVRONS, AND CROSSHATCH MARKINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING ALKYD THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
APPLIED AT 90 MIL THICKNESS. WORDS, SYMBOLS AND OTHER LEGEND MARKINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING ALKYD THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL APPLIED AT 90 MIL
THICKNESS OR 3M STAMARK PAVEMENT MARKING TAPE. LONGITUDINAL STRIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED USING ALKYD THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL APPLIED AT 60 MIL
THICKNESS.
6.
ALL STRIPING ON NEW ASPHALT SHALL BE INSTALLED USING A WATER BASED PAINT APPLIED AT A MINIMUM OF 15 MIL THICKNESS. THE FINAL THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING
SHALL THEN BE APPLIED A MINIMUM OF 30 CALENDAR DAYS LATER.
7.
ALL SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE DEVELOPER PER THE APPROVED PERMITTED PLANS.
8.
ALL SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CITY DETAIL EM-132-1 & 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT BLUE STAKE PRIOR TO DIGGING. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO ENSURE
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEWS FOR ALL SIGNS INSTALLED. NO SIGN SHALL BE PLACED CLOSER THAN 100' TO ANOTHER SIGN.
9.
ALL SIGN BLANKS SHALL BE 0.080 GAUGE ALUMINUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND ALL SIGNS SHALL BE ASTM TYPE IV HIGH INTENSITY SHEETING, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
10.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL REMOVED TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT/SIGNS TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE. CONTACT THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR AT (623)
876-2975.
11. PARKING RESTRICTION SIGNS SHALL BE SET AT AN ANGLE OF NOT LESS THAN 30 DEGREES OR MORE THAN 45 DEGREES WITH THE LINE OF TRAFFIC IN ORDER TO BE VISIBLE
TO APPROACHING TRAFFIC, PER GUIDANCE IN SECTION 2B OF THE MUTCD.
12.
THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS DEEMED NECESSARY TO ADDRESS CONDITIONS NOT INCLUDED IN THE
APPROVED PERMITTED PLANS.
13.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL, BARRICADING, SIGNING AND STRIPING AS PER THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE MANUAL ON
UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) ADOPTED BY THE ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (ADOT), THE CITY OF PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL
AND CITY OF EL MIRAGE SUPPLEMENTS.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
STORMWATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) NOTES
EM-101-9
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) NOTES:
1.
A COPY OF THE APPROVED GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN FOR THIS PROJECT AND THIS STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON
THE SITE AND AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW. THOSE ELEMENTS OF THE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN PERTINENT TO OR REFERENCED ON THE SWPPP SHALL BE CONSIDERED A
PART OF THE SWPPP.
2.
THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR, SHALL BE NOTIFIED 48-HOURS BEFORE ANY ON-SITE AND/OR OFF-SITE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, TELEPHONE (623)
876-2975.
3.
THE NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI) SHALL BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED TO THE ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (ADEQ). A COPY OF THE NOI SHALL BE
SUBMITTED TO THE CITY PRIOR TO ENGINEERING PERMIT APPROVAL.
4.
THE SWPPP AND RELATED RECORDS MUST BE MADE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST TO ADEQ AND THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE.
5.
THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR OWNER SHALL OBTAIN A DUST CONTROL PERMIT FROM MARICOPA COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES AND PERFORM MEASURES AS
REQUIRED BY THE PERMIT TO PREVENT EXCESS DUST (AND AS INCORPORATED IN THIS SWPPP).
6.
THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR OWNER SHALL PERFORM, AT A MINIMUM, A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ONCE EVERY SEVEN DAYS AND WITHIN 24-HOURS
OF RAINFALL GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO A HALF OF INCH (½ INCH). THE OPERATOR SHALL PREPARE A REPORT DOCUMENTING HIS/HER FINDINGS ON THE CONDITIONS OF
THE SWPPP CONTROLS AND NOTE ANY EROSION PROBLEM AREAS. THE OPERATOR'S REPORT IS TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR FOR REVIEW AND
APPROVAL AND SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON SITE BY THE OPERATOR. FACILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THEIR CONTINUED FUNCTIONING. IN
ADDITION, ALL TEMPORARY SILTATION CONTROLS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A SATISFACTORY CONDITION UNTIL SUCH TIME THAT CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED,
PERMANENT DRAINAGE FACILITIES ARE OPERATIONAL, AND THE POTENTIAL FOR EROSION HAS PASSED AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER OR HIS DESIGNEE.
7.
THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR OWNER SHALL AMEND THIS PLAN AS NECESSARY DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION TO RESOLVE ANY PROBLEM AREAS, WHICH
BECOME EVIDENT DURING THE CONSTRUCTION AND/OR DURING RAINFALLS.
8.
THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THESE PLANS AND THE CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, AND UPGRADING OF THESE FACILITIES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
PERMITTEE/CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS APPROVED AND A NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) HAS BEEN SUBMITTED.
9.
THE FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE THAT
SEDIMENT-LADEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM OR VIOLATE APPLICABLE WATER STANDARDS. ADDITIONALLY, THEY MUST BE INSTALLED AND IN
OPERATION PRIOR TO ANY GRADING OR LAND CLEARING. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, MAINTAIN NATURAL VEGETATION FOR SILT CONTROL.
10.
THE CONTRACTOR TO WHOM THE “AT-RISK”/FINAL G&D PERMIT WILL BE ISSUED MUST HAVE THE APPROVED SWPPP ISSUED IN THEIR NAME.
11.
THE OWNER (OPERATOR)/CONTRACTOR OF THE SITE MUST ALSO MAINTAIN RECORDS WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
·
THE DATES WHEN MAJOR GRADING ACTIVITIES OCCUR IN A PARTICULAR AREA;
·
THE DATES WHEN CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES CEASE IN AN AREA, TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY; AND
·
THE DATES WHEN AN AREA IS STABILIZED, TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY; AND
·
THE DATES WHEN ANY MAINTENANCE/REPLACEMENT OR REMOVAL OF REQUIRED BMPS.
12.
CONSTRUCTION SITES ARE DYNAMIC IN NATURE. THE SITE OPERATOR IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PERMIT, AS
ISSUED BY ADEQ, TO MAINTAIN AN EFFECTIVE SWPPP. AS SUCH, THIS PLAN MUST BE UPDATED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT SITE FEATURES AND OPERATIONS. THE PLAN
MUST ALSO BE AMENDED IF IT IS DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER AS NOT EFFECTIVE AT MINIMIZING POLLUTANT DISCHARGES FROM THE SITE.
13.
ONCE THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND THE SITE HAS MET THE FINAL STABILIZATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE PERMIT, THE AUTHORIZED SITE
REPRESENTATIVE MAY FILE A NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) WITH ADEQ, WITH A COPY SUBMITTED TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING DIVISION, TO TERMINATE
COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES
EM-101-10
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES:
GENERAL NOTES:
1.
ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO:
·
THE LATEST EDITION OF ADOT'S TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND LIGHTING STANDARD DRAWINGS.
·
THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD). LATEST EDITION ADOPTED BY ADOT.
·
THE CITY PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL.
·
THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE TRAFFIC SIGNAL QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST
2.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ALL UTILITIES AND BLUE STAKE 48-HOURS BEFORE STARTING ANY CONSTRUCTION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO
CONTACT ALL INVOLVED AGENCIES AND FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITIES. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE AND VERIFY THE
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
3.
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FOUNDATION AND POLE LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE AND PERFORM SITE VISIT TO
DETERMINE ANY POTENTIAL OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND CONFLICTS, AND COORDINATE WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING
EQUIPMENT.
4.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ARIZONA PUBLIC SERVICE (APS) AT (602) 371-7546 FOR ELECTRIC SERVICE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
5.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE IN LIKE AND KIND, PER MAG STANDARD, EXISTING LANDSCAPING AND/OR IRRIGATION SYSTEM DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION OF THIS
PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE OPERATIONS SUPERINTENDENT, CITY OF EL MIRAGE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT 623-935-6405.
6.
ALL SIGNAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO REMOVING EXISTING STOP SIGNS. STOP SIGNS SHALL BE REMOVED SHORTLY AFTER ACTIVATION
AS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
7.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION PER THE MUTCD AND THE CITY OF PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL. A POLICE
OFFICER TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR ANY TIME THE CONSTRUCTION OCCURS WITHIN 300' OF A SIGNALIZED INTERSECTION, OR AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY OF
EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR/ENGINEER.
8.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR AT 623-876-2975 AT LEAST 48-HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY CONSTRUCTION.
9.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL PERMITS FROM THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE AND OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
10.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL, BARRICADING, SIGNING AND STRIPING AS PER THE CITY OF PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE
MANUAL AND THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) LATEST EDITION ADOPTED BY THE ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION.
11.
THE QUANTITIES AND SITE CONDITIONS ON THESE PLANS ARE FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND ARE SUBJECT TO ERROR AND OMISSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALL
SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE ACTUAL QUANTITIES AND SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING THE WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION COVERED BY THESE PLANS.
12.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL REMOVED/UNUSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PUBLIC WORKS OFFICE AT 10355 N. 121ST AVENUE. FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, PLEASE CONTACT THE OPERATIONS SUPERINTENDENT AT 623-935-6405.
13. ELECTRICAL SERVICE ADDRESS ____________________________.
14.
ALL SIGNS ASSOCIATED WITH PROTECTED ARROWS OR FLASHING YELLOW ARROWS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION.
EQUIPMENT NOTES:
1.
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FOUNDATION AND POLE LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL POT HOLE AND PERFORM SITE VISIT TO
DETERMINE ANY POTENTIAL OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND CONFLICTS AND COORDINATE WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING
EQUIPMENT.
2.
ALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT WILL BE NEW WITH FULL WARRANTY, USED OR REFURBISHED EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
3.
ALL RED, YELLOW, GREEN VEHICLE INDICATIONS AND INLINE FILLED IN MAN/HAND PEDESTRIAN INDICATIONS SHALL BE DIALIGHT L.E.D. INDICATIONS.
4.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN EXTENDED RISER ON ALL F HEADS, TYPE XI THAT ARE LOCATED WHERE THE MAST ARM ATTACHES TO THE SIGNAL POLE
TO ACCOMMODATE FOR FUTURE G HEAD INSTALLATION.
SHEET 1 OF 3
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES
EM-101-10
SHEET 2 OF 3
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES (CONTINUED):
5.
ALL NEW 12-INCH SIGNAL HEADS SHALL HAVE FIVE-INCH METAL LOUVERED BACK PLATES WITH YELLOW RETROREFLECTIVE BORDERS.
6.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL SINGLE CHANNEL 721 OPTICAL DETECTORS (OPTICOM) WITH ALL APPROPRIATE MOUNTING HARDWARE, INTERFACE
CABLES, OPTICAL CABLES, AND ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING PRE-EMPTION SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 764
CARD (OPTICOM) IN CABINET.
7.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING VIDEO DETECTION EQUIPMENT. THE VIDEO DETECTION CAMERA SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE MAST
ARM. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL WIRING, CAMERAS, MOUNTING HARDWARE AND ANY CONTROLLER INTERFACE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR A
FULLY FUNCTIONING AND OPERATIONAL VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRE-APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
8.
THE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS SHALL CONFORM TO ADOT STANDARD DRAWINGS TS11-1, EXCEPT THAT THE PUSH BUTTON SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2-INCHES IN
DIAMETER. THE PUSH BUTTON SHALL INCLUDE AN ARROW AND BE RAISED FROM THE FACE OF THE PUSH BUTTON HOUSING. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE
CONTROL SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN FIVE (5) LBS. OF FORCE. PUSH BUTTONS MUST MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS AND BE MOUNTED AT ADA REQUIRED HEIGHT. THE
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING THE R10-3eAZ SIGNS.
9.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS. THE SIGNS ARE TO BE FLAG MOUNTED ON THE SIGNAL POLE. THE SIGNS
SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING DIVISION THROUGH THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS.
10.
THE CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE A SIX-FOOT COILED CONTROL CORD IN THE POLICE PANEL OF THE CONTROLLER CABINET.
11.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A CABINET “COURTESY PAD”. THIS SHALL CONSIST OF A FOUR-INCH PCC PAD IN FRONT OF THE CABINET (DOOR SIDE). PAD SHALL BE SET
A MINIMUM OF TWO-INCHES BELOW THE CABINET FOUNDATION ELEVATION. SLOPE PAD AWAY FROM CABINET. SEE ADOT STANDARD DRAWING TS 2-4 FOR PAD DETAILS. IN
ADDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FOUR-INCH THICK CONCRETE WALKWAY BETWEEN THE SIDEWALK AND THE PCC PAD.
12.
ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE THROUGH THE ELECTRICAL/EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PROCESS PRIOR TO THE ORDERING OF THE
EQUIPMENT.
DETAIL NOTE (WHEN APPLICABLE):
1.
ALL SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CITY OF EL MIRAGE STANDARD DETAILS EM-132-1 AND EM-132-2.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW IMSA CONDUCTORS. NO SPLICING OF CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT RUN WILL BE ALLOWED. PULL NEW CONDUCTORS INTO CONDUIT
AS SPECIFIED IN THE CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. ALL SPLICES SHALL BE SCOTCH COAT SEALED AND ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED PER THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE
COLOR CODE AND WIRING DETAIL. ALL IMSA CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT SPLICING FROM THE SIGNAL HEAD TO THE PULL BOXES. TS BLOCKS SHALL NOT
BE USED AS A CONNECTION POINT BETWEEN THE PULL BOX AND THE VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN INDICATIONS.
2.
ALL PULL BOXES SHALL BE LEFT IN A CLEAN CONDITION, FREE OF DIRT AND DEBRIS, UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.
3.
DRILLING HEIGHT FOR SIGNAL FACES SHALL BE PER ADOT STANDARD DRAWING T.S. 4-21. TYPE XI MOUNTS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL VEHICLE SIGNAL INDICATIONS
ATTACHED TO VERTICAL POLES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFER WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE INSPECTOR FOR SIDE-MOUNT DRILLING LOCATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN EXTENDED RISER ON ALL TYPE XI MOUNTS FOR ALL F HEADS THAT ARE LOCATED WHERE THE MAST ARM ATTACHES TO THE SIGNAL POLE
TO ACCOMMODATE FOR FUTURE G HEAD INSTALLATION. TYPE “V” AND OR TYPE “VII” MOUNTS SHALL BE USED FOR THE PEDESTRIAN INDICATIONS.
4.
ALL SIGNAL HEADS WILL BE BAGGED/COVERED WITH A MATERIAL THAT DOES NOT ALLOW LIGHT PENETRATION WHEN NOT IN FULL OPERATION.
5.
THE TOP OF NEW POLE FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED 4-INCHES BELOW ADJACENT SIDEWALK ELEVATION AND FINISHED IN WITH APRON. LEVELING NUTS WILL BE
BLOCKED/FORMED OUT DURING CONCRETE APRON INSTALLATION AND GROUTED BACK IN TO PROVIDE FOR FUTURE ACCESS. GROUT TO BE INSTALLED LEVEL WITH THE
BASE OF THE POLE.
6.
PRIOR TO TURN ON, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE POSITIONING, LEVELING AND ALIGNING OF THE INDIVIDUAL SIGNAL HEADS, SO THEY ARE COMPLETELY
VISIBLE TO THE APPROACHING DRIVER THAT THE SIGNAL IS INTENDED TO CONTROL.
7.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ARIZONA PUBLIC SERVICE (APS) FOR THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL ELECTRICAL
SERVICE CONDUCTORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY APS.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES
EM-101-10
SHEET 3 OF 3
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES (CONTINUED):
8.
VIDEO CABLE TO RUN CONTINUOUS FROM CABINET TO RESPECTIVE CAMERA WITHOUT SPLICES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING
DIVISION AT 623-876-2977 TO COORDINATE THE MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION OF THE VIDEO DETECTION DEVICES.
9.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT FROM THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER AND VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER
AT THE TIME THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL IS ACTIVATED FOR SET UP AND CONFIGURATION OF THE CABINET\CONTROLLER AND VIDEO DETECTION.
10.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE'S ENGINEERING DIVISION AT 623-980-9987; THREE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO SIGNAL ACTIVATION FOR
PRE-TURN ON INSPECTION. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WIRING AND ALIGNMENT OF HEADS SHALL BE DONE PRIOR TO PRE-TURN ON INSPECTION. IT IS THE CITY OF
EL MIRAGE'S POLICY THAT NEW SIGNAL ACTIVATION SHALL NOT OCCUR ON A THURSDAY OR FRIDAY.
11.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL “TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE” SIGNS WITH FLAGS 500 FEET PRIOR TO THE INTERSECTION FOR ALL AFFECTED
APPROACHES FOR 30-DAYS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND SALVAGING OF THE SIGNS TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
AT 10355 N. 121ST AVENUE.
12.
ALL SIGNING AND STRIPING THAT PERTAINS TO THE OPERATION OF THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE ACTIVATION OF THE SIGNAL.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR AT 623-876-2975, THREE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR APPROVAL
OF LAYOUT AND SIGN LOCATIONS.
13.
ALL ADA FACILITIES SHALL BE IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE ACTIVATION OF THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
DRY UTILITY NOTES
EM-101-11
DRY UTILITY NOTES:
1.
ALL WORK PERFORMED IN THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE RIGHT-OF-WAY AND ALLEYS WILL REQUIRE AN ACCEPTED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PREPARED BY A BARRICADE
COMPANY AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX TRAFFIC BARRICADE MANUAL. THE CONTRACTOR/UTILITY COMPANY SHALL HAVE A
COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS, APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PERMIT/PLANS AND CONSTRUCTION PERMIT AT THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES.
2.
PLAN APPROVAL BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS SHALL NOT PREVENT THE CITY FROM REQUIRING CORRECTION OF ERRORS
FOUND TO BE IN VIOLATION OF ANY LAW, ORDINANCE, OR CITY OF EL MIRAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY. THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE
DOES NOT WARRANT ANY OF THE QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
3.
ALL UTILITY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST MARICOPA ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS (MAG) UNIFORM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS FOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION AND TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE SUPPLEMENTS TO MAG DETAILS.
4.
ALL UTILITY WORK CROSSING EXISTING STREETS MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED BY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. ALL
UTILITIES CROSSING STREETS OR ROADS BEING BORED/HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLED SHALL COMPLY WITH MAG SPECIFICATION SECTION 608 WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL
STREET OR ROAD CROSSINGS SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN CONDUIT(S) OR SLEEVES.
5.
THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR MUST BE NOTIFIED NO MORE THAN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AND NOT LESS THAN 24-HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.
THE PERMIT NUMBER AND LOCATION MUST BE PROVIDED.
6.
PROPER NOTIFICATION MUST BE MADE TO ALL EFFECTED RESIDENTS. THIS INCLUDES NOTIFICATION/INFORMATION SIGNS AND HANGING OF DOOR NOTICES. DOOR
HANGERS SHALL BE HUNG PRIOR TO BLUE-STAKING AND COMMENCING NON-EMERGENCY WORK.
7.
ALL WORK REQUIRING ASPHALT REPLACEMENT, CONCRETE REPLACEMENT OR RESURFACING IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY WILL REQUIRE A FINAL INSPECTION WITH THE UTILITY
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION. TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT THAT USES COLD-MIX ASPHALT SHALL BE REPLACED NO LATER THAN 7-
BUSINESS DAYS AFTER INITIAL PLACEMENT. THIS ALSO INCLUDES PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
8.
ALL POTHOLES FOR EXISTING UTILITY CROSSINGS OR SOIL BORINGS FOR FUTURE UTILITIES WILL BE REPAIRED WITH A FULL DEPTH T-TOP PER MAG STANDARD DETAIL 212.
THE CITY MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL REPAIRS, AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR.
9.
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE APPROVED IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEERING INSPECTOR TO ACCOUNT FOR UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS:
A. BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
B. CONCRETE REPAIR AND CURING
C. ASPHALT REPAIR AND PAVEMENT MATCHING
10.
WHEN EXCAVATING IN OR ADJACENT TO LANDSCAPING WITHIN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE PROPERTY OWNER, HOA OR MANAGEMENT
COMPANY REGARDING THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION FACILITIES.
11.
ALL TRENCHES IN EXISTING AND FUTURE PAVEMENT ARE REQUIRED TO BE BACKFILLED WITH A MINIMUM OF ½ SACK SLURRY CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL AND
ALL TRENCHING WITHIN 2-FEET OF THE BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT WILL REQUIRE ABC COMPACTED TO 95% OR ½ SACK SLURRY CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH
MATERIAL PER MAG SECTIONS 604 AND 728.
12.
ANY DAMAGE TO PUBLIC OR PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE AND THE PROPERTY OWNER. REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT, IN KIND,
SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PROPERTY OWNER AND/OR THE CITY.
13.
ALL WORK THAT LIES WITHIN A SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA (SFHA) WILL REQUIRE A FLOODPLAIN REVIEW BY THE FLOODPLAIN ADMINISTRATOR OR THEIR DESIGNEE AND
ADDITIONAL STIPULATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED.
14.
THE JOBSITE SHALL BE CLEANED OF ANY DEBRIS OR SPOILS RESULTING FROM THIS PROJECT AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
15.
THE UTILITY PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) PERMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL AND
STATE REGULATIONS, INCLUDING NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI), NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT), AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP), AS NECESSARY.
16.
THE UTILITY PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A DUST CONTROL PERMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MARICOPA COUNTY RULE 310.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
ALLOWABLE MATERIALS LIST
EM-101-12
ALLOWABLE MATERIALS LIST:
MATERIALS ALLOWED FOR CONSTRUCTION IN EL MIRAGE SHALL BE PER THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE MARICOPA ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS
UNIFORM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW.
WATER LINE MATERIALS:
A.
WATERLINE AND PLUMBING MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH NSF 61 LATEST EDITION AND BE LEAD FREE. NO EXCEPTIONS FOR NON-POTABLE
SYSTEMS.
B.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE, PRESSURE CLASS 350, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATERLINE SIZES 6" THROUGH 12" IN DIAMETER.
C.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE, PRESSURE CLASS 250 MINIMUM, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATERLINES 16" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER.
D.
PVC PIPE, AWWA C-900 PRESSURE CLASS 200, IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WATERLINES SIZES 6" AND 8" IN DIAMETER. (PRIVATE ONLY)
E.
POLYWRAP FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 610.6 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
FIRE HYDRANTS (WET BARREL) AS MANUFACTURED BY:
CLOW, KENNEDY, MUELLER CENTURION, WATEROUS PACER, OR EAST JORDAN.
VALVES:
SHALL BE RESILIENT SEATED, SOLID WEDGE GATE VALVES MEETING AWWA STANDARDS FOR POTABLE WATER AND SHALL OPEN BY TURNING COUNTER
CLOCKWISE.
SEWER LINE MATERIALS:
A.
PVC SDR 35 SEWER PIPE, WHICH CONFORMS WITH SECTION 745 OF THE MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS IS ACCEPTABLE FOR SEWER LINE SIZES 8"
THROUGH 15" IN DIAMETER.
B.
SEWER SERVICE PIPING SHALL BE SCH-40 PVC.
SEWER FORCE MAIN MATERIALS:
A.
PVC AWWA C-900, DR14 OR DR18 FOR 12" DIAMETER AND LESS.
B.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE (WITH APPROVED LINING) FOR GREATER THAN 12" DIAMETER OR GREATER THAN 10' DEEP.
UTILITY MARKERS:
CARSONITE "CURVE FLEX" UTILITY MARKERS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL MANHOLES AND VALVES LOCATED OUTSIDE OF PAVED AREAS.
MANHOLE COATING:
EPOXY COATED - MANHOLE BASE AND COATING SYSTEM WITH A MINIMUM WET FILM THICKNESS OF 125 MILS. THE EPOXY COATING SYSTEM SHALL BE ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING:
1.
RLS RAVEN 405
2.
SAUEREISEN SEWERGARD NO. 210
3.
ENVIRONMENTAL COATINGS, LLC SEWER SHIELD 150
STORM DRAIN PIPE: CLASS IV OR V RUBBER GASKET REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RGRCP) PER MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATION 735 AND 765.
TRACER WIRE: COPPERHEAD HIGH STRENGTH PART NO. 1230-HS, HS-CCS HDPE 30 MIL, OR CITY APPROVED EQUAL.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
BY STREET CLASSIFICATION
EM-111-1
ITEM
SUB ITEM
CLASSIFICATION
MAJOR ARTERIAL
MINOR ARTERIAL
COLLECTOR (8)
LOCAL &
PRIVATE
RESIDENTIAL
CUL-DE-SAC (3)
EXISTING ALLEY (5)
EMERGENCY
ACCESS
MINIMUM RIGHT-OF-WAY
(PUBLIC / PRIVATE)
130' - 150'
(4)
110'
(4)
60' TO 80'
50'
60' RADIUS
VARIES
20'
MINIMUM STREET WIDTH
(FC TO FC)
92' - 102'
(8)
68'
(8)
44' - 64'
(8)
32'
50' RADIUS TO FACE OF CURB
PAVEMENT FULL
WIDTH OF ALLEY
UP TO 24'
20'
CURBING
(MAG STD. DET. 220)
VERTICAL CURB & GUTTER
N/A
N/A
SIDEWALK
(MAG STD. DET. 230)
8' WIDE (DETACH)
6' WIDE (9)
5' WIDE
MINIMUM PAVEMENT
STRUCTURE (1)
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
(MAG SPEC. 710)
5"
4"
3" MINIMUM
3" MINIMUM
(12)
BASE DEPTH
12"
8"
6" MINIMUM
6" MINIMUM
LONGITUDINAL SLOPE
0.4% MINIMUM
6% MAXIMUM
600' MAXIMUM LENGTH
0.4% MINIMUM
9% MAXIMUM
600' MAXIMUM LENGTH
0.4% MINIMUM
9% MAXIMUM
0.4%
10%
CROSS SLOPE
(STRAIGHT CROWN)
1% MINIMUM TO 3% MAXIMUM
5%
VERTICAL CURVE (6)
REQUIRED WHEN:
GRADE CHANGE EXCEEDS 1.5%
GRADE CHANGE EXCEEDS 1.5%
N/A
CREST CURVE (2)
(11)
(11)
(11)
(11)
10%
SAG CURVE (2)
(11)
(11)
(11)
(11)
10%
HORIZONTAL CURVE
REQUIRED WHEN:
TANGENT CENTERLINES DEFLECT
MORE THAN 5 DEGREES
TANGENT CENTERLINES DEFLECT
MORE THAN 5 DEGREES
TANGENT CENTERLINES DEFLECT
MORE THAN 5 DEGREES
N/A
WB-50
(INSIDE 19.5')
(OUTSIDE 45')
MINIMUM
RADIUS
NO SUPERELEVATION
(10)
(10)
300'
2% SUPERELEVATION
(10)
(10)
N/A
MINIMUM TANGENT
CENTERLINE BETWEEN
REVERSE CURVES
280'
270'
150' (MINOR)
200' (MAJOR)
150'
TAPERS
LENGTH
SPEED LIMIT x WIDTH (7)
(SPEED LIMIT) (WIDTH)
60
N/A
N/A
PAVEMENT STRUCTURE
MATCH MINIMUM PAVEMENT STRUCTURE ABOVE
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS BY STREET CLASSIFICATION
2
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
NOTES
EM-111-2
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS BY STREET CLASSIFICATION
(CONTINUED)
NOTES:
(1)
OTHER STRUCTURAL SECTIONS MAY BE REQUIRED IF SO INDICATED BY THE SOILS REPORT AND APPROVED BY THE CITY.
(2)
A = ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE OF THE TWO SLOPES.
(3)
IN ALL CUL-DE-SACS: THE MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM THE INTERSECTING STREET CENTER LINES TO THE RADIUS POINT SHALL BE 600'.
(4)
FULL ROW FOR ARTERIAL TO ARTERIAL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE 150' FOR A DISTANCE OF 500' AS MEASURED FROM THE CENTER LINE INTERSECTION.
(5)
ALLEY ENTRANCES TO PUBLIC STREETS SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED PER MAG STD. DET. 250 MODIFIED TO 9" THICK CLASS "A" CONCRETE PER MAG SECTION 725.
(6)
LENGTH OF VERTICAL CURVE SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO UP TO AN EVEN ONE-HALF STATION (I.E. 160 x A = 532' , USE 550').
(7)
WIDTH = DIFFERENCE OF THE TWO WIDTHS.
(8)
OR AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION.
(9)
RESIDENTIAL COLLECTOR TO HAVE 5' WIDE S/W ATTACHED. COLLECTOR TO HAVE 6' WIDE S/W DETACHED WHERE RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMITS.
(10)
SHALL BE CALCULATED BASED ON DESIGN SPEED PROVIDED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION.
(11)
SEE CITY OF EL MIRAGE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MANUAL (DDSM), SECTION 3-4-G "VERTICAL ALIGNMENT".
(12)
ALL-WEATHER SURFACE FOR MAX LOAD 75,000 POUNDS. SOILS REPORT SHALL RECOMMEND APPROPRIATE SECTION.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRASH ENCLOSURE
EM-113-1
12'-0" MIN.
10'-0" MIN.
8'-0" MIN.
45 DEG.
9'-0" MIN.
LOCATION &
ORIENTATION
AS SHOWN ON
PLANS.
1) GATES SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT
OF SCREEN WALLS.
2) GATES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO
FULLY SCREEN ENCLOSED BIN(S).
OPEN MESH OR RAIL DESIGNS
ARE NOT PERMITTED.
2-1" DIA. GALV. STEEL CANE
BOLT TO SECURE GATES.
CONCRETE FTG.
8" x 18" (TYP.)
DRIVING
AREA
SAFETY POST/BOLLARD (TYP.)
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-113-2
BIN ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-113-2
BIN ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-113-2
SAFETY POST/BOLLARD (TYP.)
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-113-2
CONCRETE PAD SEE
COEM STD. DET. EM-113-2
4 QTY. REQUIRED OF STEEL
SLEEVE IN SLAB, FOOTING &
DRIVE TO SECURE GATES (TYP.)
APRON
3'
(TYP.)
3'
(TYP.)
SPECIFICATIONS:
1.
WALL SIZE: 6' HEIGHT, 9' DEPTH
2.
CONTAINER SIZE: 6' WIDE, 6' DEEP, 7' HEIGHT
3.
DRIVE (12' CLEARANCE) DIRECTION OF TRUCK
8-YARD
CONTAINER
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRASH ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL,
SAFETY POST & NOTES
EM-113-2
SAFETY POST / BOLLARD
2"
3'-6"
2'-0"
6" DIA. GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
TO BE FILLED WITH CONCRETE
AND ROUNDED ON TOP
CONCRETE
12" MIN.
NOTES:
1.
USE CLASS "A" CONCRETE, GRADE 60 STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND WELDED
WIRE MESH.
2.
WHEN A STRAIGHT APPROACH IS NOT AVAILABLE, ENCLOSURE MUST BE
PLACED AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE TO THE APPROACH. THE TURNING RADIUS
SHALL BE 45 FEET AT EACH TRASH ENCLOSURE.
3.
CONCRETE SLAB 10' X 12' IN FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE TO SUPPORT VEHICLE.
4.
ALL ENCLOSURES SHALL HAVE GATES THAT SCREEN THE BIN(S) FROM PUBLIC
VIEW.
5.
IF ATTACHED TO BUILDING, THE CONTAINER MUST BE 3' MINIMUM FROM WALL
OF ENCLOSURE AND SHALL BE 5' MINIMUM FROM COMBUSTIBLES OR EXISTING
STRUCTURE.
6.
ALL COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH ENCLOSURES TO
ACCOMMODATE (1) TRASH ENCLOSURE FOR EVERY 20,000 SQUARE FEET OF
BUILDING SPACE. RESTAURANTS WHICH ARE DESIGNED ON A SINGLE PAD
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF (1) TRASH ENCLOSURE. THE ENCLOSURE CAN BE
SET UP AS DOUBLE OR SINGLE TO MAXIMIZE THE USE OF THE PROPERTY.
7.
THE NUMBER OF BIN ENCLOSURES NEEDED DEPENDS ON THE SIZE OF THE
DEVELOPMENT. TYPICALLY, TOTAL VOLUME NEEDS CAN BE CALCULATED
BASED ON THE 1/2-CUBIC YARD PER LIVING UNIT PER WEEK. FOR EXAMPLE, A
DEVELOPMENT WITH 240 UNITS X .5 YARDS = 120 YARDS PER WEEK OR 10
TRASH BINS (6 YARDS) SERVICED TWO TIMES PER WEEK (10 X 6 X 2 = 120 YARDS).
3" MIN.
8"x8"x16" CMU WALL
#4 BARS @ 8" ON CENTER
(GROUT CELLS SOLID FULL HEIGHT)
PROVIDE 4" OPENING
SPACING AT 10' O.C.
4" THICK CONCRETE PAD
WITH W.W.M. (TYP.)
2 - #4 BARS
CONTINUOUS
2' MIN.
10" MIN.
6'
TRASH ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL
8.
RESTAURANTS MUST PROVIDE A SEPARATE AREA TO ACCOMMODATE THEIR
GREASE TRAP. THIS DESIGNATED AREA MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH THE
TRASH COLLECTION.
9.
ADDITIONAL ITEMS SUCH AS LANDSCAPE CONTROL BOXES AND LIGHTING MAY
BE POSITIONED ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE WALLS.
10.
GATES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THERE IS A NET BIN ENCLOSURE OPENING OF
12 FEET PER BIN. GATES, HINGES, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL NOT
INTRUDE INTO ENCLOSURE OPENING.
11. EACH ENCLOSURE GATE SHALL HAVE DROP PINS INSTALLED AND HOLES
DRILLED IN THE CONCRETE AT BOTH THE OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS TO
PREVENT THE GATES FROM CLOSING INTO THE COLLECTION VEHICLE.
12. EXTERIOR FINISH OF 6' CMU WALL SHALL BE COORDINATED ARCHITECTURALLY
WITH PRIMARY BUILDING FINISHES.
13.
SOIL BELOW THE CMU FOOTING AND CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE COMPACTED
TO A DEPTH OF 6" AND TO A MINIMUM DRY DENSITY OF 95% IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM D-2922 & D-3017, AFTER ADJUSTMENTS FOR ROCK CORRECTION.
14.
GATES, HINGES AND MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THERE IS
A MINIMUM 9 FOOT DEPTH CREATED WITHIN EACH ENCLOSURE.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND OPTIONS
EM-114
120'
HAMMERHEAD
96'
CUL-DE-SAC
ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE
TO 120' HAMMERHEAD
60'
60'
20'
26'
60'
60'
20'
TYP.
48'
26'
50'
TYP
20'
20'
TYP
60' "Y"
R28'
R28'
R28'
R28'
R28'
R28'
70'
R26'
R26'
R26'
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
BIKE LANE DETAIL
EM-116
NOTES:
1.
BIKE LANES ARE REQUIRED ALONG BOTH ARTERIAL
AND COLLECTOR STREETS.
2.
PATTERN 1 IS REQUIRED ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE
STREET, EVERY 300 FEET.
3.
PATTERNS 2 OR 3 ARE REQUIRED ADJACENT TO
INTERSECTIONS.
4.
GREEN PAINT SHALL BE STREETBOND SB150 CL
PAVEMENT COATING, CELTIC GREEN IN COLOR AND
APPLIED IN 4 OR MORE COATS PER MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
5.
BIKE LANE SYMBOL AND ARROW SHALL ADHERE TO
MUTCD FIGURE 9C-3, TYPE B.
LEGEND
SG
SOLID GREEN
6SW
6" SOLID WHITE LINE
8SW
8" SOLID WHITE LINE
20'
CURB &
GUTTER
5.5'
MIN
1'
6'
6'
6'
1'
6SW
CONTROL POINT
SG
50'
CURB &
GUTTER
5.5'
MIN
22'
6'
6'
6'
CONTROL POINT
SG
10'
50'
5.5'
MIN
8SW
CONTROL POINT
SG
SOLID GREEN BIKE LANE W/CURB & GUTTER
NTS
8SW
1
SOLID GREEN BIKE LANE W/CURB & GUTTER
NTS
2
SOLID GREEN BIKE LANE NO CURB & GUTTER
NTS
3
22'
6'
6'
6'
10'
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
POST MOUNTED STREET SIGNS
40 MPH OR LESS
EM-131-1
V
V
V
V
VARIES
V
2
2
2
12300W
Road
DETAIL 'A'
V
irage
El
N
M
V = VARIES
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
STREET NAME SPECIFICATIONS
1.50" RADIUS, NO BORDER, GREEN;
[N] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[EL MIRAGE] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[12300W] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[ROAD] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. ALUMINUM GAGE - 0.080, REFLECTIVE SHEETING TYPE - ASTM IV.
2. MOUNTING BRACKET(S) SHALL BE CENTERED AND PROVIDE A SIGN PLANE
SUPPORT OF NO LESS THAN 25% MINIMUM OF THE OVERALL SIGN WIDTH.
3. LETTERING SHALL HAVE 6-INCH UPPER-CASE AND 4.5-INCH LOWER-CASE.
4. FOR LONGER STREET NAMES, USE HIGHWAY GOTHIC C OR B.
1.5
MIN
1.5R
(TYP)
DETAIL 'A'
1.5
MIN
36 MIN.
6
9
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
POST MOUNTED STREET SIGNS
OVER 40 MPH & ARTERIAL STREETS
EM-131-2
V
V
V
V
VARIES
V
3
3
2
12300W
Road
DETAIL 'A'
V
irage
El
N
M
V = VARIES
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
STREET NAME SPECIFICATIONS
1.50" RADIUS, NO BORDER, GREEN;
[N] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[EL MIRAGE] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[12300W] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D;
[ROAD] WHITE HIGHWAY GOTHIC D
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. ALUMINUM GAGE - 0.080, REFLECTIVE SHEETING TYPE - ASTM IV.
2. MOUNTING BRACKET(S) SHALL BE CENTERED AND PROVIDE A SIGN PLANE
SUPPORT OF NO LESS THAN 25% MINIMUM OF THE OVERALL SIGN WIDTH.
3. LETTERING SHALL HAVE 8-INCH UPPER-CASE AND 6-INCH LOWER-CASE.
4. FOR LONGER STREET NAMES, USE HIGHWAY GOTHIC C OR B.
1.5
MIN
1.5R
(TYP)
DETAIL 'A'
1.5
MIN
36 MIN.
8
11
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SIGN POST INSTALLATION
EM-132-1
SEE DETAIL 'A'
FOR MOUNTING
DETAIL 'A'
SIGN MOUNTING
1-11/32" x 31/32" THRD x 5/16"
CORNER BOLT WITH 5/16"
SELF LOCKING NUT
POST
SIGN
SIGN HEIGHT PER MUTCD
UNLESS OTHERWISE
DIRECTED
SEE
DETAIL 'B'
POST
ANCHOR
CONCRETE BASE
OFFSET PER
MUTCD UNLESS
OTHERWISE
DIRECTED
DETAIL 'B'
ANCHOR ASSEMBLY
POST
ANCHOR
1-11/32" x 31/32" THRD
EACH END x 5/16" DIA.
CORNER BOLT WITH
5/16" SELF LOCKING
NUTS
LEGEND:
·
POST: 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" SQUARE PERFORATED 0.105"
GALVANIZED STEEL TUBING (GALVANIZED FINISH)
·
ANCHOR: 2" x 2" x 30" SQUARE PERFORATED 0.105"
GALVANIZED STEEL TUBING (GALVANIZED FINISH)
NOTES:
1.
SIGN POST AND ANCHOR SPECIFICATIONS PER COEM
STD. DET. EM-132-2.
2.
CONCRETE FOR ANCHOR SHALL BE 8-INCHES IN DIA. BY
24-INCHES IN DEPTH.
3.
TOP OF ANCHOR SHALL BE 6-INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE
GROUND SURFACE.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SIGN POST SPECIFICATIONS
EM-132-2
SPECIFICATIONS:
1.
THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE REQUIRES SQUARE TUBING FOR POST MOUNTED SIGN INSTALLATIONS.
2.
TUBING SHALL HAVE A GALVANIZED FINISH AND BE ROLL FORMED FROM TWELVE (12) GAGE (.105 USS GAGE) COLD ROLLED STEEL,
BE PERFORATED, AND HAVE A HOLE SIZE OF 7/16" IN DIAMETER AND 1" ON CENTER ON ALL SIDES.
3.
ALL POSTS REQUIRE A 2" x 2" x 30" ANCHOR AT A DEPTH OF 24" IN THE GROUND.
4.
FOR SINGULAR SIGNS A 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" x 10' POST IS REQUIRED. FOR MULTIPLE SIGNS A 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" x VARIED LENGTH POST IS
REQUIRED PER MUTCD HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.
5.
FOR SIGNS THAT EXCEED 42" IN WIDTH, DUAL POSTS AND ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED.
6.
ATTACHMENT OF THE POST TO THE ANCHOR REQUIRES A 1-11/32" x 31/32" x 5/16" CORNER BOLT (THREADED AT EACH END) WITH
5/16" SELF LOCKING NUTS.
7.
ATTACHMENT OF THE SIGN TO THE POST REQUIRES A 1-11/32" x 31/32" x 5/16" CORNER BOLT WITH SELF LOCKING NUTS.
8.
THE ANCHOR SHALL BE PROTECTED (TAPED) PRIOR TO THE CONCRETE PLACEMENT. THE CONCRETE BASE SHALL BE 8" IN
DIAMETER x 24" IN DEPTH, WITH 4" MINIMUM TO 6" MAXIMUM ABOVE FINISH GROUND LEVEL.
9.
ALL STOP SIGN POSTS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A RED VIS-Z-SHIELD OR APPROVED EQUAL.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TYPICAL MEDIAN NOSE MARKINGS
EM-133
2' MAXIMUM SPACING
R4-7 (24"x30")
OM-3L (12"x36")
7'
4'
END OF RADIUS
R4-7 & OM-3L
PAVEMENT MARKERS
NOTES:
1.
THE USE OF R4-7 SIGNS SHOULD BE MINIMIZED BY LIMITING INSTALLATION
TO THE BEGINNING OF A SERIES OF MEDIANS AND AT MEDIAN BREAKS AT
ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS.
2.
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS SHALL BE USED TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL
VISIBILITY TO MEDIAN NOSES. THE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS SHALL
BE INSTALLED ON THE TOP OF THE CURB, USING EITHER TYPE 'D' OR 'G',
DEPENDING ON APPLICATION WITH A MINIMUM QUANTITY OF FOUR.
3.
MEDIAN NOSE STRIPING PER MCDOT PAVEMENT MARKINGS MANUAL,
DETAILS 5-50 AND 5-51.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
PARKING LOT DIMENSIONS
EM-157
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SIGHT DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS
ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS
EM-158
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW EASEMENT
REQUIREMENTS FOR STREETS
EM-159
1
STREET
STREET
STREET CL
7' MIN
40'
30" MAX
NOTES
1.
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW EASEMENT INCLUDES THE TRIANGULAR AREA BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE PROJECTED CURB
LINES OF TWO INTERSECTING STREETS, THENCE 40 FEET ALONG ONE BACK OF CURB LINE, THENCE DIAGONALLY TO A POINT 40
FEET FROM THE POINT OF BEGINNING ON THE OTHER BACK OF CURB LINE AND THEN BACK TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. USE
EDGE OF PAVEMENT IF THERE IS NO CURB.
2.
SIGNS, FENCES, WALLS, UTILITY BOXES, STRUCTURES, SHRUBS, HEDGES OTHER PLANTS (EXCLUDING TREES) OVER 30 INCHES
ABOVE STREET CENTERLINE GRADE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS, EXCEPT AS APPROVED BY THE
CITY ENGINEER.
3.
TREES ARE PERMITTED WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS PROVIDED:
A.
NO LIMBS, LEAVES, NEEDLES OR OTHER FOLIAGE ABOVE 30 INCHES OR BELOW 84-INCHES ARE PERMITTED.
B.
TREES ARE PLANTED SO AS NOT TO OBSTRUCT 20 PERCENT OF THE VISIBILITY WHEN COMBINED WITH OTHER
OBSTRUCTIONS PRESENT.
1
1
1
1
1
PLAN VIEW
DETAIL 'A'
SEE DETAIL 'A'
BACK OF CURB
40'
40'
PROPERTY LINE
BACK OF CURB
EASEMENT
STREET
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
CORNER RADII DEDICATIONS
EM-161
MAJOR ARTERIAL
COLLECTOR
(RESIDENTIAL, HIGH VOLUME, AND
COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL)
LOCAL/PRIVATE
MINOR ARTERIAL
NOTES:
1.
ALL CURB RETURNS SHALL HAVE SIDEWALK
RAMPS PER MAG STANDARD DETAILS.
2.
THE ENGINEERING DIVISION MAY REQUEST
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMMODATE
THE CITY'S SPECIAL NEEDS.
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
20' TYP
R30'
F/C
20' TYP
20' TYP
20' TYP
R35'
F/C
20' TYP
20' TYP
R20'
F/C
20' TYP
20' TYP
R35'
F/C
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRACER WIRE
EM-162-1
NOTES:
1.
TRACER WIRE SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ALL PRESSURE PIPE INSTALLATIONS AS
INDICATED ON OTHER STANDARD DETAILS. TRACER WIRE SHALL BE COPPERHEAD
HIGH STRENGTH WIRE AND SHALL BE #12 AWG HS-CCS WITH 30 MIL HDPE INSULATION.
2.
WIRE IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ALL APPURTENANCES.
3.
TRACER WIRE IS TO BE PLACED AT TOP CENTER OF PIPE AND SECURED BY TAPE AT A
MINIMUM OF 6' INTERVALS.
4.
THIS DETAIL DOES NOT PERTAIN TO STRAIGHT RUN GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER MAINS
IN THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE.
5.
TRACER WIRE STATION SHALL BE USED AT ALL FIRE HYDRANTS, SEWER WET WELLS,
FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE MANHOLES, FORCE MAIN CLEANOUTS, FORCE MAIN VALVE
LOCATIONS AND LOW PRESSURE SEWER MAIN APPURTENANCES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH COEM STD. DET. EM-162-2.
6.
CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE EOR AND CITY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
I.
SAMPLE OF WIRE.
II.
SAMPLE OF CONNECTOR.
III. INVOICE COPY SHOWING PURCHASE OF WIRE AND CONNECTOR.
6.
TRACER WIRE SYSTEM SHALL PASS A CONTINUITY TEST CONDUCTED BY THE
CONTRACTOR AND WITNESSED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD (EOR) AND THE CITY OF
EL MIRAGE. THE EOR SHALL PROVIDE A CERTIFICATION OF PASSING TO THE
CONTRACTOR AND CITY.
TO PASS A CONTINUITY TEST, THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MET:
I.
CONTINUITY TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED BY USING A METALLIC LOCATOR WITH
AUDIBLE TONE AND NUMERIC VALUES FOR CERTIFICATION OF FACILITY LOCATIONS
AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIABLE BETWEEN ACCESS POINTS.
II.
THE WIRE SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AT ALL ACCESS POINTS AND FROM ACCESS POINT
TO ACCESS POINT.
III.
DEPTH READINGS MUST BE ACCURATE AND CONSISTENT TO WITHIN 15 (DEPTH TO
DIAMETER RATIO).
IV.
ACCESS POINTS THAT ARE WIDELY SPACED CAN BE TRACED IN WORST CASE FROM
EACH END TO A COMMON METTING POINT BETWEEN THEM.
A
A
TRACER WIRE
ALL SPLICES ARE TO BE TIGHT AND
WATERPROOF, USE SNAKEBITE TWIST
LOCK CONNECTORS BY COPPERHEAD
INDUSTRIES, LLC.
MAIN
COPPER SERVICE
TRACER WIRE INSIDE
WATER BOX/VAULT OR
CLEANOUT (3' MINIMUM)
TRACER WIRE
12" AFTER
COMPACTION
SECT. A-A
DETECTABLE TAPE SHALL BE:
1.
PRO-LINE SAFETY PRODUCTS OR HYTECH DETECTABLE TAPE (UNDERGROUND
WARNING TAPE). NO EXCEPTIONS.
2.
3 INCHES IN WIDTH
3.
5 MIL OVERALL THICKNESS WITH A .35 MIL SOLID ALUMINUM FOIL CORE.
4.
CONSTRUCTED WITH A .8 MIL CLEAR FILM, REVERSE PRINTED WITH A REPEATING
WARNING MESSAGE AND LAMINATE TO ALUMINUM FOIL WITH A 3.75 MIL CLEAR FILM
BACKING.
5.
LETTERED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1" INCH.
6.
COLOR CODED FOR SPECIFIC UTILITY: WATER = BLUE AND SANITARY SEWER = GREEN.
CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE EOR AND AGENCY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
I.
SAMPLE OF TAPE.
II.
INVOICE COPY SHOWING PURCHASE OF WIRE AND CONNECTOR.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRACER WIRE STATION
EM-162-2
24" DIA., CONCRETE COLLAR
WATER
MAIN
8"X1/2" THICK MIN NEOPRENE
PAD OR APPROVED EQUAL
TRACER WIRE PER
COEM STD. DET.
EM-162-1
2" SCH-80 PVC
CONTRACTOR TO CUT V-NOTCH
IN SCH-80 TO ACCOMMODATE
TRACER WIRE
TRACER BOX WITH
CAST IRON COVER
18"
FIRE HYDRANT TRACER STATION
18" DIA. CONCRETE
COLLAR (HYDRANTS
ONLY)
8"
12"
NOTES:
1.
TRACER BOX AND CAST IRON COVER SHALL BE
COPPERHEAD INDUSTRIES SNAKEPIT. LID COLOR
SHALL COINCIDE WITH TYPE OF UTILITY.
2.
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN TRACER WIRE
POINT OF CONTACT SHALL BE 500'.
3.
ATTACH TRACER WIRE TO PIPE AT 6' INTERVALS.
FINISH GRADE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
INTERCONNECT TRENCH DETAIL
EM-170
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WIRING DETAIL
EM-171-1
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WIRING NOTES
EM-171-2
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
RETURN TYPE DRIVEWAYS WITH
ATTACHED SIDEWALK
EM-251-1
NOTES:
EXPANSION JOINT FILLER SHALL BE 1/2 INCH
BITUMINUS TYPE PRE-FORMED EXPANSION
JOINT FILLER, A.S.T.M. D-1751.
SECTION A-A
5' MIN.
SIDEWALK
VARIES
30' MAX.
15' MIN.
RADIUS B/C
5' MIN.
VARIES
5' MIN.
VARIES
R/W
MAG STD. DET. 222
FLOW LINE
SCORE LINE &
FOLD LINE
CLASS "A" CONCRETE AS
PER MAG SEC. 725
SUBGRADE
PREPARATION AS PER
MAG SEC. 301
TOP OF
CURB
9"
1.5%
RADIUS B/C
5' MIN.
SIDEWALK
VARIES
30' MAX.
15' MIN.
RADIUS B/C
FLOW LINE
TROWEL 1' WIDE
SCORE LINE &
FOLD LINE
DRIVEWAY WIDTH VARIES
SEE PLAN
LIMITS OF 9" THICK CONCRETE
WHEN WIDTH EXCEED'S 16'
PROVIDE CONTRACTION
JOINT ON D/W CL
MASTIC
EXPANSION
JOINT (TYP.)
5' MIN. SIDEWALK
VARIES
MASTIC EXPANSION
JOINT (TYP.)
LIMITS OF 9" THICK
CONCRETE
A
A
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
RETURN TYPE DRIVEWAYS WITH
DETACHED SIDEWALK
EM-251-2
9"
6"
6"
15"
SECTION B-B
NOTES:
EXPANSION JOINT FILLER SHALL BE 1/2 INCH
BITUMINUS TYPE PRE-FORMED EXPANSION
JOINT FILLER, A.S.T.M. D-1751.
FLOW LINE
RADIUS B/C
30' MAX.
15' MIN.
FORM 6" CURB
WITH DRIVEWAY
(SEC. B-B)
FROM EDGE
OF WALK
2.5'
SCORE LINE &
FOLD LINE
1.5%
5' MIN.
SIDEWALK
VARIES
SECTION A-A
B
B
TOP OF
CURB
CLASS "A" CONCRETE
AS PER MAG SEC. 725
SUBGRADE
PREPARATION AS
PER MAG SEC. 301
RADIUS B/C + S/W
2.5'
TAPER
1.5%
6% TO 10%
9"
5'
S/W MIN.
FLOW LINE
TROWEL 1' WIDE
30' MAX.
15' MIN.
RADIUS B/C
DRIVEWAY WIDTH VARIES
SEE PLAN
SCORE LINE &
FOLD LINE
MASTIC
EXPANSION
JOINT (TYP.)
5' MIN.
SIDEWALK
VARIES
LIMITS OF 9" THICK
CONCRETE
MASTIC EXPANSION
JOINT (TYP.)
A
A
LIMITS OF 9" THICK CONCRETE
WHEN WIDTH EXCEED'S 16'
PROVIDE CONTRACTION
JOINT ON D/W CL
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
DRIVEWAY CRITERIA
EM-259
NOTES:
(1)
DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ARE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. ACTUAL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE BASED ON A TRAFFIC STUDY
AND SITE SPECIFIC DATA.
(2)
HIGH VOLUME DRIVEWAY WITH TWO (2) OUTBOUND APPROACH LANES, REQUIRES DECELERATION LANE UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER AND INCREASED TO FOURTY-SIX (46) FEET WITH ADDITION OF RAISED MEDIAN.
(3)
SEE CITY CODE SECTION 154.104 (D).
(4)
SEE CITY CODE SECTION 154.104 (C). THE CITY REQUIRES FULL ACCESS DRIVEWAYS TO BE A MINIMUM OF 660 FEET FROM
SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS.
(5)
ACTUAL MAX WIDTH OF DRIVEWAY IS BASED ON LOT SIZE AND SHALL BE CALCULATED FOR EACH LOT PER CITY CODE
SECTION 72.09 (B).
(6)
ALL DRIVEWAY WINGS OR PC'S WILL BEGIN NO CLOSER THAN FIVE (5) FEET FROM ANY PROPERTY LINE.
RESIDENTIAL (1)
COMMERCIAL / INDUSTRIAL (1)
SINGLE FAMILY
MULTI-FAMILY
SINGLE BUSINESS
MULTI-BUSINESS
STD. CONSTRUCTION DTL.
MAG 250-1 & 2
MAG 250-1 & 2 OR
COEM EM-251-1 & 2
MAG 250-1 & 2 OR
COEM EM-251-1 & 2
MAG 250-1 & 2 OR
COEM EM-251-1 & 2
STANDARD WIDTH (TWO WAY)
16-FT
24-FT
30-FT
30-FT
MIN. WIDTH (ONE WAY)
N/A
12-FT
12-FT
12-FT
MIN. WIDTH (TWO WAY)
10-FT
24-FT
24-FT
24-FT
MAX. WIDTH (TWO WAY)
30-FT (5)
40-FT (2)
40-FT (2)
40-FT (2)
MIN. SPACE BETWEEN DRIVES
(INSIDE EDGE TO INSIDE EDGE)
10-FT
(3)
(3)
(3)
MIN. DISTANCE FROM
INTERSECTION
25-FT
(NEAREST PC TO INSIDE
EDGE)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAX. NUMBER OF DRIVEWAYS
1 PER PROPERTY
2 PER FIRST 19 UNITS
1 PER 100-FT OF STREET
FRONTAGE
(MAX OF 2 PER STREET)
1 PER 225-FT FRONTAGE
3 PER 1200-FT FRONTAGE
2 PER 800-FT FRONTAGE
4 PER 2600-FT FRONTAGE
3 PER 1200-FT FRONTAGE
4 PER 2600-FT FRONTAGE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
TRENCH
WIDTH
X
CONCRETE FOOTING EQUAL
TO TRENCH WIDTH
X
WATER
MAIN
SIDE
OPERATOR
BRICK PIER
AS REQUIRED
WATER
MAIN
TRENCH
BEDDING
CEMENT GROUTING
UNDER VALVE
(NON-SHRINKING)
STANDARD
JOINT
HUB-END
GATE VALVE
1.
TRENCH
WALL
NOTES:
BUTTERFLY VALVE
GATE VALVE
X+4" OR
12" MIN.
4"
MIN.
4"
MIN.
MIN.
SHORT LENGTH
(APPROX. 3')
6"
MIN.
6" MIN.
X+4"
THIS DETAIL COVERS RESILIENT
SEATED GATE VALVES,
REGARDLESS OF TYPE OF PIPE
USED.
THIS DETAIL COVERS BUTTERFLY
VALVE & HORIZONTALLY OPERATED
GATE VALVE INSTALLATION,
REGARDLESS OF TYPE OF PIPE OR
JOINT USED.
CLASS "B" CONCRETE AS PER MAG SECT. 725.
FORM AS REQUIRED TO KEEP CLEAR OF JOINTS.
2. ALL BOLTS AND JOINTS SHALL BE FREE
AND CLEAR OF CONCRETE.
3. PROTECT ALL CONCRETE CONTACT AREAS
WITH 8 MIL SHEET PLASTIC.
SOLID CONCRETE
BLOCK
SOLID CONCRETE
BLOCK
4.
TRENCH
BEDDING
VALVE BOX AND COVER REQUIRED PER MAG
STD. DET. 270 AND 391.
BLOCKING FOR GATE AND BUTTERFLY
VALVES
EM-301
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
REVERSE THRUST BLOCK - ACP
EM-303-3
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
POINT OF TRANSITION AT
TRANSITION COUPLING
EXISTING A.C.P.
EXISTING A.C.P.
D.I.P.
JOINT RESTRAINT
M.J. 45° ELL
5/8" NUTS & WASHERS
5/8" ALL-THREAD
8' MIN. BASED ON
SOIL CONDITIONS
2'
6"
2 - #10 REBAR ON EACH SIDE
PROVIDE 3/4" OF FREE SPACE IN ANNULUS.
PIPE NOT TO BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH
RESTRAINT. TRACER WIRE PER COEM STD.
DET. EM-319-1.
3/4" PVC PIPE CUT TO LENGTH AND INSERTED
BETWEEN FORMS WHEN POURED. USE
TEMPORARY ALL-THREAD TO SECURE FORMS.
9"
9"
30" MIN. PLUS
PIPE DIA.
PIPE DIA.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
REVERSE THRUST BLOCK - PVC & DIP
EM-303-4
NOTES:
1.
CONCRETE SHALL BE MAG CLASS "B".
2.
CONCRETE SHALL BE POURED AGAINST UNDISTURBED
EARTH EXCEPT WHERE FORMWORK IS A MUST. AFTER
CONCRETE IS CURED THE FORMWORK SHALL BE REMOVED.
3.
PIPE MUST BE DUCTILE IRON.
4.
BASED ON 200 PSI TEST PRESSURE.
5.
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL BENDS OPTIONAL.
6.
RETAINER GLAND = FORD SERIES 1300 UNI-FLANGE
RETAINER GLAND OR EQUAL (TYP).
PIPE
SIZE
4" Ø
6" Ø
8" Ø
10" Ø
12" Ø
14" Ø
16" Ø
18" Ø
A
3'-0"
4'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
8'-0"
9'-0"
3'-8"
B
1'-6"
2'-0"
2'-4"
2'-4"
2'-6"
2'-9"
3'-0"
2'-0"
VERT
REINF
(2)-#4
(2)-#4
(2)-#4
(4)-#4
(4)-#4
(4)-#4
(6)-#4
(6)-#4
C
1'-4"
3'-0"
3'-4"
4'-6"
5'-8"
6'-4"
7'-2"
2'-0"
VOL.
(yd³)
WEIGHT
(LBS)
THRUST
(LBS)
0.23
0.55
1.00
1.73
2.53
3.68
5.16
7.17
932
2228
4050
7007
10247
14904
20898
29039
3844
8594
15414
23751
34157
46448
60772
77018
PIPE
SIZE
4" Ø
6" Ø
8" Ø
10" Ø
12" Ø
14" Ø
16" Ø
18" Ø
A
2'-0"
3'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
3'-0"
B
1'-6"
2'-0"
2'-2"
2'-4"
2'-4"
2'-8"
3'-0"
1'-8"
VERT
REINF
(2)-#4
(2)-#4
(2)-#4
(4)-#4
(4)-#4
(4)-#4
(6)-#4
(6)-#4
C
1'-4"
2'-8"
3'-0"
4'-0"
5'-0"
5'-8"
6'-6"
2'-0"
VOL.
(yd³)
WEIGHT
(LBS)
THRUST
(LBS)
0.15
0.38
0.70
1.21
1.90
2.59
3.65
5.06
608
1539
2835
4901
7695
10490
14783
20493
2718
6077
10900
16794
24153
32844
42973
54460
(2)-#4 HORIZ
AS SHOWN
CONCRETE THRUST
BLOCK
RETAINER GLAND
FINISHED
GRADE
CONCRETE THRUST
BLOCK
RETAINER GLAND
CONCRETE THRUST
BLOCK
(2)-#4 HORIZ
AS SHOWN
THRUST BLOCK AT ANGLE
THRUST BLOCK AT DEAD END
(2)-#4 HORIZ
AS SHOWN
RETAINER GLAND
DEAD END
SEE SCHEDULE
FOR VERT
PROFILE
SECTION
CONCRETE
THRUST
BLOCK
"B"
"A"
"A"
"B"
6"
"C"
"B"
6"
6"
"C"
6"
6"
"A"
6"
6"
1'-0" MIN.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
2" AND SMALLER
EM-325
NOTES:
1.
ALL TAPS MUST BE MADE BY USING A SERVICE SADDLE AS SHOWN.
2.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TAPPING THE MAIN AND
INSTALLING THE WATER SERVICES, THIS INCLUDES THE CORP STOP,
SERVICE PIPE, APPURTENANT FITTINGS, CURB STOP, METER BOX AND
COVER.
3.
THE MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE SHALL BE 1-INCH.
4.
NO COUPLINGS ALLOWED FOR SERVICE LINES.
5.
ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST MAG SPECIFICATIONS.
6.
5/8" METERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A #2 BOX.
CONSTRUCTION SERVICE WATER METER BY-PASS
BRASS CORP STOP
WITH COMPRESSION
TYPE FITTING
5/8" METER SPACER
1" METER SPACER
1-1/4" M.I.P. x 10-3/4" OVERALL
PVC - SCH. 40 (AS SHOWN WITH MALE ADAPTERS)
OR PVC - SCH. 80 THREADED NIPPLE
APPROVED DOUBLE STRAP HEAVY DUTY BRONZE
SADDLE IRON PIPE THREAD SET AT 30° ANGLE
COPPER PIPE ROLL
TYPE "K" (MIN. 1 INCH)
MIN. 8" TRENCH WIDTH
FOR TAPS ON METER
SIDE OF MAIN
LENGTH OF COPPER ENCASED
IN 6" OF WASHED SAND
WATER
PREFERRED
POSITION
18" MAX FROM
B/WALK
TO BUILDING
METER BOX
PLAN VIEW
APPROVED COMPOSITE
MATERIAL LID & BOX
PROFILE VIEW
2" ABOVE GRADE
18" MAX FROM
B/WALK
SIDEWALK PER
MAG STD. DET. 230
BRASS ANGLE CURB STOP WITH
LOCKING AND COMPRESSION
TYPE FITTING
WATER METER & METER COUPLING TO
BE INSTALLED BY CITY UPON PROPER
APPLICATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES
WATER
MAIN
APPROVED DOUBLE
STRAP HEAVY DUTY
BRONZE SADDLE IRON
PIPE THREAD
30" MIN COVER
ON SERVICES
TYPE K COPPER
ALTERNATE
POSITION
CORP STOP
30°
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
1" TO 2" WATER SERVICE
ABANDONMENT
EM-326
CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND
DISPOSE OF EXISTING WATER
METER BOX AND SERVICE LINE.
TURN OFF CORP STOP
CORPORATION SADDLE
CITY TO REMOVE/RELOCATE
EXISTING WATER METER.
REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF
EXISTING SERVICE LINE.
CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT EXISTING
SERVICE LINE AT CORP STOP AND RECAP
WITH STAINLESS STEEL THREADED PLUG.
NOTE:
THE CITY'S UTILITY DIVISION WILL NEED TO
BE ON SITE AT THE TIME OF ABANDONMENT.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
LARGE METER AND VAULT
3" OR LARGER
EM-345
VAULT DIMENSION DETAILS
(MINIMUM)
METER SIZE
(A)
(B)
HATCH
(A)
(B)
3"
8'-4"
4'-4"
6'
3'
4"
10'-6"
5'
6'
3'
6"
12'
5'
6'
4'
8"
15'
6'
6'
4'
SECTION A-A
A
FINISHED GRADE
NON-FERROUS
METAL VAULT
STEPS
HATCH CENTERED
IN VAULT TOP
VARIES
6' MIN.
18"
MIN.
24"
ERT
BY-PASS
4"
4"
12"
CONCRETE SUPPORT
UNDER NO.
PRECAST SOLID FLOOR
SLOPE @ 5% TO SUMP
SUMP
PIT
6" NATIVE AND/OR
95% COMPACTED
6"x6"x6"
CONCRETE BASE
NON-FERROUS METAL
VAULT STEPS
WRAP EXPOSED END OF DIP
IN CONCRETE WITH TAR
PAPER OR BUILDING PAPER.
2" COPPER
BY-PASS
FLUSHING
TEE & VALVE
UNION
A
1
4
8
6
4
1
5
4
9
1
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
DOUBLE STRAP ALL BRONZE SADDLE
CORP STOP 2" BALL TYPE
17" SPOOL
RISING STEM GATE VALVE R/S FLANGED
WITH HAND WHEEL
RADIO READ* METER PER CITY OF
EL MIRAGE
FLANGED SPOOL (MIN. 3 PIPE DIA. IN
LENGTH)
2" BYPASS SUPPORT
STRAINER
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NOTES:
1.
BOTH METERS SHALL BE RADIO READ WITH
ERT MOUNTED WITHIN 6" OF FINISHED GRADE.
2.
METER VAULTS TO BE PRE-CAST CONCRETE.
3.
JOINT RESTRAINT TO AND THROUGH
REQUIRED.
4.
SUMP PIT TO BE 8 CUBIC FEET OF CLEAN #57
ROCK AND LINED WITH FABRIC FILTER LINER
MIRAFI TYPE 140NL OR APPROVED EQUAL.
5.
ACCESS TO HATCH - USF FABRICATION INC.
ALUMINUM SPRING OR TORSION BAR
ASSISTED DOUBLE LIDS WITH 90 TO 180
DEGREE OPEN RANGE WITH RECESSED
PADLOCK/HASP ASSEMBLY AND 300 PSF
RATING.
6.
PIPELINE PRODUCTS VL-100 EXTENDABLE
LADDER. TELESCOPING LADDER MUST BE
INSTALLED ON THE VERTICAL WALL JUST
BELOW THE SAFETY NET. POSITION THE
LADDER TO CENTER OF ACCESS HATCH OR
EQUAL.
7.
SAFETY NET - U.S. WEBBING SLING STANDARD
EZ BARRIER OR APPROVED EQUAL.
2
2
3
7
7
(A) - VARIES
SEE TABLE OF VAULT SIZES
(B) - VARIES
SEE TABLE OF VAULT SIZES
24"
FLOW
6"
MIN.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES
3" AND SMALLER
EM-351
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
APPROVED REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY, BALL
VALVES INCLUDED.
PIPE, TYPE "K" HARD COPPER, 5/8" THROUGH 3".
90° COPPER ELL, 5/8" THROUGH 3".
PIPE UNION, BRASS OR COPPER.
TEST COCKS WITH BRASS PLUGS INSTALLED
(4 REQUIRED).
INSTALL 4" CONCRETE PAD, ENCLOSURE, AND
HARDWARE.
INSTALL PVC SLEEVE THROUGH CONCRETE.
INSIDE DIAMETER OF SLEEVE SHALL BE 1/2"
LARGER THAN COPPER PIPE.
NOTES:
1.
CONTACT CITY OF EL MIRAGE FOR VERIFICATION OF APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES AND CERTIFIED TESTERS.
2.
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES MUST BE INSPECTED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE AND
TESTED BY A CITY APPROVED CERTIFIED TESTER.
3.
ALL TEST COCKS SHALL BE FITTED WITH BRASS PLUGS INSTALLED WITH TEFLON TAPE.
4.
12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF TEST COCKS.
5.
COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS ARE NOT ALLOWED.
6.
A PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION.
7.
ASSEMBLIES MUST BE INSTALLED AS SHIPPED.
8.
INSTALL A "Y" STRAINER ON THE INLET SIDE.
9.
ENCLOSURE SHALL BE GUARDSHACK GS-1 OR EQUIVALENT.
10.
ASSEMBLY SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ANY CLOSER THAN 24" FROM A WALL OR OBSTRUCTION
(IF TEST COCKS FACE THE WALL) OR 12" FROM A WALL (IF TEST COCKS FACE AWAY).
11. FINISHED GRADE UNDERNEATH ASSEMBLY SHALL BE AT 95% COMPACTION.
12. INLET SHALL BE AS CLOSE TO SERVICE CONNECTION AS POSSIBLE. THERE SHOULD BE A
MINIMUM OF 5' SEPARATION BETWEEN THE METER AND BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY.
1
12" MIN.
30 MAX.
1
4
4
2
2
3
3
5
5
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
3" TYP.
ALL SIDES
INLET
OUTLET
6
6
7
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES
4" OR LARGER
EM-352-1
NOTES:
1.
CONTACT THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE FOR VERIFICATION OF APPROVED BACKFLOW
PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES AND CERTIFIED TESTERS.
2.
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE
INSPECTOR AND TESTED BY A CITY APPROVED CERTIFIED TESTER.
3.
FINISHED GRADE UNDERNEATH BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE 95%
COMPACTION.
4.
ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PAINTED TAN OR TO MATCH BUILDING / BACKGROUND.
5.
ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROTECTED BY GUARD POSTS PER COEM STD. DET. EM-352-2.
6.
TEST COCKS SHALL BE FITTED WITH PLUGS AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY REASON
OTHER THAN TESTING.
7.
12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF TEST COCKS.
8.
A PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION.
9.
INSPECTIONS MUST BE CALLED FOR PIERS, KICKBLOCK, AND ANGLE STEEL PLACEMENT.
10.
THRUST BLOCK PER MAG STD. DET. 380.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
APPROVED REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW
PREVENTION ASSEMBLY.
RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVE
90° ELBOW (FLANGED DIP 4" THROUGH 10")
PIPE SPOOL (FLANGED DIP 4" THROUGH 10")
FLANGED ADAPTER (WHEN REQUIRED)
3"x3"x1/4" STEEL ANGLE BOLT TO FLANGE AT EACH END.
INSTALL TEST COCKS WITH BRASS PLUGS (4 REQUIRED)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT
CHAIN AND LOCK (ON FIRE LINE ONLY)
8"x8"x16" CONCRETE BLOCK FILLED WITH MORTAR
CONCRETE SPLASH PAD 4" THICK BY MINIMUM 12" WIDE
REQUIRED FROM SUPPORT TO SUPPORT.
COAT WITH COAL TAR EPOXY (16 MILS.)
1
1
3
3
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
4
4
4
5
5
12
9
10
6
8
11
CITY SERVICE
LINE
CUSTOMER
SIDE
48" MIN. OR TO
METER VAULT
48" MIN.
4
FINISHED GRADE
12" MIN.
30" MAX.
7
TYP.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES PROTECTION
EM-352-2
WATER
METER
GUARD POSTS ARE REQUIRED AT THESE LOCATIONS
IF BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY IS IN AN OPEN
AREA AND NOT NEXT TO A BUILDING WALL OR FENCE
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLY
BUILDING WALL
CUSTOMER'S
WATER SERVICE
4" STEEL GUARD POST PER
MAG STD. DET. 140 (TYP.)
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 3" AND
LARGER LEAD FREE DOUBLE CHECK
VALVE ASSEMBLY
EM-353
THE
CONTACT THE CITY FOR VERIFICATION OF
APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES AND CERTIFIED TESTERS.
EL MIRAGE DETAIL EM-352-2.
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES MUST
BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE
INSPECTOR AND TESTED BY A CITY
APPROVED CERTIFIED TESTER.
AN ENGINEERING PERMIT REQUIRED FOR
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION
EM-360
D.I. PIPE
24" MIN.
PLAN
FLANGE X MJ
VALVE
4"X8"X16" HAND
PLACED SOLID
CONCRETE BLOCK
MJ
FLANGED X MJ
TEE
FOR WATER VALVE BLOCKING
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-301.
HYDRANT BURY LINE SHALL
BE AT FINISHED GRADE.
ASTM C-33, #67 ROCK.
TRENCH WIDTH WITH
MINIMUM 8 CUBIC FT.
BELOW HYDRANT
TRACER WIRE
STATION
INSTALL BOX, COVER, AND
VALVE BOX STABILIZER PER
AGENCY REQUIREMENTS
WATER
MAIN
NOTES:
1.
ALL CITY HYDRANTS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO
COATS OF SHERWIN WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL
ENAMEL "SAFETY YELLOW" (B54Y37) PAINT.
2.
ALL PRIVATE HYDRANTS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH
TWO COATS OF SHERWIN WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL
ENAMEL "SAFETY RED" (B54R38) PAINT.
3.
FIRE HYDRANT MUST BE ON ALLOWABLE
MATERIALS LIST, SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-101-12.
4.
HYDRANT LEADS SHALL HAVE NO HORIZONTAL
BENDS.
5.
TRACER WIRE SHALL CONFORM TO COEM STD.
DET. EM-162-1.
6.
FULLY RESTRAIN HYDRANT LEAD AND HYDRANT.
7.
INSTALL TRACER WIRE STATION PER COEM STD.
DET. EM-162-2.
8.
SEE COEM STD. DET. EM-363 FOR VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT.
9.
THE 4-1/2 INCH PORT OF THE FIRE HYDRANT IS TO
BE INSTALLED FACING THE STREET.
10. INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT MARKER(S) PER MAG STD.
DET. 122.
6" VALVE
WATER
MAIN
TRACER
WIRE
6' MAX.
BURY DEPTH
1.5'
PROFILE
BOTTOM OF
FLANGE SHALL BE
2" MIN. TO 4" MAX.
ABOVE GRADE
4' MIN.
LOWEST PORT 18" MIN TO 24"
MAX FROM FINISHED GRADE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
HYDRANT / FDC CLEARANCE
EM-361
CLEAR SPACE
CITY OWNED HYDRANTS
SHALL BE PAINTED "SAFETY
YELLOW" AND PRIVATE
OWNED HYDRANTS SHALL BE
PAINTED "SAFETY RED" PER
COEM STD. DET. EM-360
(DEPICTION OF DRY BARREL HYDRANT)
(REMOTE FDC BY FIRE MARSHALL AUTHORIZATION ONLY)
NOTE:
DO NOT PLANT ANY TREES OR SHRUBS
THAT WILL ENCROACH ON THE CLEAR
SPACE INDICATED WHEN THE PLANTS
OR TREES ARE MATURE.
STANDPIPE TO BE
PAINTED RED WITH
2" HIGH WHITE
REFLECTIVE NUMBERS
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
CLEAR SPACE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
LOCATIONS FOR NEW FIRE HYDRANTS
EM-362
6'
6'
6'
CURB
HYDRANT OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE
PAVEMENT
CURB
4'-0" MIN.
6'-0" MAX.
F.H.
F.H.
ACCEPTABLE
LOCATION IF
CURB RADIUS IS
20' OR MORE
4'
6'
PROPERTY
LINE
P.T. OR P.C. OF
CURB RETURN
PARKWAY AREA OR NO SIDEWALK
SIDEWALK
ACCEPTABLE
LOCATION IF
CURB RADIUS
IS 20' OR MORE
F.H.
F.H.
PREFERRED
LOCATION
PROPERTY
LINE
PAVEMENT
CURB
4'
6'
P.T. OR P.C. OF
CURB RETURN
1' MIN.
2' MAX.
AREA WITH SIDEWALK
NOTES:
1.
OBSTRUCTIONS SUCH AS UTILITY POLES, STREET
SIGNS, IRRIGATION BOXES, FENCES, LANDSCAPE
VEGETATION, ETC. MUST NOT BE PLACED BETWEEN
CURB AND HYDRANT.
2.
SOME LOCATIONS APPLY AT EITHER END OF CURB
RETURNS.
3.
IN PARKING LOT ISLANDS, HYDRANT CLEARANCE
TO BE MIN. 6' IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM BACK OF
CURB.
4.
HYDRANTS TO BE CLEAR OF LANDSCAPE &
VEGETATION WITHIN A 6' RADIUS.
MIN. 4'
MAX. 6'
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
FIRE HYDRANT VERTICAL DEFLECTION
EM-363
PAVEMENT
IF DEPTH OF MAIN EXCEEDS 8' CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL.
NOTES:
2-45° BENDS IN LIEU OF GRADE LOC
MJ INLET
MJ INLET WITH
JOINT RESTRAINTS
WATER MAIN
FL X MJ TEE
SEE NOTES AT
BOTTOM LEFT
FOR DEPTH
REQUIREMENTS
TRACER WIRE
STATION PER COEM
STD. DET. EM-162-2
6' MAXIMUM
BURY DEPTH
NOTES:
1.
THIS DETAIL IS FOR VERTICAL DEFLECTION
ONLY. REFER TO COEM STD. DET. EM-360
FOR HYDRANT DETAILS.
2.
MECHANICALLY RESTRAIN ALL JOINTS
FROM HYDRANT TO HYDRANT TEE.
3.
THRUST BLOCKING PER MAG STD. DET.
380 AND 381.
6", 12", OR 24" OFFSET
MJ GRADELOK OR APPROVED EQUAL
(ROTATE TO FINAL GRADE)
MJ FITTING (TYP)
6" DUCTILE IRON PIPE
TRACER WIRE
PER COEM STD.
DET. EM-162-1.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
FIRE HYDRANT PROTECTION POLE
EM-364
NOTES:
1.
DO NOT PLACE POLES IN FRONT OF NOZZLE.
2.
POLES MAY BE CHANGED IN NUMBER AND ARRANGEMENT
DEPENDING ON INDIVIDUAL NEED.
3.
REQUIRED AT SPECIFIED LOCATIONS ONLY.
4.
POLE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 4" STEEL.
5.
PAINT POLE YELLOW AND PLACE 3 - 3" RED REFLECTIVE
BANDS.
PLAN VIEW
4'-0"
3'-0"
18" MIN.
PAINT OR USE A BOLLARD
POST SLEEVE.
PROFILE VIEW
FILL POLE WITH
CONCRETE AND
MOUND AT TOP.
SLOPE CONCRETE
AWAY FROM POLE.
CONCRETE FOR POLE
INSTALLATION SHALL BE
CLASS "B".
4'-0"
(TYP)
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
VERTICAL REALIGNMENT OF
WATER MAINS
EM-370
EXISTING PIPE
6' MIN
6' MIN
2' MIN.
SEE PLAN
LENGTH OF RESTRAINED
JOINT PER MAG STD.
DET. 303-1 & 303-2
O.D.
45° BEND
(TYP)
RESTRAINED JOINTS PER
SECTION 750.3 AND MAG
STD. DET. 303-1 & 303-2
18'-6" MIN. LENGTH
LIMITS OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE REALIGNMENT
PAVEMENT OR GROUND
SURFACE
PROPOSED
UTILITY
45° BEND
(TYP)
EXISTING PIPE
4" MAX. FILL W/ SELECT
TYPE B OR ABC PER
SECTION 702
TOP OF
PIPE
NOTE:
1.
TRACER WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED PER COEM
STD DET EM-162-1.
2.
NO SERVICE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED
WITHIN THE VERTICAL REALIGNMENT.
3.
THRUST BLOCKS PER MAG STD. DET. 380 AND 381.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
BLOW OFF
EM-390
TRAFFIC AREAS
NON-TRAFFIC AREAS
FINISHED GRADE
WATER LINE
6" GRAVEL BED
DIAMOND PLATE STEEL
METER BOX COVER
PER MAG DETAIL 320
TAPPED PLUG OR CAP
WATER LINE
CAP
2" TYPE K
6" GRAVEL BED
FORD B11-777
12" BRASS NIPPLE
COPPER PIPE
4" BRASS NIPPLE
(FIP X FIP) OR
APPROVED EQUAL
TAPPED PLUG OR CAP
12" BRASS NIPPLE
24" MANHOLE RING AND COVER PER COEM STD.
DET. EM-423 WITH "CITY OF EL MIRAGE WATER"
LETTERING AND (3) 6" MANHOLE RISER RINGS.
ADJUST RING TO GRADE PER MAG DETAIL 422.
SOLID CONCRETE
BLOCK
ELL COUPLING
FORD L14-77G
MIN. 14"
MAX. 18"
ELEVATION SHALL BE
2" MIN TO 4" MAX
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
2" BRONZE CURB STOP
2" ADAPTER
FORD C84-77G
2" ABOVE GRADE WITH
PVC CAP (TYP)
6" SDR 35 PVC
BOTTOM TO REST
ON BLOCKING
A
A
SECTION A-A
NOTE: ADD DEBRIS CAP PER MAG 392
8" MIN.
12" MAX.
CONCRETE WATER
METER BOX NO. 2
PER MAG DETAIL 320
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
1" AIR RELEASE VALVE
EM-395
VARIES
18" MIN.
NOTES:
COPPER VENT PIPE TO BE INSTALLED
AT A POSITIVE SLOPE TO STAND PIPE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE VENT PIPE
AS NEEDED TO PROTECT VEGETATION.
WASHED ROCK
BACKFILL
1" BRASS
BALL VALVE
1" CORP STOP
XX"x1" TAPPING
SLEEVE
1" TYPE "K" HARD COPPER
1" AIR RELEASE VALVE APCO
200A OR APPROVED EQUAL
1/2"x3/4"
STEEL ELBOW
STEEL TRAFFIC
DELINEATOR POST
5/16"x1" U-BOLT
3/4" SCREEN CAP
R/W
C/L WATERLINE
(2) NO. 2 WATER
METER BOXES
3/4" TYPE "K"
COPPER
VENT PIPE
3/4" BRASS UNION
3/4" BRASS PIPE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER / SEWER
HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
EM-402-1
WATER / SEWER
HORIZONTAL
SEPARATION
REQUIREMENT TABLE
TYPE OF PARALLEL UTILITY
WATER SERVICE
DISTRIBUTION
WATER MAIN
SEWER MAIN
SEWER SERVICE
DRY UTILITIES
(4)
PRIVATE
FIRELINE
SERVICE
STORM DRAIN /
CULVERTS &
IRRIGATION
TYPE OF WATER /
SEWER UTILITY
DISTRIBUTION
WATER MAIN
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
WATER SERVICE
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
SEWER MAIN
3-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
6-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
SEWER SERVICE
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
3-FEET
MIN.
(4)
UNLESS DRY UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS ARE MORE STRINGENT.
NOTE: THIS TABLE APPLIES TO ALL ABOVE GROUND OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES / STRUCTURES.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
WATER / SEWER
VERTICAL SEPARATION
EM-402-2
WATER / SEWER
VERTICAL SEPARATION
REQUIREMENT TABLE
TYPE OF UTILITY CROSSING
WATER SERVICE
DISTRIBUTION
WATER MAIN
SEWER MAIN
SEWER SERVICE
DRY UTILITIES
(4)
PRIVATE
FIRELINE
SERVICE
STORM DRAIN /
CULVERTS &
IRRIGATION
TYPE OF WATER / SEWER UTILITY
DISTRIBUTION
WATER MAIN
ABOVE UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN. (1)
6-INCH
MIN. (2)
1-FOOT
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN. (3)
DISTRIBUTION
WATER MAIN
BELOW UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
1-FOOT
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
WATER SERVICE
ABOVE OR
BELOW UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
SEWER MAIN
ABOVE UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
1-FOOT
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
1-FOOT
MIN. (3)
SEWER MAIN
BELOW UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN. (1)
1-FOOT
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN. (1)
1-FOOT
MIN. (3)
SEWER SERVICE
ABOVE UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
2-FEET
MIN. (3)
6-INCH
MIN.
SEWER SERVICE
BELOW UTILITY
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN. (2)
6-INCH
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN.
1-FOOT
MIN.
6-INCH
MIN. (2)
6-INCH
MIN.
(1)
EXTRA PROTECTION IS REQUIRED FOR WATER MAINS AND PRIVATE FIRE LINE SERVICES THAT ARE BETWEEN 1 AND 2 FEET ABOVE SEWER. REFER TO
NOTE BELOW.
(2)
EXTRA PROTECTION IS REQUIRED FOR SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS WITH LESS THAN ONE FOOT OF VERTICAL CLEARANCE. REFER TO NOTE BELOW.
(3)
EXTRA PROTECTION IS REQUIRED. REFER TO NOTE BELOW.
(4)
UNLESS DRY UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS ARE MORE STRINGENT.
NOTE: CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM OUTSIDE OF PIPE TO OUTSIDE OF PIPE. MINIMUM SEPARATION AND EXTRA PROTECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ARIZONA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE AAC R18-5-502, MAG SPEC. 610, AND MAG STANDARD DETAIL 404-1; OR AS APPROVED
BY THE CITY.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
BEDDING AND BACKFILL
FOR ALL PIPELINES
EM-406
TRENCH SLOPED OR SHORED AS
REQUIRED BY OSHA
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
PIPE ZONE
4" MIN.
AGGREGATE BASE PER
MAG SPEC. TABLE 702-1
90% MINIMUM REQUIRED DENSITY
PER ASTM-698C (PIPE ZONE)
PIPE
NOTES:
1.
AGGREGATE BASE PER MAG STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS TABLE 702-1, SHALL BE USED IN THE PIPE ZONE. THE
PIPE ZONE EXTENDS FROM THE BOTTOM OF TRENCH TO ONE-FOOT ABOVE THE TOP OF PIPE.
2.
BOTTOM OF TRENCH TO BE INSPECTED FOR UNIFORMITY AND SUBJECT TO COMPACTION TESTING AT THE
DISCRETION OF THE CITY OF EL MIRAGE PRIOR TO BEDDING PLACEMENT.
3.
PIPE ZONE PLACEMENTS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN FOUR LIFTS, BEDDING, SPRINGLINE, TOP OF PIPE AND 1-FOOT
ABOVE PIPE. EACH LIFT SHALL BE PLACED AT 90% COMPACTION.
4.
BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE SHALL CONFORM TO MAG SECTION 601, TABLE 601-2 TYPE 1 AND NOTE 5 BELOW.
5.
FINAL BACKFILL BENEATH ASPHALT REPLACEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPROPRIATE TRENCH TYPE PER
MAG STANDARD DETAIL 200-1. IF SLURRY IS TO BE USED, IT SHALL BE 1/2 SACK CLSM.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
UTILITY MAIN EXPOSURE
NEW SERVICE CONNECTION
EM-414
3' MIN.
1' MIN.
TAP
LOCATION
EXPOSED UTILITY MAIN
6'
NEW
CONNECTION
PLAN
PROFILE
TAP LOCATION
6'
1'
NEW
CONNECTION
EXPOSED
UTILITY MAIN
NOTES:
1.
CONTRACTOR MUST EXPOSE MAIN TO THESE
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS.
2.
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SAFE EXCAVATION
CONFORMING TO O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS.
6"
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
PRECAST CONCRETE
SEWER MANHOLE
EM-420
NOTES:
1.
PRE-CAST, REINFORCED MANHOLE SECTIONS SHALL BE
MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.S.T.M. C-478.
2.
MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER PER COEM STD. DET. EM-423.
3.
ALL CONCRETE TO BE CURED AND PROTECTED.
4.
GROUT ALL JOINTS TO SMOOTH SURFACE.
5.
MANHOLES REQUIRING LINING SHALL BE LINED WITH SEWER
SHIELD 150, SEWERGARD 210S, OR RAVEN 405.
6.
A MINIMUM OF ONE RISER RING SHALL BE USED.
7.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY INVERT AND RIM ELEVATIONS TO
ENSURE 24" MAX. DISTANCE FROM CONE TO RIM WILL BE
ATTAINED PRIOR TO SETTING CONE.
8.
ANY MANHOLE OVER 20-FEET DEEP WILL REQUIRE
ENGINEERING STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS.
95% D-698 BACKFILL,
COMPACT AND TEST
MAX. 12" LOOSE LIFTS
OR 1 SACK CLSM TO
TOP OF SUBGRADE
100% D-698 OR 1
SACK CLSM
26-3/4" ON 48"
30" ON 60"
24" MAX TOP OF LID TO
ANGLE POINT ON CONE
30" MIN
36" MAX
STD MH
SECTION
BOTTOM MH
SECTION
36" MIN
FLOW
PRECAST BASE
RAM-NECK OR
APPROVED EQUAL
(TYP ALL JOINTS)
REINFORCED CONC.
ADJUSTING RINGS
PIPE DIAMETER
DEPTH OF MAIN
MANHOLE
DIAMETER
RING & COVER
8" - 12"
8" - 12"
15" - 18"
* 21" AND LARGER
UP TO 12'
12' - 20'
UP TO 20'
UP TO 20'
4'
5'
5'
6'
24" DIA
30" DIA
30" DIA
30" DIA
MANHOLE INSIDE DIAMETER REQUIREMENTS
* 24" AND LARGER REQUIRE CITY OF EL MIRAGE APPROVAL
4"
CEMENT
MORTAR
6"
PRESS-SEAL GASKET
CORP. PRESS-BOOT
(OR APPROVED EQUAL)
AND GROUT
12" MIN. THICK
CHANNEL TO BE 2/3
HEIGHT OF PIPE
ALTERNATE: CAST IN PLACE REINFORCED
CONCRETE BASE
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
MANHOLE COVER WITH CITY LOGO
EM-423
NOTES:
1. MANHOLE COVER DIMENSIONS MUST ADHERE TO MAG STANDARD DETAILS 423 OR 424.
2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST MAG SPECIFICATIONS.
3. MANHOLE COVER IS NEENAH FOUNDRY PRODUCT NO. DF-1296-T OR EAST JORDAN IRON WORKS PRODUCT NO. 2230.
MATERIAL: CAST GRAY IRON ASTM A-48, CLASS 35, AASHTO M306
DRAWING NOT TO SCALE
OPEN PICKSLOT
2" RAISED LETTERS
FLUSH WITH TOP OF
COVER
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
INSIDE DROP MANHOLE
EM-426
FINISHED GRADE
PIPE PENETRATION OF
1" - 2" INTO MANHOLE
PRESS-BOOT OR APPROVED EQUAL
FOR PRE-CAST BLOCK OUT. USE
LINK-SEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL
FOR CORE-DRILLED.
SEE NOTE #5
1" CLEARANCE BETWEEN
PIPE AND MANHOLE WALL.
PVC DROP PIPE SIZE
PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS.
INSTALL APPROPRIATE FITTING TO
PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION INTO
CHANNEL FLOW (45° RECOMMENDED).
RELINER INSIDE DROP BOWL
SECURED WITH STAINLESS
STEEL FASTENERS.
EXTERNAL PIPE COUPLER
RELINER STAINLESS STEEL
STRAPS SECURED TO
STRUCTURE WITH
STAINLESS STEEL
FASTENERS, AT 4'
INTERVALS (MIN. OF 2')
OPTIONAL RELINER
PLASTIC COMPOSITE
MANHOLE INVERT
REPLACEMENTS CAST
INTO BASE, EXISTING
MANHOLE MAY REQUIRE
INVERT TO BE MODIFIED
TO CHANNELIZE FLOW.
CONCRETE
NOTES:
1.
MANHOLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH COEM
STD. DET. EM-420.
2.
DURAN, INC. RELINER (OR APPROVED
EQUAL) SHALL BE INSTALLED PER
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.
3.
V-NOTCH SHALL BE CUT IN INFLUENT PIPE
INVERT.
4.
MANHOLES REQUIRING LINING SHALL BE
LINED WITH SEWER SHIELD 150,
SEWERGARD 210S, OR RAVEN 405.
5.
WHEN CONNECTION IS FOR AN EXISTING
MAIN, THE PIPE OPENING SHALL BE MADE
BY CORE DRILLING MANHOLE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MAG SPECIFICATION
SECTION 625.3.
6.
FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE SHALL REQUIRE
A HOOD ON THE DROP BOWL.
7.
USE OF DROP MANHOLES REQUIRES
PERMISSION FROM THE CITY.
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SEWER SERVICE LATERAL
GREATER THAN 2 FEET DEEP
EM-440-1
NOTES:
1.
SERVICE LATERAL EXTENDS TO PROPERTY
LINE OR TO EASEMENT LINE.
2.
SIZE OF TAP AND SERVICE LATERAL SHALL BE
DESIGNATED ON PLANS.
3.
CONSTRUCT SERVICE LATERAL AT MINIMUM
SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT.
4.
IF DEPTH REQUIRES, MINIMUM SLOPE CAN BE
REDUCED TO 1/8" PER FOOT PROVIDED
SERVICE LATERAL IS SURVEYED & STAKED TO
GRADE.
5.
CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE APPROPRIATE
FITTINGS TO ENSURE NO MISALIGNMENT OF
PIPE AND NO JOINT DEFLECTION.
6.
END OF SERVICE LATERAL TO BE SEALED.
BACKWATER VALVE SHALL BE INSTALLED PER
COEM STD. DET. EM-442 WHEN USER
CONNECTION IS MADE.
7.
FOR CLEANOUTS LESS THAN 24" DEEP, REFER
TO COEM STD. DET. EM-440-2.
8.
SERVICE LINE CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE A
WYE FITTING. SADDLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
9.
PLACE CONCRETE AROUND PIPE INSIDE FRAME
OR METER BOX.
10.
ON DOUBLE BARREL TWO-WAY CLEANOUT, IF
HORIZONTAL SPACING ALLOWS, CONTRACTOR
SHALL INSTALL FRAMES AND COVERS, IF
FRAMES AND COVERS ARE NOT USED, A
MINIMUM OF A MAG #2 METER BOX SHALL BE
USED. STAMP OR WELD A 2" TALL LETTER "S"
ON LID OF METER BOX.
TRACER WIRE TO BE
LOOPED AND SECURED
AROUND MAIN
SEWER MAIN
INVERT OF SERVICE
INSTALLED AT OR
ABOVE CROWN OF MAIN
4" OR 6" PVC
(SCHEDULE 40)
SEWER LATERAL
2-WAY CLEANOUT
TRACER WIRE TO BE
EXTENDED TO 18"
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
& LOOPED IN BOX
THREADED PLUG
SEE NOTE 10
R/W LINE OR
PROPERTY LINE
6"
2"
SLOPE
LEVEL
4" OR 6" 45°
WYE BRANCH
FLOW
MAIN
4" OR 6"
BENDS
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
SEWER SERVICE LATERAL
(LESS THAN 2' DEEP)
EM-440-2
NOTES:
1.
SERVICE LATERAL EXTENDS TO PROPERTY
LINE OR TO EASEMENT LINE.
2.
SIZE OF TAP AND SERVICE LATERAL SHALL BE
DESIGNATED ON PLANS.
3.
CONSTRUCT SERVICE LATERAL AT MINIMUM
SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT.
4.
IF DEPTH REQUIRES, MINIMUM SLOPE CAN BE
REDUCED TO 1/8" PER FOOT PROVIDED
SERVICE LATERAL IS SURVEYED & STAKED TO
GRADE.
5.
CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE APPROPRIATE
FITTINGS TO ENSURE NO MISALIGNMENT OF
PIPE AND NO JOINT DEFLECTION.
6.
END OF SERVICE LATERAL TO BE SEALED.
7.
FOR CLEANOUTS DEEPER THAN 24", REFER TO
COEM STD. DET. EM-440-1.
8.
SERVICE LINE CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE A
WYE FITTING. SADDLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
9.
PLACE CONCRETE AROUND PIPE INSIDE FRAME
OR METER BOX.
TRACER WIRE TO BE
LOOPED AND SECURED
AROUND MAIN
SEWER MAIN
INVERT OF SERVICE
INSTALLED AT OR ABOVE
CROWN OF MAIN
4" OR 6" PVC
(SCHEDULE 40)
SEWER LATERAL
2-WAY CLEANOUT
TRACER WIRE TO BE
EXTENDED TO 18"
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
& LOOPED IN BOX
SLOPE
LEVEL
2"
6"
THREADED PLUG
FRAME & COVER PER
MAG STD. DTL. 270
2' MAX.
R/W LINE OR
PROPERTY LINE
MAIN
FLOW
4" OR 6" 45°
WYE BRANCH
4" OR 6"
BENDS
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
BACKWATER VALVE
EM-442
DOUBLE BARREL TWO-WAY
CLEANOUT PER COEM STD.
DET. EM-440-1
ACCESS RISER
PRIVATE SEWER FROM BUILDING
TO CITY SEWER
SINGLE TWO WAY
CLEANOUT WITH FRAME
AND COVER PER COEM
STD. DET. EM-440-2
METER BOX
TO CITY SEWER
BACKWATER VALVE
GRADE
GRADE
⅊
⅊
24" DEEP AND SHALLOWER
FRAME AND COVER OR
METER BOX. SEE NOTE 3
BACKWATER VALVE
FRAME AND COVER PER
MAG STD. DET. 270 (TYP)
RISER EXTENSION
GREATER THAN 24" DEEP
NOTES:
1.
BACKWATER VALVE SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN THE BUILDING CLEAN-OUT AND PROPERTY LINE.
2.
AN EXTENDABLE TYPE BACKWATER VALVE SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN VALVES ARE DEEPER THAN 24".
3.
ON DOUBLE BARREL TWO-WAY CLEANOUT, IF HORIZONTAL SPACING ALLOWS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
INSTALL FRAMES AND COVERS, IF FRAMES AND COVERS ARE NOT USED, A MINIMUM OF A MAG #2
METER BOX SHALL BE USED. STAMP OR WELD A 2" TALL LETTER "S" ON LID OF METER BOX.
PRIVATE SEWER FROM BUILDING
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER
EM-559-1
NOTES:
1.
MATERIAL: CAST ALUMINUM
2.
THE TOTAL WIDTH OF INDIVIDUAL LETTERS TO BE SUCH THAT LETTERS AND WORDS ARE EQUALLY SPACED AND BALANCED.
3.
LETTERS TO BE 1/2-INCH IN HEIGHT. TYPE OF LETTERS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL.
TYPE "A":
TO BE INSTALLED IN WET CONCRETE
DURING CONSTRUCTION.
TYPE "B":
TO BE INSTALLED WITH ADHESIVE
ON EXISTING STRUCTURE.
5" DIA.
3/16"±
3/16"±
5" DIA.
1"
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER
ON CATCH BASIN / SCUPPER
EM-559-2
LOCATE MARKER ON
CENTER OF CATCH
BASIN / SCUPPER
CATCH BASIN
INLET
SCUPPER
INLET
TYPE "B":
TO BE INSTALLED WITH ADHESIVE
ON EXISTING STRUCTURES
TYPE "A":
TO BE INSTALLED IN WET CONCRETE
DURING CONSTRUCTION
DYNAMIX #6125-1
URETHANE UNIVERSAL
ADHESIVE
1/2"
Draft
REVISION DATE: 01/2021
STANDARD DETAIL NO.
ADOPTED BY COUNCIL:
DECEMBER 1, 2020
STORM DRAIN INLET MARKER
ON HEADWALL
EM-559-3
Draft
Community Development
Engineering Department
10000 N. El Mirage Road, El Mirage 85335
623-972-8116; Fax 623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageazgov
APPROVAL BLOCK & AS-BUILT CERTIFICATION
APPROVALS
THIS SET OF PLANS HAS BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS
PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF PERMITS. THE CITY NEITHER ACCEPTS NOR ASSUMES ANY
LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS. THE COMPLIANCE APPROVAL SHALL NOT
PREVENT THE CITY ENGINEER FROM REQUIRING CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS OR
OMISSIONS IN PLANS FOUND TO BE IN VIOLATION OF LAW OR ORDINANCES.
___________________________________________
_______________________
EL MIRAGE CITY ENGINEER
DATE
AS-BUILT CERTIFICATION
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE “RECORD DRAWING” MEASUREMENTS AS SHOWN
HEREON WERE MADE UNDER MY SUPERVISION OR AS NOTED AND ARE CORRECT TO
THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.
___________________________________________
________________________
REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR/ENGINEER
DATE
___________________________________________
REGISTRATION NUMBER
Draft
Community Development
Engineering Department
10000 N. El Mirage Road, El Mirage 85335
623-972-8116; Fax 623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageaz.gov
SWPPP Guidance Document
(Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan)
Development/Project Name:
______________________________________________
Parcel Number(s):
______________________________________________
Address/Location:
______________________________________________
Net Area (Acres):
______________________________________________
Disturbed Area (Acres):
______________________________________________
The City of El Mirage requires all development that disturbs one acre or more to submit the
required Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), including the Notice of Intent (NOI).
The owner/developer is still required to submit all required documents to the Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) as required by law. The site
https://azdeq.gov/node/1143 is designed to provide you with a quick and easy way to file a
Notice of Intent (NOI) online for permit coverage, apply for a waiver, or file a Notice of
Termination (NOT) to terminate coverage under the AZPDES Construction General Permit,
AZG2020-001 or call ADEQ at (844) 827-4768 for assistance.
In addition, the SWPPP shall include all requirements of Maricopa County Rule 310 and all
requirements of the El Mirage City Code as it pertains to storm water. Copies of all
requirements, forms and guidance are available in the latest version of the Drainage Design
Manual for Maricopa County Volume III Erosion Control available at the Flood Control District,
2801 West Durango, Phoenix, Arizona 85009, Phone No (602) 506-1501.
This checklist serves to minimize redline comments on the check prints and to maintain
consistency among plan reviewers on plans for Storm Water and Dust Control Management.
Plan approval, issuing permits, and certain grading clearances depend on compliance with the
comments made on the check prints and this checklist. The engineer of record shall satisfy
themselves of the completeness and accuracy of the design. This review shall serve as a courtesy
review only. The Owner is ultimately responsible to ensure that all of the requirements outlined
under AZPDES are followed.
Please return this checklist and the check prints with your next submittal. Discussion of
redline comments on plans or this checklist should be directed to the City Plan Reviewer.
Draft
2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Sheets to be 24" X 36"; submit two sets of plans.
Separate Storm Water Management Plans shall be submitted with grading and drainage
plan at time of First review.
Cover sheet is required on plans of more than two sheets.
Site Information – to be included on the First/Cover sheet:
Project title block with name and address of project.
Legal description of project location.
Total site area (acres).
Total area of disturbance (acres).
Vicinity map with north arrow.
Index of plan sheets if more than one plan sheet.
Owner's/Developer’s name, address, and telephone number.
Engineer’s name, address, and telephone number.
Contractor’s name, address and telephone number. If contractor is not known,
leave this area blank for future completion.
Add Storm Water Pollution Prevention (SWPPP) Notes to plan. Notes can be found here
http://www.cityofelmirage.org/documentcenter/view/345
SWPPP Certification – The site owner (operator) or his authorized representative shall
sign and certify the plan. In signing, the person certifies that the information is true and
assumes liability for the plan. The registrant preparing the plan may be liable to the site
operator/owner. However, ultimate responsibility – for purposes of violations, and fines
shall lie with the site operator/owner and site contractor.
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel
properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the operator
or operators who manage this system, or those operators directly responsible for gathering
information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate,
and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information,
including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. In addition, I certify
that the permittee will comply with all terms and conditions stipulated in General Permit No.
AZG2020-001 issued by the Director.
_______________________________
_____________________________
Printed Name
Job Title
_______________________________
_____________________________
Signature
Company Name
Draft
3
Contractor Certification – ADEQ also requires that the contractors and subcontractors
responsible for implementing measures in the SWPPP be listed in the plan with the
measures for which they are responsible, and that they sign a certification statement that
they understand the permit requirements as reflected on the SWPPP .
I (Printed Individual’s Name) acting as (Job Title) for the (contractor/subcontractor’s name), an
authorized representative, having reviewed this Storm Water Management Plan (SWPPP) and all
of the relevant documents, do hereby certify that I understand all components of this plan and
will perform all required inspections and maintenance activities as required; and that I will
maintain all necessary and required records at the job site and up to date.
_______________________________
Signature
Provide a legend identifying grades, symbols, and lines, etc.
Maricopa County Rule 310 permit #_____
ADEQ tracking number AZCON_____
All sheets shall have the qualified Arizona registrant’s seal and original signature prior to
plan submittal.
North arrow and bar scale
The following is a checklist of information that is to be included in the SWPPP. Additional
information regarding the data to be included in the SWPPP is provided in the Construction
General Permit issued by ADEQ. The Construction General Permit can be downloaded from:
https://static.azdeq.gov/permits/azpdes/cgp_permit.pdf
Existing Conditions – show existing contours, floodplain limits and any stormwater
structures on or adjacent to the project site.
Construction Activity Description - the SWPPP must contain a description of the purpose
or goal(s) of the construction project (e.g. a single-family residential, commercial
development, etc.). Additionally, the SWPPP must list all soil-disturbing activities
necessary to complete the project (e.g. clearing, excavating, and stockpiling).
Final Slope Grades - Location and steepness of slopes after grading.
Final Drainage Patterns – Drainage patterns of the site after major grading activities and
the location of the points where storm water will discharge from the site.
Disturbed Areas - Location and areas of soil disturbing activities or the total area of the
site where soil will be disturbed. (This must be identified on the map and area called-out).
Undisturbed Areas – The SWPPP shall reflect all areas designated as being undisturbed.
This would include Natural open space, jurisdictional washes (Per section 404 of the
CWA), etc. All designated areas must be delineated/ and fenced-off in the field.
Offsite Flows – Show location of offsite flows including quantities. If offsite flows are
being rerouted through the site, a note should be added to reflect the no disturbance zone.
Erosion and Sediment Controls – The SWPPP must describe the erosion and sediment
controls to be used during construction. Such controls include stabilization measures for
disturbed areas and structural controls to divert runoff and remove sediments. Selected
controls must be per the Best Management Practices (BMP) outlined in the latest Drainage
Design Manual for Maricopa County Volume III Erosion Control (ECM).
Draft
4
Best Management Practices (BMPs) – Structural devices or non-structural practices that
are designated to prevent pollutants from entering into storm water flows, to direct flows of
storm water or to treat polluted storm water flows. The emphasis should be placed on
eliminating the source of pollutant(s). All selected BMPs details must be shown on the plan
sheets or included as part of the Storm Water Management Plan.
Sediment Basins - Show location of all temporary or permanent sediment basins to be
installed. Temporary basins may be substituted for permanent basins during grading phase
only. These basins must provide at least 3,600 cubic feet of storage for every acre of
contributing land.
Other Controls – The SWPPP must also include controls that address other potential
sources of storm water pollution, such as:
Construction site waste material storage.
Preventing offsite tracking of sediments and generation of dust.
Hazardous material storage (e.g. fuel, equipment oil, etc.)
Equipment maintenance/ parking areas.
Post-Construction – The SWPPP must include a description of storm water management
controls that will be installed to control pollutants after construction completion.
Future Activities – The SWPPP shall address all grading activities to be performed on any
site that is part of the “greater common plan or development” (e.g. construction of
individual lot(s) within a subdivision).
Location of Controls – the BMPs selected for the site must be shown on the SWPPP,
including the location of each measure used for erosion and sediment control, storm water
management, and other pollution controls.
Inspection and Maintenance Plan – The SWPPP must contain a description of the
procedures that will be used to maintain the BMPs on site. The plan shall include an
inspection and maintenance checklist for each control measure. The checklist must address
specific items to inspect for and evaluation criteria.
Description of Controls – The SWPPP shall include a list of the BMPs to be used at the
site, describing each control and its purpose. Many of the BMPs selected from the ECM
already contain the descriptions and purpose.
Sequence of Major Activities – The SWPPP shall contain a sequence of major activities.
The sequence should address the installation of all controls, earth disturbing activities, and
stabilization activities, and the maintenance required for the controls. The sequence should
indicate, clearly, the order in which these activities will take place along with a proposed
timeline associated with each activity.
In developing a sequence of major activities, the following general principals should be
followed:
1. Install down slope and side slope perimeter controls before the land disturbing activity
occurs.
2. Cover or stabilize disturbed areas as soon as possible. (Under ADEQ’s general permit,
disturbed areas of the construction site that will not be re-disturbed must be stabilized
within 14 days of the most recent land disturbance).
3. Time construction activities to limit impact from seasonal climate changes or weather
events.
4. Delay construction of infiltration measures until the end of the construction project, if
possible. Otherwise, provide proper Storm Water Management Controls to eliminate
potential sources of pollution.
5. Do not remove temporary perimeter controls until after all upstream areas are finally
Draft
5
stabilized.
Additional Comments - The following are additional comments specific to this site:
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Draft
Community Development
Engineering Department
10000 N. El Mirage Road, El Mirage 85335
623-972-8116; Fax 623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageaz.gov
Guidance for Design of Striping and Signing Plans
The following are general comments to assist you in the preparation of the Striping and
Signing Plans. These comments are not meant to be all inclusive:
Provide a cover page with as-built certification statement, Blue Stake note, key map,
project name, address, location, legal description, notes section, etc.
Provide City “General Information”, “General Notes” and “Signing & Striping Notes” on
the plans.
Pavement arrow markings in left-turn lanes or deceleration lanes are located at both the
beginning and end of the storage lane. Arrows shall adhere to MCDOT Detail 5-35.
“Right-Turn Only” (R3-5, 30”x36”) signs are to be located at both the beginning and end
of the pocket adjacent to pavement arrow marking. “Begin Right Turn Lane – Yield to
Bikes” (R4-4, 36”x30”)
Standard bike lane striping will be 6-inch solid white line except where adjacent to a
right-turn lane in which the line should be 8-inch solid white. Bike lanes shall have a
minimum width of 5.5 feet, measured from edge to edge or edge to face of curb. Green
bike lanes shall receive 4 or more coats, based on manufacturer’s recommendations, of
StreetBond SB150 CL pavement coating, Celtic Green in color.
Bike lane symbol and arrow shall adhere to MUTCD Figure 9C-3, Type B.
Right or left-turn striping will be an 8-inch solid white line.
4” solid white pavement edge lines shall be used on streets that do not have curb and
gutter.
4” broken lines shall be accomplished by a 15-foot stripe with a 25-foot space.
Stop bars and crosswalk shall be 12 inches in width. If there are no crosswalks at the stop
bar locations, then the stop bar shall be 24 inches in width.
Raised Pavement Markers (RPM’s) are required at all edge-lines, lane-lines, centerlines
and holding bars
01/01/21
Draft
Community Development
Engineering Department
10000 N. El Mirage Road, El Mirage 85335
623-972-8116; Fax 623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageaz.gov
MEMORANDUM
DATE:
January 1, 2021
TO:
City of El Mirage Engineering Department
SUBJECT:
Auxiliary Lane Criteria
1. Intersection Lane Requirements:
A traffic analysis is required to determine the number of lanes and the lane configuration
for intersections. The desired level of service is dependent on roadway classifications; the
minimum desired Level of Service (LOS) is D.
Developments are to construct auxiliary lanes when the following criteria or thresholds
are expected to be met due to the addition of the projected development traffic.
A.
Right Turn Lane is to be provided when:
1.
At all signalized intersections
2.
At all street intersections of Parkways and Major Arterials. Right turn
lanes may be required on Minor Arterial and Collector streets, when
determined by the City Engineer.
3.
On any roadway where a Traffic Impact Study indicates the LOS would be
increased to a LOS of D or better with the addition of a right-turn lane.
4.
In rural and developing urban areas with higher speeds, a separate right
turn lane may be required for lower right turn volumes.
B.
Left Turn Lane is to be provided:
1.
At all signalized intersections and on Parkways, Arterials and Major
Collector streets.
2.
When the left turn movement into another roadway results in a LOS less
than the minimum LOS of D during any peak hour.
C.
Dual Left-Turn Lanes are to be provided when:
1.
The peak hour left-turn volume exceeds 200 vph.
2.
The peak hour conflicting through movement volume exceeds 1,000 vph.
3.
The delay to left turning vehicles exceeds 45 seconds.
4.
A Traffic Impact Study indicates the LOS would be increased to a LOS of
D or better with the addition of duel left turns.
The criteria used to determine the need for turn lanes are based on a normal mix of design
vehicle types, the volume limits may be adjusted at the discretion of the Engineering
Division.
Draft
2
2. Driveway Lane Requirements:
A.
Right turn deceleration lanes are required at all driveways on Parkways and Major
Arterial streets. Deceleration lanes for driveways may be required on Minor
Arterial and Collector streets, which may require additional right-of-way. To
determine the need for a deceleration lane on streets classified as Minor Arterial
or Collector, the site Traffic Engineer shall analyze the site, for City of El Mirage
review and approval, to see if the proposed site conditions meet a minimum of
three of the following criteria(s):
1.
At least 5,000 vehicles per day are using or are expected to be using the
adjacent street.
2.
The posted speed limit is 35 mph or greater.
3.
At least 1,000 vehicles per day are using or are expected to use the
driveway for the development or adjacent development(s) (existing or
future).
4.
At least 30 vehicles are expected to make right-turns into the driveway for
a one-hour period for the development or adjacent developments (existing
or future).
B.
Commercial and Industrial sites: Through the approved Traffic Impact Study, if
it was determined that such a deceleration lane is not warranted (per criteria 2A
above), a minimum of one driveway shall be designated as truck delivery access
drives and shall meet the minimum turning path for a WB-67 design vehicle,
without requiring maneuvering into more than one traffic lane within the public
roadway. Additional driveways may be required to meet the criteria (as
determined by the City Engineer based on local conditions).
C.
Storage facilities: Through the approved Traffic Analysis, if it was determined
that such a deceleration lane is not warranted (per criteria 2A above), the main
access driveway shall meet the minimum turning path for a MH/B design vehicle.
D.
Left turn lanes are required at all driveways on Parkways and Major Arterial
streets. Deceleration lanes for driveways may be required on Minor Arterial and
Collector streets. To determine the need for a deceleration lane on streets
classified as Minor Arterial or Collector, the site Traffic Engineer shall analyze
the site, for City of El Mirage review and approval, to see if the proposed site
conditions meet the volume warrants shown in Table 7.6 of the MCDOT Roadway
Design Manual shown on the next page.
Draft
3
E.
At the discretion of the City Engineer or their designee, a right turn deceleration
lane or left turn lane may be required regardless of the minimum criteria, if site
specific conditions warrant the addition of a lane such as sites with a larger than
average number of heavy vehicles.
F.
In no event shall adjacent driveways be located within the area of the deceleration
storage lane or the required taper lengths unless specifically approved by the City
Engineer.
3. Auxiliary Lane Lengths:
A.
Left Turn Lane Storage: For arterials and collector roads, the minimum storage
length is 160 feet. This will apply to both signalized and unsignalized
intersections.
B.
Right Turn Lane Storage: For arterials and collector roads, the minimum
storage length is 160 feet. This will apply to both signalized and unsignalized
intersections.
C.
Taper Lengths: The lengths of auxiliary lane tapers should be approximately 8-
feet to 15-feet longitudinally per 1-foot transversely (8:1 to 15:1) with a minimum
taper of 100 feet. These taper lengths are only applicable to auxiliary lanes.
Tapers associated with changing of pavement widths shall be in accordance with
City of El Mirage requirements.
D.
The auxiliary lane lengths must be determined by the site Traffic Engineer on a
case-by-case basis and must be approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
The Traffic Impact Study should recommend minimum storage lengths based on a
queuing analysis. The queuing analysis should be performed using accepted
formulas as specified in the AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of
Highways and Streets and with proper documentation. 95th percentile queue
lengths from the LOS analysis should also be referenced when determining the
recommended storage lengths.
Draft
4
E.
If site constraints will not allow the minimum lengths outlined in 3A, 3B and 3C
above, the storage and/or taper lengths may be reduced if the Traffic Impact Study
confirms the proposed lengths are acceptable and with approval from the City
Engineer.
E.
Auxiliary lane length for driveways serving school sites may be required to be
increased based on recommendation of the City Engineer after review of the
onsite traffic circulation plan.
F.
The City Engineer may require certain lengths of storage lanes or tapers based on
specific site conditions.
Draft
CITY LIMITS
CURRENTLY INSTALLED, OR TO
BE INSTALLED, TRANSIT STYLE
STREETLIGHTS
TO BE REQUIRED TRANSIT STYLE
STREETLIGHTS
LEGEND:
GREENWAY ROAD
THUNDERBIRD ROAD
CACTUS ROAD
PEORIA AVENUE
OLIVE AVENUE
NORTHERN PARKWAY
DYSART ROAD
EL MIRAGE ROAD
GRAND AVENUE
THOMPSON
RANCH ROAD
GRAND
VILLAGE
GRAND FRONTAGE ROAD
STREETLIGHT MASTER PLAN
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
STANDARD STYLE STREETLIGHTS
A STREET
CINNABAR AVENUE
WEST SIDE OF
THOMPSON
RANCH ROAD
Draft
STANDARD STYLE STREETLIGHTS
(8'X8' MAST ARM) AT ARTERIAL STREETS
STANDARD STYLE STREETLIGHTS
(20"X6' OR 3'X8' MAST ARM) AT
COLLECTOR AND LOCAL STREETS
STANDARD STYLE STREETLIGHTS
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
Draft
TRANSIT STYLE STREETLIGHT
(DIRECT BURY)
TRANSIT STYLE STREETLIGHTS (BASE MOUNTED)
AT CITY FACILITIES AND ALONG GRAND AVENUE
FRONTAGE ROAD
TRANSIT STYLE STREETLIGHTS WITH PEDESTRIAN LIGHT
ALONG THUNDERBIRD ROAD FROM 127TH AVENUE TO
GRAND AVENUE
TRANSIT STYLE STREETLIGHTS
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
Draft
TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY CRITERIA
City of El Mirage, Arizona
Revised January 1, 2021
Draft
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION
-----------------------------------------
3
STUDY REQUIREMENTS
-----------------------------------------
3
STUDY CLASSIFICATIONS
-----------------------------------------
3
TRAFFIC STUDY ANALYSIS
AND APPROACH
-----------------------------------------
4
Study Area
-----------------------------------------
4
Study Time Frame
-----------------------------------------
4
Analysis Time Periods
-----------------------------------------
5
Data Collection
-----------------------------------------
5
Trip Generation
-----------------------------------------
6
Trip Distribution and Assignment -----------------------------------------
6
Traffic Analysis
-----------------------------------------
7
REPORT FORMAT
-----------------------------------------
8
COORDINATION WITH OTHER
PUBLIC AGENCIES
-----------------------------------------
9
REPORT SUBMITTALS
-----------------------------------------
9
AUXILIARY LANE CRITERIA
-----------------------------------------
9
DRIVEWAY CRITERIA
-----------------------------------------
9
Draft
3
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this document is to provide criteria for the preparation of Traffic
Impact Studies for new land developments or additions to existing developments
and to establish the report format for these studies.
STUDY REQUIREMENTS
A Traffic Impact Study prepared by a Registered Professional Engineer in the
State of Arizona is required for all developments unless waived in writing by the
City Engineer. If the Traffic Impact Study is waived, a Traffic Impact Statement is
required that includes the total vehicle trips that will be generated by the
development, using the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip
Generation publication (most recent edition).
STUDY CLASSIFICATIONS
Traffic Impact Studies will be classified into three categories:
Category I-
Those developments that are estimated to generate 500
vehicle trips or less during either of the a.m. or p.m. peak
hours.
Category II-
Those developments that are estimated to generate more
than 500 vehicle trips during either of the a.m. or p.m. peak
hours but not more than 1,000 peak hour trips.
Category III-
Those developments that are estimated to generate more
than 1,000 vehicle trips during either of the a.m. or p.m. peak
hours.
The developer should first estimate the number of vehicle trips that will be
generated by the proposed development and provide this information along with
the other suggested study elements of the Traffic Impact Study to the City for
Review and approval prior to the start of construction.
Draft
4
TRAFFIC STUDY ANALYSIS AND APPROACH
The following presents the specific items to be included in a Traffic Impact
Study.
Study Area
a) All site driveways
All categories
b) All major intersections within 1 mile of the study site,
either signalized or un-signalized.
All categories
c) All driveways where traffic movements could be
affected by new driveway traffic movements.
All categories
d) Additional locations as requested by the reviewing
agency.
All categories
Study Time Frame
The study should include, as a minimum, an analysis of the expected traffic
conditions for the time period when the development is expected to open. The
opening day conditions should include all of the proposed development traffic as
if the development was fully completed and occupied.
Additional study years should be included as follows:
Category I:
Opening year and 5 years in the future.
Category II: Opening year, 5 years and 10 years in the future.
Category III: Opening year, 5 years, 10 years and 20 years in the future.
The study for phased construction developments should include an analysis for
each year that planned new phased construction is to be started. In addition, the
required 5, 10 or 20 year analysis after the start of the last phase of the
development as stated above for the specific categories.
Analysis Time Periods
The study should include an analysis of the impact of the development traffic for
the typical adjacent street peak hour conditions which normally occur within the
time periods from 6:00 to 9:00a.m. and 3:30 to 6:30p.m. on a typical weekday
and an analysis of the impact of the development daily weekday traffic generated
on the adjacent street system and site driveways. In addition, if requested by the
Draft
5
City, additional time periods and or weekend analysis may be required in the
study if the developer has unusual peaking characteristics or if the adjacent non-
site traffic conditions warrant an analysis of other peak traffic time periods.
Data Collection
The traffic impact study should include information on the following existing and
proposed conditions within the study area:
a) Traffic Volumes
1. Existing and proposed traffic volumes for the adjacent existing and
proposed intersections and driveways to include daily weekday
a.m. peak hour and p.m. peak hour (and other time periods as
noted in the previous section). Daily traffic volumes should be
provided as a 24-hour directional roadway section count and peak
hour volumes should be provided by specific intersection or
driveway turning movement directions.
2. Existing traffic volume data should be adjusted to average
conditions based on City adjustment factors or appropriate
adjustment factors available from other public agencies.
3. Projected traffic volumes should be based on available traffic
projections from the Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG),
other appropriate documented traffic projected sources or historical
traffic volume trends. Projected traffic volumes shall include
adjustments, as necessary, to reflect other adjacent future
development.
b) Land Use
1. Existing and proposed land use in the study area should be
discussed and included in the study as it impacts the proposed
development street system or driveways.
c) Roadway Conditions
1. Existing and proposed roadway conditions shall be identified
including pavement type, width, traffic lanes, medians, curb and
gutter, speed limits, horizontal and vertical curvature and traffic
control devices.
Draft
6
d) Crash Experience
1. Crash experience should be documented for the past 36-month
time period for the adjacent roadway system included within the
study area.
Trip Generation
The trip generation for the proposed development shall be estimated using the
latest edition of Trip Generation published by ITE. Exceptions to the use of this
document must be approved by the City and may include actual traffic generation
counts from a similar existing facility having the same size and surrounding area
characteristics or from other recognized sources that provide trip generation data
not included in the ITE manual.
If proposed within the Traffic Impact Study, adjustments to the site traffic
generation should be documented to reflect site traffic interaction, pass-by traffic,
use of other modes of transportation, carpooling or other means of trip reduction.
Trip reduction methods should be discussed with the City prior to use within the
report.
Trip Distribution and Assignment
Site traffic shall be assigned to the proposed site driveways and street
intersections included within the study area based on an analysis of the market
area for the proposed development. The market area will vary based on the type
and location of the development. However, as a minimum, the following
guidelines should be used:
● Residential trip distribution should be based on the locations of employment
and commercial attractions and the available street system.
● Commercial, industrial and office trip distribution should be based on the
surrounding population densities and the available street system.
The area to be constructed in the development of the site trip distribution should
normally be within a 10-mile radius of the study site. However, other conditions of
the proposed development, the adjacent street system and the location of site
traffic attractors and generators may indicate the need to expand or reduce the
area of influence.
Traffic Analysis
The study should include the following minimum items for analysis.
Draft
7
a) Traffic flow conditions, including the level of service using the latest edition
of the Highway Capacity Manual (Special Report 209, Transportation
Research Board)
1. An analysis of the existing traffic conditions.
2. An analysis of the future non-site traffic conditions.
3. An analysis of the traffic conditions with the addition of site traffic.
b) Roadway capacity conditions using generally accepted daily volume traffic
demand compared to roadway cross sections.
1. Existing traffic conditions
2. Future non-site traffic conditions.
3. Future traffic conditions with the addition of site traffic.
c) Intersection and driveway traffic control device requirements using results
of the items below and the Federal Highway Administrations (FHWA)
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways
(edition adopted by the Arizona Department of Transportation)
1. Existing conditions.
2. Future non-site conditions.
3. Future total traffic conditions.
d) Intersection and driveway geometrics using recognized accepted formulas
with documentation provided within the report.
1. Analyze adequacy or need for additional through traffic lanes or
auxiliary right or left turn lanes for existing, future non-site and
future total traffic conditions and include storage requirements.
2. Analyze potential conflicts of proposed driveway locations with
existing and/or proposed adjacent driveways or intersection traffic
lane configurations for the future total traffic conditions.
e) Crash summary and identification of trends and/or potential safety
hazards.
Draft
8
f) Other analysis as requested by the City or as may be required due to the
type and location of the proposed development.
1. Weaving analysis.
2. Parking analysis.
3. On-site circulation including queuing analysis at major on-site
turning movement locations.
4. Site access quantity, location and traffic lane configuration.
g) Mitigation measurements
All recommended on-site and off-site improvements required to mitigate
projected traffic congestion or safety issues shall be identified with the
resultant traffic flow conditions indicated for comparison to the “before
conditions”.
REPORT FORMAT
The Traffic Impact Study should include the following items and report sections:
a) Title page.
b) Table of contents and list of figures and tables.
c) Introduction including description of project, purpose of report and
executive summary.
d) Proposed development description including location, land use and
proposed use. Include vicinity map on site plan.
e) Study area description.
f) Existing conditions including site land use, adjacent roadway description
and traffic volumes. Include summary of existing traffic counts, graph of
existing (adjacent) daily and peak hour traffic and roadway condition
diagrams.
g) Projected traffic including site traffic generations, distributions and
assignment and non-site traffic for each time period to be analyzed.
Include tabular data as needed to show trip rate formulas used in the
study and a summary of the site traffic assignment. Graphics should be
included showing the daily and peak hour volumes for each analysis time
period included in the study for both the site and non-site traffic.
Draft
9
h) Total traffic should be shown for each analysis time period.
i) Traffic analysis showing tabular and graphic results of the analyses.
j) Summary and conclusions.
k) Appendix providing any material related to the traffic study data collection
and study results.
COORDINATION WITH OTHER PUBLIC AGENCIES
If applicable, the requirements for the Traffic Impact Study as noted in this
document may need to be coordinated with the requirements of other local
agencies such as adjacent cities or towns, the Maricopa County Department of
Transportation or the Arizona Department of Transportation. Any deviation from
the requirements of this document due to the requirements of other agencies
should be presented in written form to the City for review and approval or denial.
REPORT SUBMITTALS
A minimum of two (2) copies of the report shall be submitted to the City for
review. Additional copies of the report may be required for review by other
adjacent public agencies.
AUXILIARY LANE CRITERIA
Use the City of El Mirage Auxiliary Lane Criteria Memorandum
DRIVEWAY CRITERIA
See City of El Mirage Detail EM-259
Draft
GREENWAY ROAD
THUNDERBIRD ROAD
CACTUS ROAD
PEORIA AVENUE
OLIVE AVENUE
NORTHERN PARKWAY
DYSART ROAD
EL MIRAGE ROAD
GRAND AVENUE
THOMPSON
RANCH ROAD
CITY LIMITS
CURRENT TRANSIT STYLE TRAFFIC
SIGNAL
STANDARD STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL
LEGEND:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL MASTER PLAN
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
TO BE REQUIRED TRANSIT STYLE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Draft
STANDARD STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL
STANDARD STYLE HAWK CROSSING
STANDARD STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
Draft
TRANSIT STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS
TRANSIT STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL
TRANSIT STYLE HAWK CROSSING
CDD - ENGINEERING DIVISION
Draft
City of El Mirage Traffic Signal Qualified Products List
Revised 01-01-21
Page 1 of 2
TS2 Type 1 Service Cabinet
Econolite Plug and Go, 55 in, P44
aluminum cabinet with extender base
and police push button
Outside of cabinet to be powder
coated Color Cardinal #T013-BK62
(Textured Black) or equivalent to
match signal poles and inside of
cabinet shall be powder coated white
if signal is within Transit Style
Intersection per Traffic Signal Master
Plan.
TS2 Controller
Econolite Cobalt
(NTCIP)
TS2 MMU
Econolite MMU 16 LE
EDI MMU2-16LEip
TS2 Cabinet Power Supply
Econolite PS-200TS2
TS2 Cabinet BIU
Econolite BIU-64
Controller Com Module
Econolite Ethernet
TS2 Cabinet Load Switch
EDI 510
Reno A&E LS-200
TS 2 Cabinet Flasher
EDI 810
Reno A&E FL 200
UPS and Battery Back-up
UPS & BBS System - Myers MP-2000E
Cabinet – Myers BC100HZ-LH
Cabinet to be powder coated Color Cardinal #T013-
BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent to match signal
poles if signal is within Transit Style Intersection per
Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Meter Pedestal
Myers MEUG16A-M100
The pedestal shall be powder coated Color Cardinal
#T013-BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent to match
signal poles if signal is within Transit Style Intersection
per Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Traffic Signal Pre-emption Devices
Detector - GTT Model 721 (Color: Black)
Phase Selector – GTT Model 764
Cable – GTT Model 138
Video Detection Devices
Each Cabinet shall be Video Detection Ready
Camera - Autoscope Vision
Each video detection system shall include a monitor to be
placed in the cabinet to allow City staff to view zones.
All mounting hardware to be powder coated Color
Cardinal #T013-BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent to
match signal poles if signal is within Transit Style
Intersection per Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Traffic Signal Poles
ADOT Approved Standard Poles (see)
www.azdot.gov/highways/traffic/SLStds.asp
Poles shall be standard steel poles powder coated Color Cardinal
#T013-BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent to match transit style
street light poles. All miscellaneous signal mounting hardware to
be powder coated Color Cardinal #T013-BK62 (Textured Black)
or equivalent if signal is within Transit Style Intersection per
Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Traffic Signal Heads
McCain 3,4 & 5 Aluminum Sectioned Heads with 12” Indicators,
12”x12” visors and louvered backplate, satin black
Signal Heads to be mounted horizontal using Pelco Astro-Brac
assembly Part No. AS-0124. Mounting brackets and hardware to
be powder coated Color Cardinal #T013-BK62 (Textured Black)
or equivalent to match signal poles if signal is within Transit Style
Intersection per Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Traffic Signal Head Mounting
McCain ADOT Type II, III & XI, satin black
Vehicle LED Indicators
12” Dialight 430 Series LED
433-1210-003XL (Red Ball)
433-3230-901XL (Yellow Ball)
433-2220-001XL (Green Ball)
432-1314-001XOD (Red Arrow)
431-3334-901XOD (Yellow Arrow)
432-2324-001XOD (Green Arrow)
Draft
City of El Mirage Traffic Signal Qualified Products List
Revised 01-01-21
Page 2 of 2
Pedestrian Signal Heads
McCain 16” Aluminum Housing with
Vantage Visor
Pedestrian Signal Head
Mounting
McCain ADOT Type V & VII
Pedestrian LED Indicators
16”x18” Dialight LED Man/Hand
with Countdown
430-6479-001X
ADA Pedestrian Push Button
2” Polara (Bulldog) with directional
arrow in 9”x12” yellow housing and
custom audible message
Push Button Sign
ADOT R10-3e LAZ/RAZ (9”x12”)
Traffic Signal Pull Boxes
Box - Fibrelyte FL36TBOX
Lid - Fibrelyte FL36D
Extension – Fibrelyte FL36X
Traffic Signal Conductors
IMSA 19-1, 90°C, Hi-Temp
16 AWG Stranded in 25, 7, 5, 2 Conductors
Luminaires (Transit Style)*
Decorative Transit LED Luminaire – King Luminaire,
150 Watt, Model No. K830-P4FL-III-150(SSL)-8084-
120:277-PR
Mast Arm: 24” in length & manufacturer modified to fit
standard ADOT 3-Bolt Mounting Plates
Color: Powder coated Color Cardinal #T013-BK62
(Textured Black) or equivalent to match signal poles.
Luminaires (Standard Style)*
LED Luminaire – Cobrahead, GE Evolve, 150 Watt,
Model No. ERL1
Mast Arm: 3’ x 8’ & manufacturer modified to fit
standard ADOT 3-Bolt Mounting Plates
Color: Gray
*See Traffic Signal Master Plan to determine whether a
Transit or Standard Style Luminaire is required
LED Internally Illuminated Street Sign
Manufacturer: Fluoresco
Faces: 3/16” white polycarbonate with first surface vinyl.
Vinyl(s): Background: 3M #3630-026 Green (Reverse out white
graphics)
Font(s): Highway Gothic D Series (Use C or B for longer names)
(Street Name & Address) & Clarendon (“City of El Mirage”)
Cabinet: Extruded MMG12 aluminum 12” deep, powder coated
Color Cardinal #T013-BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent if
signal is within Transit Style Intersection per Traffic Signal Master
Plan.
Sign Frame: Powder coated Color Cardinal #T013-BK62
(Textured Black) or equivalent to match signal poles if signal is
within Transit Style Intersection per Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Hardware & Mounting Equipment: Powder coated Color Cardinal
#T013-BK62 (Textured Black) or equivalent if signal is within
Transit Style Intersection per Traffic Signal Master Plan.
Miscellaneous:
Arrows: show pointing to north and west
Street Suffix: Use abbreviation (i.e. St, Ave, Rd)
Draft
Public Works Department
10355 N 121st Avenue, El Mirage 85335
623-935-6405; Fax 623-935-6184; TDD 623-933-3258
www.cityofelmirage.org
IRRIGATION STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS
PURPOSE
The purpose of these standards and specifications is to provide a uniform standard for all
irrigation systems installed on City projects and/or property.
Irrigation controllers
The following standards and specifications shall be used on all irrigation systems installed on
City projects and/or property. Brands of parts and supplies should be as noted unless approved
by the Public Works Field Operations Department prior to installation.
1. All systems shall be Calsense Control systems unless specified otherwise.
2. All point of connections will have a master valve sized to main line pipe and wired to
irrigation controller
3. All point of connections will have a flow sensor sized to mainline pipe and wired to
irrigation controller.
DRIP SYSTEMS
The following standards and specifications shall be used on all irrigation systems installed on
City projects and/or property. Brands of parts and supplies should be as noted unless approved
by the Public Works Field Operations Department prior to installation.
1.
Hunter ICV valves with appropriately sized psi regulators and valve filters.
2.
Bowsmith multi-port emitters with ¼” distribution tubing. No single emitters with
compression. adaptors are allowed.
3.
PVC lateral piping (class pipe is acceptable). No poly tube laterals are allowed.
4.
Class PVC is acceptable for main lines that are 3” or larger. Main lines smaller than 3”
shall be PVC schedule 40.
5.
All lateral piping shall be a minimum depth of 12” in trenches.
6.
All mainline piping and wire shall be a minimum depth of 12” to 18” in trenches with
wires below piping.
7.
Laterals, mainline and wiring can be buried in the same trench.
8.
Tree installations shall include a minimum of four– 2 gallon per hour emitter ports per
tree.
9.
Plants generally shall be installed with a 1 gallon per hour emitter tube each, extending
from a multi-port emitter.
10. Large palms should be installed with two – 3” PVC inspection/watering pipes. They
shall be installed 3-4’ deep (depending on palm size) on either side of the palm tree.
Draft
2
11. On each large palm, install four multi-port emitters with 2 gallon per hour outlets. Install
six distribution tubes in the bottom of each inspection pipe and install twelve tubes
around the base of the palm, buried under the DG (about 2”deep).
12. All proposed irrigation system designs shall be submitted to the City and have the
approval of the Public Works Field Operations Department prior to installation.
13. All irrigation shall be inspected by a representative of the Public Works Field Operations
prior to back-fill.
14. Irrigation controllers shall be RKD - compatible with Tucor irrigation systems, unless
specified otherwise.
15. All solvent welded PVC connections shall be coated with a recognized purple primer
prior to applying PVC glue. PVC glue shall be approved for use by a Public Works Field
Operations representative prior to use.
ROTOR AND SPRAY SYSTEMS
The following standards and specifications shall be used on all irrigation systems installed on
City projects and/or property. Brands of parts and supplies should be as noted unless approved
by the Public Works Field Operations Department prior to installation.
1. Hunter ICV valves.
2. PVC lateral piping (class pipe is acceptable).
3. PVC schedule 40 mainline piping, sized appropriately.
4. All systems shall be Calsense control systems unless specified otherwise.
5. All lateral piping shall be a minimum depth of 12” in trenches.
6. All mainline piping and wire shall be a minimum depth of 12” to 18” in trenches with
wires below piping.
7. Laterals, mainline and wiring can be buried in the same trench.
8. Rotors shall be Hunter type. Hunter head type and nozzle size to be appropriate for the
design.
9. Spray heads shall be recognized commercial quality. Nozzle size to be appropriate for the
design.
10. All proposed irrigation system designs shall be submitted to the City and have the
approval of the Public Works Field Operations Department prior to installation.
11. All irrigation shall be inspected by a representative of the Public Works Field Operations
Department prior to back-fill.
12. All solvent welded PVC connections shall be coated with a recognized purple primer
prior to applying PVC glue. PVC glue shall be approved for use by a representative of the
Public Works Field Operations Department prior to use.
Last Revised 10-27-2016
Draft
MATERIALS TESTING GUIDELINES - JUNE 15, 2019
The following are practical guidelines for some required materials testing. This listing is not all-inclusive. Additional testing may be
required, or different procedures called for by the Engineering Inspector, Engineering Project Manager, City Engineer or their
representative. This includes test locations and test frequencies.
Sand-cone correlations
Sand-cone correlations are required whenever a nuclear compaction-testing device is used. These correlations shall be provided
for every tenth nuclear compaction test. The correlation test shall be performed on the City of El Mirage project being tested at
the time of the nuclear density testing. All correlation test results shall reference the serial number of the comparative nuclear
device and the technician performing the test. Correlation test results shall be submitted with the related compaction test results
on an approved form.
Rock correction procedures
A rock correction procedure (per MAG Standard Detail 190) shall be required unless:
1) Either ASTM D-1557 method C or ASTM D-698 methods C are used.
2) Tests are waived by the Engineering Project Manager or City Engineer in writing.
An assumed value of 2.62 shall be used for the bulk specific gravity of rock, unless a different value has been determined by the
testing agency.
Test results
Written results (field copies) shall be submitted to the Engineering Inspector in a timely manner. Verbal results are not
acceptable. All field and laboratory test results will be submitted to the Engineering Inspector for their review prior to commencing
the next phase of construction. All final testing reports shall be signed and stamped by a Civil Engineer.
Trench bedding (compaction testing)
In addition to normally required density testing, density tests may be performed at the bottom of the trench (prior to AB
placement) at the discretion of the inspector.
Material testing prior to paving
The following tests shall be performed and written results submitted to the Engineering Inspector prior to paving.
1) Plasticity indexes on AB from sampling obtained on grade.
2) Gradations on AB from sampling obtained on grade.
3) All density testing results of sub-grade and AB grade.
Asphalt mix design
Unless otherwise specified, the mix design for all asphaltic concrete shall be City of Phoenix Standard C-3/4 inch (High Volume)
mix. Copies of the mix designs and product codes are available in the Engineering office.
City of El Mirage
Community Development
Engineering Division
10000 N. El Mirage Road
El Mirage, AZ 85335
Phone: 623.876.2977
Fax: 623.876.4605
Draft
Page 2 of 2
Materials Acceptance, Sampling and Testing Frequencies Table
TYPE OF
MATERIALS
MAG
SPEC
SECTION
TYPE OF TEST
REQUIRED
SAMPLING /
TESTING
LOCATIONS
MINIMUM
SAMPLING / TESTING
FREQUENCY
Sub-grade
301
Proctor / Optimum Moisture Content
Moisture Content +/- 2% Optimum
Field Compaction 95 % minimum
On-site / Stockpile
In-place
In-place
One every Material Type
One every 500-feet per Lane
One every 500-feet per Lane
Fill Placement
211
Proctor / Optimum Moisture Content
Field Compaction
On-site / Stockpile
In-place
One every 500-feet per 8-inch
Lift (MAG 211.3)
Aggregate
Base
Course
701
702
Gradations / PI > 5%
Proctor / Optimum Moisture Content
Fracture Course Aggregate Particles
Field Compaction 100% minimum
L.A. Abrasions
< 10% after 100 rev.
< 40% after 500 rev.
From Grade
On-site / Stockpile
On-site / Stockpile
In-place
On-site / Stockpile
One every 1000 Tons
One per Source or Material
One per Source or Material
Each 8-inch Lift every 500-feet
per Lift per Lane
One per Source or Material
Trench Backfill
with ABC
601
Proctor / Optimum Moisture Content
Moisture Content +/- 3% Optimum
Field Compaction (see MAG 601)
On-site / Stockpile
In-place
In-place
One per Source or Material
One per Lift or 300-feet, not less
than 2 per day of placements
Asphaltic
Concrete Various
Mix Types
710
Oil Content
Extractions / Gradations
Marshall / Rice
Field Compaction 95 % minimum
Asphalt Core Samples
In-place
From Grade
From Grade
From Grade
From Grade
One every 1000 Tons
One every 1000 Tons
One every 1000 Tons
One per lift every 500-feet / Lane
Only upon request from City
Portland Cement
Concrete Various
Mix Types
725
Field Sampling, Slump, Time, Temp.
Compressive Strength (per MAG)
Placement Location
From field samples
One set of 4, 4 X 8 Cylinders
every 50 cubic yards or each
placement per mix per day
At Testing Lab
Curb / Gutter
Sidewalk
Sub-grade
725
Field Compaction 90 % minimum
Moisture Content +/- 3% Optimum
Conc. Const. Joints Every 5-feet
Conc. Exp. Joints Every 50-feet
Below Curb / Gutter
Sidewalk
One per every 300-feet, not less
than 2 per day each direction
Draft
Community Development
Engineering Division
10000 N. El Mirage Road, El Mirage 85335
623-972-8116; Fax 623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageaz.gov
1 of 3
Grading at Owner’s Risk Permit Application
TO BE COMPLETED BY APPLICANT, ALL INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
ADDRESS/LOCATION:
GROSS AREA (ACRE OR SF):
NET AREA (ACRE OF SF):
PARCEL NUMBER(S):
PROPERTY OWNER:
ADDRESS:
CITY:
STATE:
ZIP CODE:
PHONE NUMBER:
CONTACT PERSON:
EMAIL ADDRESS:
APPLICANT:
ADDRESS:
CITY:
STATE:
ZIP CODE:
PHONE NUMBER:
CONTACT PERSON:
EMAIL ADDRESS:
CONTRACTOR:
ADDRESS:
CITY:
STATE:
ZIP CODE:
PHONE NUMBER:
CONTACT PERSON:
EMAIL ADDRESS:
See page 2 for complete list of items to be submitted with this application
Draft
2 of 3
ITEMS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN A “GRADING AT OWNER’S RISK” PERMIT:
1.
The application must be completed and signed by the authorizing agent.
2.
City must complete the first review of Grading and Drainage Plans for the proposed
development and find that the plans are substantially acceptable.
3.
Developer must provide two (2) copies of both the latest reviewed Grading and
Drainage Plans and the associated review comments from the City. The comments
will alert the City’s Engineering Inspector that the project has not been approved, but has
been reviewed at least one time and also make them aware of the possible changes.
4.
City must review and approve the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan,
(SWPPP).
5.
Developer must provide City with two (2) copies of the approved Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan with the signatures of the Owner and Contractor.
6.
Developer/contractor must provide a copy of the signed NPDES “Notice of Intent” and
construction schedule.
7.
Contractor to provide City with one (1) copy of the Maricopa County Rule 310
(Dust Control Permit).
8.
Developer/contractor/engineer to provide City certified copies of cut/fill quantities
and a sealed cost estimate for all of the improvements shown on the Grading and
Drainage Plan.
9.
Contractor to obtain a “Grading at Owner’s Risk” (“At-Risk”) permit at a cost of
150% of the actual Grading and Drainage permit cost, which has a one (1) time “life”
of 60 calendar days. The regular grading permit fee is in addition to the “Grading at
Owner’s Risk” permit fee.
10.
Contractor to provide 24-hour emergency telephone and mobile numbers to the City
during a mandatory pre-construction meeting.
11.
Contractor shall obtain a Haul-route permit if more than 500 cubic yards of
material is to be imported to the site or exported from the site at a cost of $300.00
per permit.
12.
Obtain an actual grading and drainage permit, within 60 calendar days of the
issuance of the “Grading at Owner’s Risk” permit and following approval of the
Grading and Drainage plans. The Contractor shall cease construction activities at the
site if the grading plans and/or the Final Grading Permit not issued within 60 Calendar
Days.
The City will issue a “Grading at Owner’s Risk” permit, which is effective for 60 calendar
days provided that the developer/owner/contractor agree to complete the items listed
below. No other permits such as water, sewer, concrete, dry utilities or paving will be
issued until such time as:
1.
All civil drawings are approved by the City; and
2.
The grading and drainage permit is obtained (fee for regular grading permit is in addition to
grading at risk permit fee); and
3.
All fees identified by the plan approval letter have been paid to the City; and
4.
The financial guarantee for construction of the project has been posted with the
City; and
Draft
3 of 3
5.
The City has accepted all of the required documents (the SLID and MID documents, the
Street Light Warranty Agreement); and
6.
The City of El Mirage Sales Tax license is obtained; and
7.
Proof of Insurance is submitted to the City.
If the above mentioned items are not submitted to and accepted by the City within the 60
calendar days (unless otherwise extended by the City Engineer), the “Grading at Owner’s
Risk” permit will be withdrawn and the contractor will be required to return the property to its
original condition.
It is hereby acknowledged that this application for a “Grading at Owner’s Risk” permit is made
prior to Grading and Drainage Plan approval and is done solely at the risk of the owner. Any
changes required by the plan review process, will be complied with by the owner, at the
owner’s expense. Owner hereby agrees to hold the City of El Mirage harmless from any and
all actions of any kind, which result from the issuance of this permit.
_________________________________
_________________________________________
SIGNATURE OF OWNER
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR
_________________________________
_________________________________________
Printed Name & Title of Owner
Printed Name & Title of Contractor
_________________________________
_________________________________________
Company
Company
Draft
SIGN
SIGN
Public Works Department
10355 N 121st Avenue, El Mirage 85335
623-935-6405; Fax 623-935-6184; TDD 623-933-3258
www.elmirageaz.gov
Title: Scheduled Water Service Shutdown
Department: Public Works
Effective Date: 9-01-2017
Division: Water/Wastewater Operations
PURPOSE
To set uniform policies and procedures concerning tasks required in performing water service
shut downs causing water service interruption to businesses, medical facilities, schools and
residents.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
The City inspector, project manager, project contractor/s who is authorized to perform work on
City owned water/wastewater assets.
DEPARTMENTS/DIVISIONS
Departments/Divisions shall ensure that the shutdown prerequisites and procedures delineated
in this procedure are adhered to.
SUPERVISORS
Shall be responsible to ensure that procedures in the field are executed in a timely manner and
that employees are prohibited from performing work outside the scope highlighted in the
shutdown request.
SHUTDOWN REQUEST PREREQUISITES
1) Contractor must locate and expose valves, Water operations staff will operate and
mark valves.
2) Requests can’t be made more than two weeks in advance.
3) Same day multiple shutdowns at separate locations will not be approved.
4) Night time shutdowns must be preapproved by Public Works Department head.
5) Fire Department must be notified in advance for any shutdown lasting longer than 1
hour.
6) Shutdown requests lasting longer than 6 hours must be preapproved by the City Fire
Department head and Public Works Department head.
7) Shutdown requests lasting longer than 24 hours must be preapproved by the City Fire
Department head and Public Works Department head. The contractor must also provide
water service by approved fly lines to all affected parties.
Draft
2
SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE
1) A contractor will request a scheduled water main shutdown through a City Inspector
2) The City Inspector will email the Public Works Department Head and Water Division
Supervisor a request for a water main shutdown. The request should include; project
name, contractor, project inspector, purpose for shutdown and area location
3) The Water Division Supervisor acknowledges the request and discusses shutdown with
staff within a 24 hour time frame. (Day 1)
4) The Water Distribution Foreman will contact the City Inspector to schedule a field visit
and to create a shutdown map. (Day 2)
5) Water Distribution Foreman performs a field visit, valve inspection and if needed, a test
shutdown is practiced. Once approved, the requested shutdown may be scheduled.
(Day 3) Inspector to notify the Water Division Supervisor of affected fire hydrants by their
designated hydrant tag number
6) The City Inspector and contractor will coordinate the scheduling of the shutdown by
having the contractor hand out the City of El Mirages 48 hour water service interruption
notice.(Day 4 & 5)
7) The City Inspector must be present during the duration of the water main shutdown.
8) Shutdowns shall be performed between 9:00 AM – 3:00 PM, Monday – Thursday.
9) Once the shutdown is complete, the Water Operations staff will flush air and sediment
from area hydrants before restoring water services.
10) Water Operations staff will verify all valves are placed back to their original position.
11) The Contractor must notify customers that water service has been restored.
12) The City Inspector will be responsible for reporting all water loss amounts to the Water
Supervisor.
***Shutdowns are performed 5 -7 working days after receiving a shutdown request***
Example: Request is received on Tuesday evening. The shutdown could be performed the
following week on Wednesday morning at 9:00 AM.
Note: The Project Contractor is responsible for supplying bottled water to those residents
affected by shutdowns going beyond the 6 hour time frame and for those residents with special
needs.
Draft
Public Works Department
10355 N 121st Avenue, El Mirage 85335
623-935-6405; Fax 623-935-6184; TDD 623-933-3258
www.cityofelmirage.org
SERVICE INTERRUPTION NOTICE
TEMPORARY WATER SHUT-OFF
Please be informed that the water main that serves your residence must be shut off to
allow for the installation of new water infrastructure. Please draw enough water to
accommodate your water needs during this temporary shut- off period.
WATER IS SCHEDULED TO BE SHUT-OFF IN YOUR AREA ON:
DATE: ______________________ TIME: _________________________
THE WATER MAIN WILL BE CLOSED FOR APPROXIMATELY 6 HOURS.
This work will be performed by: __________________________________
Phone: _________________________________
If you have any inquires or concerns regarding the water service interruption contact:
City of El Mirage - Project Inspector: ______________________________
Phone: ______________________________
The City of El Mirage makes the quality of your drinking water our number one priority.
The drinking water we produce meets or exceeds all state and federal standards for
safe drinking water. Upgrading and maintaining water quality includes periodic updating
of City infrastructure. Through capital projects, the City and partners are working
proactively to ensure the quality and safety of your water supply. The City of El Mirage
appreciates your patience during these periodic service interruptions.
Inquiries: Contact Public Works Department
M-F 6:30 AM to 3:00 PM (623) 935-6405
Draft
Public Works Department
10355 N 121st Avenue, El Mirage 85335
623-935-6405; Fax 623-935-6184; TDD 623-933-3258
www.cityofelmirage.org
AVISO DE INTERRUPCIÓN DEL SERVICIO
CIERRE DE AGUA TEMPORAL
Por favor, tenga en cuenta que el agua que sirve a su residencia debe ser apagada
para permitir la instalación de una nueva infraestructura de agua. Por favor traiga
suficiente agua para acomodar sus necesidades de agua durante este período de
interrupción temporal.
EL AGUA ESTÁ PROGRAMADA PARA SER APAGADA EN SU ÁREA EN
FECHA: ____________________HORA: _________________________
EL PRINCIPAL DE AGUA ESTARÁ CERRADO POR APROXIMADAMENTE 6 HORAS.
Este trabajo será realizado por: __________________________________
Teléfono: _________________________________
Si tiene alguna pregunta o preocupación con respecto a la interrupción del servicio de
agua, comuníquese con:
Ciudad de El Mirage - Inspector del Proyecto: _______________________
Teléfono: ______________________________
La Ciudad de El Mirage hace que la calidad de su agua potable sea nuestra prioridad
número uno. El agua potable que producimos cumple o excede todas las normas
estatales y federales para el agua potable. Actualizar y mantener la calidad del agua
incluye la actualización periódica de la infraestructura de la Ciudad. A través de
proyectos de capital, la Ciudad y sus socios están trabajando proactivamente para
asegurar la calidad y seguridad de su suministro de agua. La Ciudad de El Mirage
agradece su paciencia durante estas interrupciones periódicas del servicio.
Consultas: Contacto con el Departamento de Obras Públicas
L-V 6:30 AM a 3:00 PM (623) 935-6405
Draft
Community Development
10000 N. El Mirage Rd., El Mirage 85335
623-251-3503; Fax 623-623-876-4605; TDD 623-933-3258
Customer Service
14406 N. Alto St, El Mirage 85335
623-933-1228; Fax 623-876-4601; TDD 623-933-3258
Hydrant Meter Permit Application and Conditions of Service
The City of El Mirage allows contractors to utilize water from a fire hydrant for two purposes: commercial
construction and dust control. These permits expire after 12 months. Once an application is approved and accounts are
established, City staff will install a meter onto the requested hydrant when the contractor has supplied a reduced principle
backflow valve (RP) scheduled test to coincide with the meter installation. Certain conditions apply to insure protection to
the City water system and personnel.
Applicants must:
•
Complete a Hydrant Meter Permit application from Building Safety Dept.
o Pay permit fee of $50.00
•
Once approved, open an account at Customer Service.
o Submit a $2,500.00 deposit and pay a $50.00 account establishment fee. The customer will be
billed once a month for the water consumption.
•
Schedule the installation of the City supplied hydrant meter, contractor supplied reduced pressure
principle backflow preventor (RP) and certified test by an Arizona certified tester.
Installation of the meter is performed by authorized city personnel only and may take up to three days. City
personnel will test the requested fire hydrant prior to installation of the meter, and again when it is removed. If there is
difficulty with the meter or backflow preventer through the permit period, (12 months), contact the Customer Service
Office to schedule an inspection/repair. There will be no charge if it is determined the difficulty was no fault of the
customer. Meters must always remain attached to the fire hydrant.
It is the customer's responsibility to supply the proper fittings that adapt to the meter connections. Do not attach
hoses or fittings to any other part of the hydrant assembly. Do not remove any fittings, backflow preventer assembly or
adapters from the hydrant meter. The hydrant meter and backflow preventer assembly will be secured with a city-issued
chain and lock. Any other security measures such as cages or custom locking devices must be approved by the City Water
Superintendent prior to installation and are the sole responsibility of the customer.
During regular operating hours the flow of water from a fire hydrant is to be controlled by the gate valve on the
meter assembly and not by the hydrant operating nut. When operating a hydrant, never use pipe wrenches to turn water
on/off; only use an acceptable hydrant wrench. Operating a fire hydrant must be done slowly, if the water pressure from
the fire hydrant is not controlled properly, it may cause damage to the distribution system piping, hydrant, backflow
preventer assembly, hydrant meter or cause injury to the person operating the hydrant. The water is to be turned off at the
hydrant when the construction site is unattended at night, weekends, or for extended periods of time.
Moving a meter to a new location, requires the contractor to close out the existing permits with Customer Service,
then complete a new permit, pay the associated fee’s and schedule the backflow device test with a certified tester and
Customer Service. On the prescheduled test day/time City staff will move the meter to the new hydrant location and
witness the certified backflow test. Only city personnel are authorized to move meters.
Theft or damage of a hydrant, meter, backflow preventer assembly, and or water main is the responsibility of the
customer. All charges for loss or damage will be billed to the customer. El Mirage City Code: Section § 50.153.
Abuse of conditions include but are not limited to: Illegal connections, use for irrigation, water theft, vandalism,
tampering, failing to replace caps, and damage caused by neglect.
Draft
PLEASE PRINT
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Application Date:
Permit No.:
Requested Install Date:
Permit Fee:
Backflow Testing Date and Time:
Date Paid:
PROJECT/ PROPERTY ADDRESS:
Submittal Date:
City State Zip
Est. Flow to be used: gals/month
HYDRANT LOCATION / CROSS STREETS
Hydrant ID Tag #:
Is this part of a permitted Construction Project? Yes______ No______ If yes, provide Permit Number:
PURPOSE OF METER USE:
APPLICANT/CONTACT:
Phone:
Address:
e-mail:
City:
State
Zip code
NAME ON ACCOUNT:
Phone:
Mailing Address:
e-mail:
City:
State:
Zip Code:
El Mirage Business License #
ROC #
Under penalties of perjury, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief the information stated above is true, correct and complete. I /we hereby apply
for utility services at the above address under the terms and conditions set forth by the City of El Mirage and agree to pay for the same set rates. The
applicant also understands that the City may, in accordance with §50.016 of the El Mirage City Code, deny future service until all charges against the
property have been paid.
Owner/Applicant_________________________________________________________Date___________________
THIS SECTION FOR CITY USE ONLY - INSTALL METER
Meter EMR #:____________________ Body Serial #: _______________________ Manufacturer: ______________________
Read 1: __________________________ Read 2:_____________________________
Meter Size: _______________________ Number of Dials:___________________ Location: _______________________
Comments: ______________________________________________________________________________________________
Field Work completed by ____________________________________________________ Date________________
Activation Fee: _______________ Deposit: _______________ Other: ________________ Receipt #:______________________
Deposit/Balance Transfer from Account #:________________________ Expiration Date: _____________ Pull Date: ____________
Application Rec’d By: __________________________ Date:__________ Entered By: __________________Date:___________
HYDRANT METER PERMIT APPLICATION
Draft
DESCRIPTION
CRITERIA
AVERAGE DAY DEMAND
Gallons per capita per day (gpcd)(1)
117
Density (people per dwelling unit)(2)
3.34
Land Use Category(3)
Varies
PEAKING FACTORS
Maximum Day / Average Day
1.7
Peak Hour / Maximum Day
1.7
Peak Hour / Average Day
2.9
VELOCITY CRITERIA
Maximum Day Condition
Max Velocity < 5 fps
Peak Hour Condition
Max Velocity ≤ 7 fps
Max Day Plus Fire Flow Condition
Max Velocity ≤ 10 fps
HEAD LOSS CRITERIA
Maximum Day Condition
2 to 7 feet per 1,000 feet of pipe
Peak Hour Condition
≤ 10 feet per 1,000 feet of pipe
PRESSURE CRITERIA
Max Day Plus Fire Flow Condition
Min Residual Presure of 20 psi
Peak Hour Condition
Min System Pressure of 40 psi
FIRE DEMAND CRITERIA
Single Family Residential
1,500 gpm at 2 hours
All Other Land Uses
3,500 gpm for 4 hours
NOTES:
(1) Average per capita water use per 2012 Water and Wastewater Master Plan
provided by Wilson Engineers
(2) Persons per household, 2014‐2018, per US Census Bureau
(3) Use latest version of City of Phoenix Design Standards Manual for Water
and Wastewater Systems. Other values may be used with prior approval
from the Engineering Division.
WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA
Draft
DESCRIPTION
CRITERIA
AVERAGE DAY DEMAND
Gallons per capita per day (gpcd)(1)
58.5
Density (people per dwelling unit)(2)
3.34
Land Use Category(3)
Varies
PEAKING FACTORS
Dry Weather Peaking Factors (Applied to Average Flows)
Per AAC R18‐9‐E301.D
Wet Weather Peaking Factors (Applied to Peak Flows)
1.17
VELOCITY CRITERIA
Gravity Mains
2 fps ≤ Velocity ≤ 8 fps
Force Mains
3 fps ≤ Velocity ≤ 7 fps
FLOW DEPTH CRITERIA (d/D) FOR DRY WEATHER PEAK HOUR FLOWS
d/D for new sewer with diameter less than 10 inches
0.50
d/D for new sewer with diameter 12 inches and above
0.75 (AAC R18‐9‐E301.D.e.iii)
FLOW DEPTH CRITERIA (d/D) FOR WET WEATHER PEAK HOUR FLOWS
d/D for designing new sewer pipe
< 0.90
d/D for evaluating existing pipe in developed areas
< 1.00
HEAD LOSS CRITERIA
Gravity pipe
Manning's n=0.013
Pressure pipe
Hazen Williams' C=120
MANHOLES
When smaller pipe joins larger pipe
Match Crowns
Invert drop through manhole
0.20 feet
NOTES:
(1) Average per capita water use per 2012 Water and Wastewater Master Plan provided by Wilson Engineers
(2) Persons per household, 2014‐2018, per US Census Bureau
(3) Use latest version of City of Phoenix Design Standards Manual for Water and Wastewater Systems. Other
values may be used with prior approval from the Engineering Division
WASTEWATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA
Draft